Product Detail Manual AT

User Manual: at

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 686

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
A

SECTION

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

CONTENTS
RE4F04B
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ................................ 8
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ......................... 8
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 10
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ................................................................ 10
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
of A/T and Engine .................................................. 10
Precautions ............................................................ 10
Service Notice or Precautions ................................ 12
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 13
PREPARATION ......................................................... 14
Special Service Tools ............................................. 14
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 17
OVERALL SYSTEM ................................................. 18
A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 18
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 19
Cross-sectional View .............................................. 20
Hydraulic Control Circuit ........................................ 21
Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 22
Control System ....................................................... 30
CAN Communication .............................................. 31
Control Mechanism ................................................ 32
Control Valve .......................................................... 37
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 38
Introduction ............................................................ 38
OBD-II Function for A/T System ............................. 38
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ............ 38
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................. 38
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 42
CONSULT-II Function (TCM) ................................. 42
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ........... 54
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION ............. 59
Introduction ............................................................ 59
Work Flow .............................................................. 63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION ...... 65
A/T Fluid Check ...................................................... 65
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ...................................... 65
Revision: September 2005

Stall Test ................................................................. 68
Line Pressure Test .................................................. 71
Road Test ............................................................... 72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 87
Symptom Chart ....................................................... 87
TCM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY .... 100
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 100
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 101
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 103
Description ............................................................ 103
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
Possible Cause ..................................................... 103
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 103
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 104
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 105
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 106
Description ............................................................ 106
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 106
Possible Cause ..................................................... 106
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 106
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 108
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 109
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 112
Description ............................................................ 112
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 112
Possible Cause ..................................................... 112
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 112
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS .............................. 114
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 115
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 118
Description ............................................................ 118
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 118
Possible Cause ..................................................... 118
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Pro-

AT-1

2005 Quest

cedure ................................................................... 118
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ......................... 120
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 121
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 123
Description ............................................................ 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
Possible Cause ..................................................... 123
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 123
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS ......................... 124
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 125
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ................. 127
Description ............................................................ 127
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 127
Possible Cause ..................................................... 127
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 127
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST ............................... 129
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 130
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION ................ 132
Description ............................................................ 132
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132
Possible Cause ..................................................... 132
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 132
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND .............................. 134
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 135
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION ................ 137
Description ............................................................ 137
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 137
Possible Cause ..................................................... 137
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 137
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD .............................. 139
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 140
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ................ 142
Description ............................................................ 142
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 142
Possible Cause ..................................................... 142
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 142
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH ............................... 144
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 145
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 149
Description ............................................................ 149
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149
Possible Cause ..................................................... 149
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 149
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV .............................. 151
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 152
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 154
Description ............................................................ 154
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 154
Possible Cause ..................................................... 154
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 154
Revision: September 2005

Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG ........................ 156
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 157
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE.162
Description ............................................................ 162
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 162
Possible Cause ..................................................... 162
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 162
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ............................ 164
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 165
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ............... 168
Description ............................................................ 168
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 168
Possible Cause ..................................................... 168
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 168
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ........................... 170
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 171
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ............... 173
Description ............................................................ 173
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 173
Possible Cause ..................................................... 173
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 173
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ........................... 175
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 176
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR] ........................................................................ 178
Description ............................................................ 178
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 179
Possible Cause ..................................................... 179
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 179
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS ............................... 181
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 182
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE ...................................................................... 184
Description ............................................................ 184
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 184
Possible Cause ..................................................... 184
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 184
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ...................... 186
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 187
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE).189
Description ............................................................ 189
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 189
Possible Cause ..................................................... 189
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 189
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ......................... 191
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 192
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ................... 195
Description ............................................................ 195
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 195
Possible Cause ..................................................... 195
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Pro-

AT-2

2005 Quest

cedure .................................................................. 195
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR ...................... 197
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 198
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR ............... 200
Description ........................................................... 200
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 200
Possible Cause .................................................... 200
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 200
Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T ........................ 202
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 203
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
(ROM) ..................................................................... 205
Description ........................................................... 205
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 205
Possible Cause .................................................... 205
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 205
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 206
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) ......................... 207
Description ........................................................... 207
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 207
Possible Cause .................................................... 207
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 207
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 208
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 209
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 209
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ..... 212
Engine Cannot Be Started in P and N Position .... 214
In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward
When Pushed ....................................................... 215
In N Position, Vehicle Moves ................................ 215
Large Shock. N → R Position .............................. 217
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in R Position . 218
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position. 220
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ..................... 222
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown:
D4 → D2 ............................................................... 224
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D 3 ............................... 226
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ............................... 228
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................ 230
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ................. 232
Lock-up Is Not Released ...................................... 233
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ) ....................................................... 234
Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ........................... 236
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF ......................................... 236
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → L2 , When Selector Lever
D → L Position ..................................................... 237
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ... 237
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate ................ 239
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 245
Removal and Installation ...................................... 245
Control Cable ....................................................... 246
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .................................... 247
Description ........................................................... 247
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 247
Revision: September 2005

Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT ........................... 248
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 249
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 251
Components ......................................................... 251
Removal ............................................................... 251
Installation ............................................................ 252
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 253
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators .......... 253
Revolution Sensor Replacement .......................... 255
Turbine Revolution Sensor (Power Train Revolution
Sensor) Replacement ........................................... 255
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment . 255
ATF Cooler ........................................................... 255
ATF Cooler Valve .................................................. 256
Control Cable Adjustment ..................................... 258
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ................ 258
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ........................... 260
Removal ............................................................... 260
Inspection After Removal ..................................... 260
Installation ............................................................ 260
OVERHAUL ............................................................ 261
Components ......................................................... 261
Oil Channel ........................................................... 266
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 267
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 268
Disassembly ......................................................... 268
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ..................... 283
Manual Shaft ........................................................ 283
Oil Pump ............................................................... 286
Control Valve Assembly ........................................ 290
Control Valve Upper Body .................................... 299
Control Valve Lower Body .................................... 303
Reverse Clutch ..................................................... 305
High Clutch ........................................................... 308
Forward and Overrun Clutches ............................ 313
Low & Reverse Brake ........................................... 319
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub ...................................................... 322
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 326
Band Servo Piston Assembly ............................... 331
Final Drive ............................................................ 336
ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 341
Assembly (1) ......................................................... 341
Adjustment (1) ...................................................... 342
Assembly (2) ......................................................... 347
Adjustment (2) ...................................................... 354
Assembly (3) ......................................................... 357
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 364
General Specifications .......................................... 364
Shift Schedule ...................................................... 364
Stall Revolution ..................................................... 364
Line Pressure ....................................................... 365
Control Valves ...................................................... 365
Accumulator .......................................................... 365
Clutch and Brakes ................................................ 366
Final Drive ............................................................ 368
Planetary Carrier and Oil Pump ............................ 368

AT-3

2005 Quest

Input Shaft ............................................................ 369
Reduction Pinion Gear ......................................... 369
Band Servo ........................................................... 370
Output Shaft ......................................................... 370
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 371
Total End Play ....................................................... 371
Reverse Clutch End Play ...................................... 371
Removal and Installation ...................................... 371
Shift Solenoid Valves ............................................ 372
Solenoid Valves .................................................... 372
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 372
Revolution Sensor ................................................ 372
Dropping Resistor ................................................. 372
Turbine Revolution Sensor (Power Train Revolution
Sensor) ................................................................. 372

RE5F22A
INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 373
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 373
DTC No. Index ...................................................... 374
PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 375
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ............................................................... 375
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
of A/T and Engine ................................................. 375
Precautions for A/T Assembly or TCM Replacement. 376
Precautions ........................................................... 377
Service Notice or Precautions .............................. 378
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 378
PREPARATION ....................................................... 379
Special Service Tools ........................................... 379
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 381
A/T FLUID ............................................................... 382
Changing A/T Fluid ............................................... 382
Checking A/T Fluid ............................................... 382
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning .................................... 382
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................ 385
Cross-Sectional View ............................................ 385
Shift Mechanism ................................................... 386
TCM Function ....................................................... 401
Input/Output Signal of TCM .................................. 402
CAN Communication ............................................ 402
Line Pressure Control ........................................... 403
Shift Control .......................................................... 403
Lock-Up Control .................................................... 405
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 407
Introduction ........................................................... 407
OBD-II Function for A/T System ........................... 407
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II .......... 407
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............... 407
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 410
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 411
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 411
Fail-Safe ............................................................... 411
How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and
Accurate Repair .................................................... 413
A/T Electrical Parts Location ................................. 419
Revision: September 2005

Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 420
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis .................. 421
Check Before Engine is Started ............................ 425
Check at Idle ......................................................... 425
Cruise Test - Part 1 ............................................... 427
Cruise Test - Part 2 ............................................... 428
Cruise Test - Part 3 ............................................... 429
Shift Schedule ....................................................... 431
Symptom Chart ..................................................... 431
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ......... 438
CONSULT-II Function (A/T) .................................. 441
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 447
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 450
Description ............................................................ 450
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 450
Possible Cause ..................................................... 450
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 450
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 451
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 452
DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ....... 453
Description ............................................................ 453
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 453
Possible Cause ..................................................... 453
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 453
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 454
DTC P0613 TCM PROCESSOR ............................. 455
Description ............................................................ 455
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 455
Possible Cause ..................................................... 455
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 455
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 456
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.457
Description ............................................................ 457
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 457
Possible Cause ..................................................... 457
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 457
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 458
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 460
Component Inspection .......................................... 462
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 463
Description ............................................................ 463
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 463
Possible Cause ..................................................... 463
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 463
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ............................... 464
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 465
Component Inspection .......................................... 467
DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE ............................................................ 468
Description ............................................................ 468
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 468
Possible Cause ..................................................... 468
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 468
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTSP ............................ 469
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 470
Component Inspection .......................................... 472
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIR-

AT-4

2005 Quest

CUIT ........................................................................ 473
Description ........................................................... 473
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 473
Possible Cause .................................................... 473
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 473
Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSC ........................... 474
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 475
Component Inspection ......................................... 476
DTC P0722 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) CIRCUIT ............................... 477
Description ........................................................... 477
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 477
Possible Cause .................................................... 477
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 477
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSATC ....................... 478
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 479
Component Inspection ......................................... 480
DTC P0726 ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE ........................................................... 481
Description ........................................................... 481
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 481
Possible Cause .................................................... 481
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 481
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 481
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ................ 483
Description ........................................................... 483
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 483
Possible Cause .................................................... 483
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 483
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1STSIG ........................ 484
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 485
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION ................ 486
Description ........................................................... 486
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 486
Possible Cause .................................................... 486
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 486
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2NDSIG ........................ 488
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 490
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION ................ 492
Description ........................................................... 492
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 492
Possible Cause .................................................... 492
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 492
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RDSIG ........................ 494
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 496
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ................ 498
Description ........................................................... 498
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 498
Possible Cause .................................................... 498
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 498
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4THSIG ........................ 500
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 501
DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION ................ 503
Description ........................................................... 503
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 503
Possible Cause .................................................... 503
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 503
Wiring Diagram — AT — 5THSIG ........................ 505
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 507
Revision: September 2005

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 509
Description ............................................................ 509
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 509
Possible Cause ..................................................... 509
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 509
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG ........................ 510
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 511
DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE) ................................. 512
Description ............................................................ 512
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 512
Possible Cause ..................................................... 512
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 512
Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/A ............................. 513
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 514
Component Inspection .......................................... 516
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ............... 517
Description ............................................................ 517
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 517
Possible Cause ..................................................... 517
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 517
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ........................... 518
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 519
Component Inspection .......................................... 521
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ............... 522
Description ............................................................ 522
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 522
Possible Cause ..................................................... 522
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 522
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ........................... 523
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 524
Component Inspection .......................................... 526
DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C ............... 527
Description ............................................................ 527
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 527
Possible Cause ..................................................... 527
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 527
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/C .......................... 528
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 529
Component Inspection .......................................... 531
DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON. 532
Description ............................................................ 532
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 532
Possible Cause ..................................................... 532
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 532
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/CS ........................ 533
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 534
Component Inspection .......................................... 536
DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D ............... 537
Description ............................................................ 537
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 537
Possible Cause ..................................................... 537
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 537
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/D .......................... 538
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 539
Component Inspection .......................................... 541
DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E ............... 542
Description ............................................................ 542
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 542

AT-5

2005 Quest

Possible Cause ..................................................... 542
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 542
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/E ........................... 543
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 544
Component Inspection .......................................... 546
DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE) ............................... 547
Description ............................................................ 547
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 547
Possible Cause ..................................................... 547
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 547
Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/B ............................. 548
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 549
Component Inspection .......................................... 551
DTC P0780 SHIFT ................................................... 552
Description ............................................................ 552
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 552
Possible Cause ..................................................... 552
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 552
Wiring Diagram — AT — SFTFNC ....................... 553
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 555
DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT PRESSURE) .............. 556
Description ............................................................ 556
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 556
Possible Cause ..................................................... 556
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 556
Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/C ............................. 557
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 558
Component Inspection .......................................... 560
DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C STUCK ON .............................................. 561
Description ............................................................ 561
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 561
Possible Cause ..................................................... 561
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 561
Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/CS .......................... 562
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 563
Component Inspection .......................................... 565
DTC P0825 LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT .................. 566
Description ............................................................ 566
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 566
Possible Cause ..................................................... 566
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 566
Wiring Diagram — AT — LVRSW ......................... 567
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 568
Component Inspection .......................................... 569
DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL ............ 570
Description ............................................................ 570
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 570
Possible Cause ..................................................... 570
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 570
Wiring Diagram — AT — PWR/IN ........................ 571
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 573
Component Inspection .......................................... 574
DTC P1726 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
SYSTEM .................................................................. 575
Description ............................................................ 575
Revision: September 2005

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 576
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ...... 576
Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position ... 578
In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ....... 578
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .............................. 579
Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) .......................... 580
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position.581
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” or “L” Position ........................................................................ 582
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ..................... 583
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ................................ 583
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ................................ 584
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ................................ 585
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ................................ 586
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................. 587
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition .................. 588
Lock-up Is Not Released ....................................... 589
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear, When Lever
Switch “OFF” → “ON” ........................................... 590
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear, When
Selector Lever “D” → “L” Position ......................... 591
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear, When
Lever Switch “OFF” → “ON” ................................. 593
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear, When
Release Accelerator Pedal ................................... 594
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake .... 595
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate ................. 596
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM .................................... 598
Removal and Installation ....................................... 598
Control Cable ........................................................ 599
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 600
Description ............................................................ 600
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location .......... 600
Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT ........................... 601
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 602
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 604
Components .......................................................... 604
Removal ................................................................ 604
Installation ............................................................. 605
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 606
Revolution Sensor Replacement .......................... 606
Turbine Revolution Sensor Replacement ............. 606
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment ... 606
ATF Cooler ............................................................ 607
ATF Cooler Valve .................................................. 607
Control Cable Adjustment ..................................... 608
Side cover ............................................................. 609
Control Valve Assembly ........................................ 609
Transmission wire ................................................. 609
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............................ 611
Removal ................................................................ 611
Inspection After Removal ...................................... 611
Installation ............................................................. 611
OVERHAUL ............................................................. 612
Components .......................................................... 612
Locations of Needle Bearings, Bearing Races and
Thrust Washers ..................................................... 618
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 619
Disassembly .......................................................... 619

AT-6

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ..................... 638
Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake ............. 638
One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd
Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1 ........... 644
Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake ...................... 646
Differential Gear Assembly .................................. 652
ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 655
Assembly (1) ........................................................ 655
Adjustment ........................................................... 663
Assembly (2) ........................................................ 665
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 680
General Specifications ......................................... 680

Shift Schedule ...................................................... 680
Stall Speed ........................................................... 681
Line Pressure ....................................................... 681
Time Lag ............................................................... 681
Shift Solenoid Valves ............................................ 681
Solenoid Valves .................................................... 682
Clutch, Gear and Brakes ...................................... 682
Final Drive ............................................................ 684
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 685
Turbine Revolution Sensor ................................... 685
Revolution Sensor ................................................ 685

Revision: September 2005

AT-7

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
[RE4F04B]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC

PFP:00000
UCS000M8

ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-103, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

CONSULT-II

Reference page

GST*1

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

P0731

AT-127

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

P0732

AT-132

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

P0733

AT-137

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

P0734

AT-142

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

P0744

AT-154

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0710

AT-112

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

U1000

AT-103

ENGINE SPEED SIG

P0725

AT-123

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

P0745

AT-162

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

P1760

AT-184

PNP SW/CIRC

P0705

AT-106

A/CIRC*2

P0750

AT-168

SFT SOL B/CIRC*2

P0755

AT-173

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

P0740

AT-149

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2

P1705

AT-178

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3

P0720

AT-118

SFT SOL

*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.

Revision: September 2005

AT-8

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
[RE4F04B]
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-103, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

CONSULT-II
GST*1
P0705

PNP SW/CIRC

P0710

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

Reference page

AT-106

AT-112
*3

P0720

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT

AT-118

P0725

ENGINE SPEED SIG

AT-123

P0731

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

AT-127

P0732

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

AT-132

P0733

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

AT-137

P0734

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

AT-142

P0740

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

AT-149

P0744

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

AT-154

P0745

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

AT-162

P0750

SFT SOL A/CIRC*2

AT-168

P0755

SFT SOL B/CIRC*2

AT-173

P1705

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2

AT-178

P1760

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

AT-184

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

AT-103

Revision: September 2005

AT-9

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]

PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

UCS000M9

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine

UCS000MA

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM or
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Precautions
●

UCS000MB

Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the TCM.
Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition
switch is turned off.

SEF289H

Revision: September 2005

AT-10

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]
●

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.

AT
AAT470A

D
●

Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly
or not. Refer to AT-97, "TCM INSPECTION TABLE" .

G
MEF040DA

●

●
●

●
●
●

●
●

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed.
Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts
from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common
SAT964I
shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation
of the transaxle.
Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled.
It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
Clean or replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to
AT-12, "ATF COOLER SERVICE" .
After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF.
When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque
converter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures when changing A/T fluid. Refer to MA-23, "Changing A/T Fluid" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-11

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]

Service Notice or Precautions

UCS000MC

FAIL-SAFE
The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major
electrical input/output device circuit is damaged.
Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of L or D. The customer
may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration.
When the ignition key is turned ON following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF indicator lamp blinks for about 8
seconds. [For “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, refer to AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .]
The blinking of the O/D OFF indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The
customer may resume normal driving conditions.
Always follow the “Work Flow” (Refer to AT-63, "Work Flow" ).
The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows:
●
The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor.
●
During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.

TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
●
External leaks in the hub weld area.
●
Converter hub is scored or damaged.
●
Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
●
Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
●
Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
●
Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
●
Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
●
Internal failure of stator roller clutch.
●
Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter).
●
Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are
worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter.
The torque converter should not be replaced if:
●
The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
●
The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
●
Transaxle failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate
lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
●
Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter
clutch dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic,
such as taxi, delivery or police use.

ATF COOLER SERVICE
If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced,
inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines using
cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, refer to AT-65, "A/T
Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-10, "RADIATOR" .

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
●

●

–

A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on
AT-43 for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure “HOW TO ERASE DTC” on AT-40 to complete the repair and avoid
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
The following self-diagnostic items can be detected using ECM self-diagnostic results mode* only when
the O/D OFF indicator lamp does not indicate any malfunctions.
park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Revision: September 2005

AT-12

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]
●

*: For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-51, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-67, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis

UCS000MD

When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT"
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-9, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses"
●
GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

Revision: September 2005

AT-13

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

PFP:00002
UCS000ME

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
a: 250 mm (9.84 in)
b: 160 mm (6.30 in)

●

Removing differential side oil seals

●

Removing differential side bearing outer
race

●

Removing idler gear bearing outer race

●

Installing differential side oil seal
(RH side)

●

Installing oil seal on oil pump housing

NT414

ST33400001
(J-26082)
Drift
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.

NT086

(J-34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 (J-34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
2 (J-34301-2)
Hoses
3 (J-34298)
Adapter
4 (J-34282-2)
Adapter
5 (790-301-1230-A)
60° Adapter
6 (J-34301-15)
Square socket

Measuring line pressure

AAT896

ST27180001
(J-25726-A)
Puller
a: 100 mm (3.94 in)
b: 110 mm (4.33 in)
c: M8 x 1.25P

Removing idler gear

NT424

ST23540000
(J-25689-A)
Pin punch
a: 2.3 mm (0.091 in) dia.
b: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.

Removing and installing parking rod plate and
manual plate pins

NT442

ST25710000
(J-25689-A)
Pin punch
a: 2 mm (0.08 in) dia.

Aligning groove of manual shaft and hole of
transmission case

NT410

Revision: September 2005

AT-14

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name

Description

KV32101000
(J-25689-A)
Pin punch
a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.

●

Removing and installing manual shaft retaining pin

●

Removing and installing pinion mate shaft
lock pin

AT
NT410

KV31102400
(J-34285 and J-34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)

●

Removing and installing clutch return
springs

●

Installing low & reverse brake piston

E
NT423

KV40100630
(J-26092)
Drift
a: 67.5 mm (2.657 in) dia.
b: 44 mm (1.73 in) dia.
c: 38.5 mm (1.516 in) dia.

●

Installing reduction gear bearing inner race

●

Installing idler gear bearing inner race

NT107

ST30720000
(J-25405 and J-34331)
Bearing installer
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.

Installing idler gear bearing outer race

J
NT115

ST35321000
(
—
)
Drift
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.

Installing output shaft bearing

L
NT073

(J-34291-A)
Shim setting gauge set

●

Selecting oil pump cover bearing race and
oil pump thrust washer

●

Selecting side gear thrust washer

NT101

ST33230000
(J-25805-01)
Drift
a: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.

Installing differential side bearing inner race
(RH side)

NT084

Revision: September 2005

AT-15

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name

Description

(J-34290)
Shim selecting tool set

Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim

NT080

ST3306S001
(J-22888-D)
Differential side bearing puller set
1 ST33051001
(J-22888-D)
Puller
2 ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Adapter
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
c: 130 mm (5.12 in)
d: 135 mm (5.31 in)
e: 100 mm (3.94 in)
ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
1 GG91030000
(J-25765-A)
Torque wrench
2 HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter
3 HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter

Removing differential side bearing inner race

AMT153

Checking differential side bearing preload

NT124

ST35271000
(J-26091)
Drift
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.

Installing idler gear

NT115

(J-39713)
Preload adapter

●

Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim

●

Checking differential side bearing preload

NT087

Revision: September 2005

AT-16

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
A

Commercial Service Tools

UCS000MF

B
Tool name

Description

Puller

●
●

Removing idler gear bearing inner race
Removing and installing band servo piston
snap ring

D
NT077

Puller
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.

Removing reduction gear bearing inner race

F
NT411

Drift
a: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.

Installing needle bearing on bearing retainer

NT083

Drift
a: 33.5 mm (1.319 in) dia.

I
Removing needle bearing from bearing retainer

NT083

Drift
a: 75 mm (2.95 in) dia.

Installing differential side bearing outer race
(RH side)

M
NT083

●

Removing transaxle assembly

●

Removing transaxle oil pan

●

Removing transaxle case and cover

Power tool

PBIC0190E

Revision: September 2005

AT-17

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location

PFP:00000
UCS000MG

BCIA0001E

Revision: September 2005

AT-18

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Circuit Diagram

UCS000MH

BCWA0521E

Revision: September 2005

AT-19

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Cross-sectional View

UCS000MI

SCIA3174E

Band servo piston

Reverse clutch drum

Converter housing

Oil pump

Brake band

Reverse clutch

High clutch

Front planetary gear

Low one-way clutch

10.

Rear planetary gear

11.

Forward clutch

12.

Overrun clutch

13.

Low & reverse brake

14.

Output gear

15.

Idler gear

16.

Forward one-way clutch

17.

Pinion reduction gear

18.

Final gear

19.

Differential case

20.

Input shaft

21.

Torque converter

22.

Side cover

23. Transaxle case

Revision: September 2005

AT-20

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Hydraulic Control Circuit

UCS000MJ

SAT489K

Revision: September 2005

AT-21

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Shift Mechanism

UCS000MK

CONSTRUCTION

SAT998I

Torque converter

Oil pump

Input shaft

Brake band

Reverse clutch

High clutch

Front sun gear

Front pinion gear

Front internal gear

10. Front planetary carrier

11. Rear sun gear

12. Rear pinion gear

13. Rear internal gear

14. Rear planetary carrier

15. Forward clutch

16. Forward one-way clutch

17. Overrun clutch

18. Low one-way clutch

19. Low & reverse brake

20. Parking pawl

21. Parking gear

22. Output shaft

23. Idle gear

24. Output gear

FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
Clutch and brake components

Abbr.

Function

Reverse clutch 5

R/C

To transmit input power to front sun gear 7 .

High clutch 6

H/C

To transmit input power to front planetary carrier 10 .

Forward clutch 15

F/C

To connect front planetary carrier 10 with forward one-way clutch 16 .

Overrun clutch 17

O/C

To connect front planetary carrier 10 with rear internal gear 13 .

Brake band 4

B/B

To lock front sun gear 7 .

Forward one-way clutch 16

F/O.C

When forward clutch 15 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear 13
from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution.

Low one-way clutch 18

L/O.C

To stop front planetary carrier 10 from rotating in opposite direction
against engine revolution.

Low & reverse brake 19

L & R/B

To lock front planetary carrier 10 .

Revision: September 2005

AT-22

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART
Band servo
Shift position

Reverse
clutch
5

High
clutch
6

Forward
clutch
15

Overrun
clutch
17

2nd
apply

3rd release

4th
apply

Forward
oneway
clutch
16

A
Low
oneway
clutch
18

Low &
reverse
brake
19

Lockup

PARK POSITION

P
R

NEUTRAL
POSITION

1st

*1D

2nd

*1 A

*2C

*3C

3rd

4th

1st

2nd

*2C

3rd

B
B

O
B
B

*1O

REVERSE
POSITION

D*4

Remarks

Automatic
shift
1⇔2⇔3
⇔4
Automatic
shift
1⇔2⇐3

*1: Operates when overdrive control switch is set in “OFF” position.
*2: Oil pressure is applied to both 2nd “apply” side and 3rd “release” side of band servo piston. However, brake band does not contract
because oil pressure area on the “release” side is greater than that on the “apply” side.
*3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th “apply” side in condition *2 above, and brake band contracts.
*4: A/T will not shift to 4th when selector lever is set in 3 position.
O: Operates
A: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, activating engine brake.
B: Operates during “progressive” acceleration.
C: Operates but does not affect power transmission.
D: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, but does not affect engine brake.

Revision: September 2005

AT-23

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
POWER TRANSMISSION
P and N Positions

SAT991I

●

P position
Similar to the N position, the clutches do not operate. The parking pawl engages with the parking gear to
mechanically hold the output shaft so that the power train is locked.
N position
Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft because the clutches do not operate.

Revision: September 2005

AT-24

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D1 and L1 Positions
A

J
SCIA3325E

●

Forward one-way clutch

●

Forward clutch

●

Low one-way clutch

Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
(Engine brake)

Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of these
three clutches.

D1 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
L1 : Always engaged
At D1 and L1 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low one-way
clutch.

Revision: September 2005

AT-25

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D2 and L2 Positions

SCIA3326E

●

Forward clutch

●

Forward one-way clutch

●

Brake band

Overrun clutch
engagement conditions

Revision: September 2005

Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal
gear now rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier.
As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch and
forward one-way clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of rear planetary carrier compared with that of the 1st speed.
D2 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
L2 : Always engaged

AT-26

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D3 and L3 Positions
A

J
SCIA3327E

●

High clutch

●

Forward clutch

●

Forward one-way clutch

Overrun clutch
engagement conditions

Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary
carrier is connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way
clutch.
This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier to turn at the same speed.
D3 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
L3 : Always engaged

Revision: September 2005

AT-27

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D4 Position

SCIA3328E

●

High clutch

●

Brake band

●

Forward clutch (Does not affect
power transmission)

Engine brake

Revision: September 2005

Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch.
This front carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and makes front
internal gear (output) turn faster.

At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine brake
can be obtained when decelerating.

AT-28

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
R Position
A

J
SCIA3329E

●

Reverse clutch

●

Low & reverse brake

Engine brake

Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low & reverse brake.
Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front internal gear in the opposite direction.
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be obtained
when decelerating.

Revision: September 2005

AT-29

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Control System

UCS000ML

OUTLINE
The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors. It always controls the
optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS)

TCM

ACTUATORS

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
Engine speed signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Vehicle speed signal
Overdrive control switch
ASCD control signal
Stop lamp switch
Turbine revolution sensor (power train
revolution sensor)

Shift control
Line pressure control
Lock-up control
Overrun clutch control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CAN communication line control

Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
O/D OFF indicator lamp

CONTROL SYSTEM

SCIA3357E

Revision: September 2005

AT-30

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
TCM FUNCTION
A

The function of the TCM is to:
●
Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
●
Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
●
Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM
Sensors and solenoid valves

Input

Output

Function

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM.

Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

Detects throttle valve position and sends a signal to TCM.

Closed throttle position signal

Detects throttle valves fully-closed position and sends a signal from ECM to
TCM.

Wide open throttle position signal

Detects throttle valve position of greater than 1/2 or full throttle and sends a
signal from ECM to TCM.

Engine speed signal

Receives signal from ECM.

A/T fluid temperature sensor

Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.

Revolution sensor

Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM.

Vehicle speed sensor

Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed sensor. Sends a signal when revolution
sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions.

Overdrive control switch

Sends a signal, which prohibits a shift to D4 (overdrive) position, to the TCM.

ASCD control signal

Sends the cruise signal and D4 (overdrive) cancellation signal from ECM to
TCM.

Turbine revolution sensor (power train
revolution sensor)

Detects forward clutch drum rpm and sends a signal to TCM.

Stop lamp switch

Send the lock-up release signal to the TCM at time of D4 (lock-up).

Shift solenoid valve A/B

Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
from TCM.

Line pressure solenoid valve

Regulates (or decreases) line pressure suited to driving conditions in relation
to a signal sent from TCM.

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM.

Overrun clutch solenoid valve

Controls an “engine brake” effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a
signal sent from TCM.

O/D OFF indicator lamp

Shows TCM faults, when A/T control components malfunction.

CAN Communication

L
UCS0015M

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
For details, refer to LAN-5, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-31

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Control Mechanism

UCS000MM

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL
TCM has various line pressure control characteristics to meet the driving conditions.
An ON-OFF duty signal is sent to the line pressure solenoid valve based on TCM characteristics.
Hydraulic pressure on the clutch and brake is electronically controlled through the line pressure solenoid valve
to accommodate engine torque. This results in smooth shift operation.

Normal Control
The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suitable
clutch operation.

SCIA3359E

Back-up Control (Engine brake)
If the selector lever is shifted to L position while driving in D4 (O/D)
or D3 , great driving force is applied to the clutch inside the transmission. Clutch operating pressure (line pressure) must be increased to
deal with this driving force.

SCIA3360E

During Shift Change
The line pressure is temporarily reduced corresponding to a change
in engine torque when shifting gears (that is, when the shift solenoid
valve is switched for clutch operation) to reduce shifting shock.

SAT005J

At Low Fluid Temperature
●

Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing change with fluid temperature. Clutch
engaging or band-contacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid temperature, to stabilize
shifting quality.

Revision: September 2005

AT-32

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
●

The line pressure is reduced below 60°C (140°F) to prevent
shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission
fluid when temperature is low.

AT
SAT006J

D
●

Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the
throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.

G
SAT007J

SHIFT CONTROL

The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and the ECM (throttle
opening). This results in improved acceleration performance and fuel economy.

Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to ON, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to the
shift valve.
The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to signals from the ECM (throttle opening) and revolution sensor to select
the optimum gear position on the basis of the shift schedule memorized in the TCM.

L
SAT008J

Revision: September 2005

AT-33

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Relation between shift solenoid valves A and B and gear positions
Gear position
Shift solenoid valve

D 1 , L1

D2 , L 2

D4 (O/D)

N-P

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Control of Shift Valves A and B

SAT009J

Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves A and B is applied to the end face of shift
valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the shift solenoid valve is ON, pilot pressure
applied to the end face of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.

LOCK-UP CONTROL
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty signal sent from
the TCM. The signal is converted to an oil pressure signal which controls the lock-up piston.

Conditions for Lock-up Operation
When vehicle is driven in 3rd or 4th gear positions, vehicle speed and throttle opening are detected. If the
detected values fall within the lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up is performed.
Selector lever

D position

Overdrive control switch

OFF

Gear position

Vehicle speed sensor

More than set value

ECM (throttle opening)

Less than set opening

Closed throttle position signal

OFF

A/T fluid temperature sensor

More than 20°C (68°F)

Revision: September 2005

AT-34

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control
A

LOCK-UP CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SCIA3330E

LOCK-UP RELEASED
In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained and the torque converter clutch piston release pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.
LOCK-UP APPLIED
In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the torque
converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated and the torque converter clutch piston
release pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.

Smooth Lock-up Control
When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque converter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the
torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.
HALF-CLUTCHED STATE
The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to steadily increase the
torque converter clutch solenoid pressure.
In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put into
half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the coupling is
completed smoothly.

Revision: September 2005

AT-35

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)
Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in downshifting operations. This clutch transmits
engine torque to the wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to the engine because
the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the engine brake is not effective.
The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.

Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions

SCIA3361E

Selector lever position

Gear position

Throttle opening

D position

D1 , D2 , D3 gear position

Less than 3/16

L position

L1 , L2 gear position

At any position

Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF signal
transmitted by the TCM to provide overrun clutch control (engine
brake control).
When this solenoid valve is ON, the pilot pressure drain port closes.
When it is OFF, the drain port opens.
During the solenoid valve ON pilot pressure is applied to the end
face of the overrun clutch control valve.

SAT015J

Overrun Clutch Control Valve Operation
When the solenoid valve is ON, pilot pressure is applied to the overrun clutch control valve. This pushes up the overrun clutch control
valve. The line pressure is then shut off so that the clutch does not
engage.
When the solenoid valve is OFF, pilot pressure is not generated. At
this point, the overrun clutch control valve moves downward by
spring force. As a result, overrun clutch operation pressure is provided by the overrun clutch reducing valve. This causes the overrun
clutch to engage.
In the L position, the overrun clutch control valve remains pushed
down so that the overrun clutch is engaged at all times.

SCIA3362E

Revision: September 2005

AT-36

2005 Quest

OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Control Valve

UCS000MN

FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVES
Valve name

Function

Pressure regulator valve, plug and sleeve
plug

Regulates oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all driving conditions.

Pressure modifier valve and sleeve

Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates pressure-modifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for all
driving conditions.

Pilot valve

Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls lock-up
mechanism, overrun clutch, shift timing.

Accumulator control valve

Regulates accumulator back-pressure to pressure suited to driving conditions.

Manual valve

Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions.
Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral.

Shift valve A

Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve A
to meet driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 4th gears/4th →
3rd → 2nd → 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B.

Shift valve B

Simultaneously switches two oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve B in
relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 4th gears/4th →
3rd → 2nd → 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A.

Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously
with application of the brake band in D4 . (Interlocking occurs if the overrun clutch
engages during D4 .)

Overrun clutch control valve

“1” reducing valve

Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when down-shifting from the L position L2 to L1 .

Overrun clutch reducing valve

Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock.
In 1st and 2nd positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to
increase the pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability.

Torque converter relief valve

Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure.

Torque converter clutch control valve, plug
and sleeve

Activates or inactivates the lock-up function.
Also provides smooth lock-up through transient application and release of the lock-up
system.

1-2 accumulator valve and piston

Dampens the shock encountered when 2nd gear band servo contracts, and provides
smooth shifting.

3-2 timing valve

Switches the pace that oil pressure is released depending on vehicle speed; maximizes
the high clutch release timing, and allows for soft down shifting.

Shuttle valve

Determines if the overrun clutch solenoid valve should control the 3-2 timing valve or the
overrun clutch control valve and switches between the two.

Cooler check valve

At low speeds and with a small load when little heat is generated, saves the volume of
cooler flow, and stores the oil pressure for lock up.

Revision: September 2005

AT-37

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction

PFP:00000
UCS000MO

The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM (transmission
control module) in combination with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator
lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For details,
refer to AT-43, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE" .

OBD-II Function for A/T System

UCS000MP

The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to A/T system parts.

One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II

UCS000MQ

ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.

TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip
A/T-related parts for which the MIL illuminates during the first or second test drive are listed below.
MIL

Items
One trip detection
Shift solenoid valve A — DTC: P0750

Shift solenoid valve B — DTC: P0755

Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor — DTC: P1705

Except above

Two trip detection

The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.

OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

UCS000MR

HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
(
With CONSULT-II or
GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710,
P0720, P0725, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.

Revision: September 2005

AT-38

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown
in the following page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after
the last detection of a DTC.

AT
BCIA0030E

If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
E

G
SAT015K

If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.

K
SAT016K

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, refer to EC-57, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority

Items

1
Freeze frame data
2
3

Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)

1st trip freeze frame data

Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Revision: September 2005

AT-39

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
●
If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
●
When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-52, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .
●
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values

HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
●

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
Touch “ENGINE”.
Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-40

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
A

SCIA5575E

HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)
1.
2.

If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Perform “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)”. Refer to AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the
diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-146, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function" .

If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Perform “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)”. Refer to AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the
diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
Perform “OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)”. Refer to EC-65, "How to Erase DTC"
.

Revision: September 2005

HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
1.

AT-41

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
1.

UCS000MS

The malfunction indicator lamp will light up when the ignition
switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is for
checking the lamp.
● If the malfunction indicator lamp does not light up, refer to DI22, "WARNING LAMPS" .
[Or see EC-743, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .]
When the engine is started, the malfunction indicator lamp
should go off.
If the lamp remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an emission-related (OBD-II) malfunction. For details,
refer to EC-52, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .

CONSULT-II Function (TCM)

SAT964I

UCS000MT

CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
TCM diagnostic mode
WORK SUPPORT
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR

Description
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the TCM for setting the status
suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the TCM and received data is
displayed.
Displays TCM self-diagnosis results.
Displays TCM input/output data in real time.

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

ACTIVE TEST

Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.

FUNCTION TEST
ECU PART NUMBER

Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or "NG".
TCM part number can be read.

After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC place check marks for results on the “Diagnostic Worksheet”, AT-60,
"DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provide following the items.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
●
For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Manual”.
1. Touch on CONSULT-II, touch “START (NISSAN BASED
VHCL)”, and touch “ENGINE” for OBD-II detected items or touch
“A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis.
If “ENGINE” or “A/T” is not displayed, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-II
Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-42

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
2.

Touch “SELF DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
CONSULT-II performs “Real Time Diagnosis”.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.

AT
SAT987J

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
“A/T”

Malfunction is detected when...

“ENGINE”

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit
—

TCM self-diagnosis

●

PNP SW/CIRC

TCM does not receive the correct
voltage signal (based on the gear
position) from the switch.

Available by O/D OFF
indicator lamp

—

OBD-II (DTC)
Available by malfunction indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on
CONSULT-II or GST

VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR

TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the combination meter.

A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

—

A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

—

A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

—

A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

—

●

A/T cannot perform lock-up even if
electrical circuit is good.

—

P0744*1

●

TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.

P0750

TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.

P0755

TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.

P1760

TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.

P0740

●

A/T 2ND GR
FNCTN
●

A/T 3RD GR
FNCTN

A/T 4th gear function

P0720

A/T 1ST GR
FNCTN

A/T 3rd gear function

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

●

A/T 2rd gear function

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor.

—

A/T 1st gear function

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

●

VEH SPD SEN/
CIR AT

Vehicle speed signal from meter

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

●

A/T 4TH GR
FNCTN

—

I
P0731*1

J
P0732*1

K
P0733*1

L
P0734*1

A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up)
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

A/T TCC S/V
FNCTN

Shift solenoid valve A
SHIFT SOLENOID/V A

SFT SOL A/CIRC

Shift solenoid valve B
SHIFT SOLENOID/V B

●

SFT SOL B/CIRC

Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OVERRUN CLUTCH S/
V

●

O/R CLUCH SOL/
CIRC

T/C clutch solenoid valve
T/C CLUTCH SOL/V

P0705

Revolution sensor
VHCL SPEED SEN·A/T

●

TCC SOLENOID/
CIRC

Revision: September 2005

AT-43

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
“A/T”

Available by O/D OFF
indicator lamp

OBD-II (DTC)
Available by malfunction indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on
CONSULT-II or GST

TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.

P0745

●

TCM receives an excessively low
or high voltage from this sensor

P1705

●

TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the ECM.

P0725

●

TCM receives an excessively low
or high voltage from the sensor.

P0710

●

When malfunction is detected in
CAN communication line.

U1000

●

TCM does not receive proper voltage signal from sensor

—

●

TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning

—

●

TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning

—

●

TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.

—

●

This is not a malfunction message
(Whenever shutting off a power
supply to the TCM, this message
appears on the screen.)

—

No failure has been detected.

●

L/PRESS SOL/
CIRC

Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
THROTTLE POSI SEN

Malfunction is detected when...

“ENGINE”

Line pressure solenoid valve
LINE PRESSURE S/V

TCM self-diagnosis

TP/SEN/CIRC A/T

Engine speed signal
ENGINE SPEED SIG

ENGINE SPEED
SIG

A/T fluid temperature sensor
BATT/FLUID TEMP
SEN

ATF TEMP SEN/
CIRC

CAN communication*3
CAN COMM CIRCUIT

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Turbine revolution sensor
(power train revolution sensor
TURBINE REV

—

TCM (RAM)
CONTROL UNIT
(RAM)

—

TCM (ROM)
CONTROL UNIT
(ROM)

—

TCM (EEP ROM)
CONT UNIT(EEP
ROM)

—

Initial start
INITIAL START

—

No failure
(NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDICATED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED**)

●

X: Applicable
−: Not applicable
*1: These malfunctions cannot be displayed by MIL
if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
*2: Refer to EC-67, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
*3: If malfunction is detected in multiple systems including CAN communication line, CAN communication line trouble diagnosis shall be
performed first.

DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T)
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.

Revision: September 2005

AT-44

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
2.
–
–
–

Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).

AT
Selection monitor item
Item

Display

Vehicle speed sensor 1
(A/T)
(Revolution sensor)

VHCL/S SE-A/
T
[km/h] or [mph]

Vehicle speed sensor 2
(Meter)

VHCL/S SEMTR
[km/h] or [mph]

TCM
INPUT
SIGNALS

THRTL POS
SEN
[V]

A/T fluid temperature
sensor

FLUID TEMP
SE
[V]

Battery voltage

Engine speed

BATTERY
VOLT
[V]
ENGINE
SPEED
[rpm]

Turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor)

TURBINE REV
[rpm]

Overdrive control switch

OVERDRIVE
SW
[ON/OFF]

PN position (PNP) switch

R position switch

R POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]

Revision: September 2005

Description

—

●

PN POSI SW
[ON/OFF]

SELECTION
FROM
MENU
●

Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

MAIN
SIGNALS

—

●

Vehicle speed computed from signal of
vehicle speed sensor is
displayed.

●

When racing engine in
N or P with vehicle stationary, CONSULT-II
data may not indicate
0 km/h (0 mph).
Vehicle speed display
may not be accurate
under approx. 10 km/h
(6 mph). It may not
indicate 0 km/h (0
mph) when vehicle is
stationary.

Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal voltage is displayed

●

A/T fluid temperature
sensor signal voltage is
displayed.

●

Signal voltage lowers
as fluid temperature
rises.

●

Source voltage of TCM
is displayed.

●

Engine speed, computed from engine
speed signal, is displayed.

—

●

Checks changing
speed then performs
oil pressure control and
torque down control

●

ON/OFF state computed from signal of
overdrive control
switch, is displayed.

●

ON/OFF state computed from signal of
PN position switch, is
displayed.

●

ON/OFF state computed from signal of R
position switch, is displayed.

—

AT-45

Vehicle speed computed from signal of
revolution sensor is
displayed.

●

—

Remarks

●

Engine speed display
may not be accurate
under approx. 800
rpm. It may not indicate 0 rpm even when
engine is not running.
Error may occur under
approx. 800 rpm and
will not indicate 0 rpm
even if engine is not
running.

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Selection monitor item
Item

D position switch

L position switch

1 position switch

ASCD cruise signal

ASCD OD cut signal

Kickdown switch

A/T mode switch

Display

D POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
2 POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
1 POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
ASCDCRUISE
[ON/OFF]

ASCD-OD
CUT
[ON/OFF]

KICKDOWN
SW
[ON/OFF]
POWER
SHIFT SW
[ON/OFF]

Closed throttle position
signal

CLOSED THL/
SW
[ON/OFF]

Wide open throttle position signal

W/O THRL/PSW
[ON/OFF]

TCM
INPUT
SIGNALS

MAIN
SIGNALS

●

ON/OFF state computed from signal of D
position switch, is displayed.

●

ON/OFF status, computed from signal of L
(2nd) position switch, is
displayed.

●

ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 1st
position switch, is displayed.

●

Status of ASCD cruise
signal is displayed.
ON ... Cruising state
OFF ... Normal running state

●

Status of ASCD OD
release signal is displayed.
ON ... OD released
OFF ... OD not
released

●

ON/OFF status, computed from signal of
kickdown switch, is displayed.

—

*SHIFT S/V A
[ON/OFF]

—

Shift solenoid valve B

*SHIFT S/V B
[ON/OFF]

—

Overrun clutch solenoid
valve

*OVRRUN/C
S/V
[ON/OFF]

—

A/T mode switch

HOLD SW
[ON/OFF]

—

Stop lamp switch

BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
—

AT-46

●

This is displayed even
when no 1st position
switch is equipped.

●

This is displayed even
when no kickdown
switch is equipped.

●

Not mounted but displayed

ON/OFF status, computed from signal of
closed throttle position
signal, is displayed.

●

This means closed
throttle position signal
input via CAN communication line.

●

ON/OFF status, computed from signal of
wide open throttle position signal, is displayed.

●

This means wide open
throttle position signal
input via CAN communication line.

●

Displays status of
check signal (reinput
signal) for TCM control
signal output. Remains
unchanged when solenoid valves are open or
shorted.
●

Not mounted but displayed

●

Remarks

●

—

Shift solenoid valve A

Revision: September 2005

Description

—

SELECTION
FROM
MENU

ON/OFF status is displayed.
ON ... Brake pedal is
depressed.
OFF ... Brake pedal is
released.

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Selection monitor item
Item

Gear position

Selector lever position

Vehicle speed

Throttle position

Line pressure duty

Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty

Shift solenoid valve A

Display

TCM
INPUT
SIGNALS

MAIN
SIGNALS

—

GEAR

SLCT LVR
POSI

VEHICLE
SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
THROTTLE
POSI
[/8]
LINE PRES
DTY
[%]

TCC S/V
DUTY
[%]

—

Selector lever position
data, used for computation by TCM, is displayed.

●

—

●

SHIFT S/V B
[ON/OFF]

●

—

SELF-D DP
LMP
[ON/OFF]

Torque converter slip
ratio

TC SLIP
RATIO [0.000]

Torque converter slip
speed

TC SLIP
SPEED
[rpm]

—

Voltage
[V]

—

Revision: September 2005

●

Self-diagnosis display
lamp (O/D OFF indicator
lamp)

Voltage

Gear position data,
used for computation
by TCM, is displayed.

SHIFT S/V A
[ON/OFF]

OVERRUN/C
S/V
[ON/OFF]

●

—

AT
●

A specific value used
for control is displayed
if fail-safe is activated
due to error.

Vehicle speed data,
used for computation
by TCM, is displayed.
Throttle position data,
used for computation
by TCM, is displayed.

●

A specific value used
for control is displayed
if fail-safe is activated
due to error.

I
●

Control value of shift
solenoid valve B, computed by TCM from
each input signal, is
displayed.

Control value of solenoid is displayed even
if solenoid circuit is disconnected.
The OFF signal is displayed if solenoid circuit is shorted.

●

Ratio of engine revolution to input shaft revolution of torque
converter.

●

Difference in revolution between input
shaft revolution and
torque converter input
shaft revolution.

●

Value measured by
voltage probe is displayed.

Control value of overrun clutch solenoid
valve computed by
TCM from each input
signal is displayed.
Control status of O/D
OFF indicator lamp is
displayed.

Control value of torque
converter clutch solenoid valve, computed
by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
Control value of shift
solenoid valve A, computed by TCM from
each input signal, is
displayed.

Control value of line
pressure solenoid
valve, computed by
TCM from each input
signal, is displayed.

●

—

AT-47

Remarks

●

—

Overrun clutch solenoid
valve

Description

●

—

Shift solenoid valve B

SELECTION
FROM
MENU

●

Display does not indicate engine is stopped
even if 0 rpm — this is
not a malfunction.

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Selection monitor item
Item

Frequency

Display

TCM
INPUT
SIGNALS

MAIN
SIGNALS

SELECTION
FROM
MENU

Frequency [Hz]

—

Duty cycle (high)

DUTY-HI
[%]

—

Duty cycle (low)

DUTY-LOW
[%]

—

Plus width (high)

PLS WIDTH-HI
[msec]

—

Plus width (low)

PLS WIDTHLOW
[msec]

—

Description

●

Value measured by
pulse probe is displayed. If measurement is impossible, "#"
sign is displayed. "#"
sign is also displayed
at the final data value
until the measurement
result is obtained.

●

Duty cycle value for
measurement probe is
displayed.

●

Measured pulse width
of measurement probe
is displayed.

Remarks

X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
: Option

DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
●
For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Manual”.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.

BBIA0336E

3.
4.

Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

BCIA0029E

Revision: September 2005

AT-48

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
5.

Touch “A/T”.
If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-II Data Link
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

AT
BCIA0030E

Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.
E

G
BCIA0031E

Touch select item menu (1ST, 2ND, etc.).

K
SAT018K

Touch “START”.

SAT589J

Revision: September 2005

AT-49

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
9.

Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.

SAT019K

●

When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen
changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.

SAT591J

10. Stop vehicle. If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may
exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.

SAT592J

SAT593J

Revision: September 2005

AT-50

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with
instructions displayed.

AT
SAT594J

12. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
E

G
SAT595J

13. CONSULT-II procedure ended.
If “NG” appears on the scene, a malfunction may exist. Go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.

K
SAT596J

SAT593J

Revision: September 2005

AT-51

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
DTC work support item

Description
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be confirmed.

1ST GR FNCTN P0731

●

Shift solenoid valve A

●

Shift solenoid valve B

●

Each clutch

●

Hydraulic control circuit

●

Shift solenoid valve B

●

Each clutch

●

Hydraulic control circuit

●

Shift solenoid valve A

●

Each clutch

●

Hydraulic control circuit

●

Shift solenoid valve A

●

Shift solenoid valve B

●

Overrun clutch solenoid valve

●

Line pressure solenoid valve

●

Each clutch

●

Hydraulic control circuit

Following items for “A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) (P0744)” can
be confirmed.

●

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

●

Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)

●

Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

●

Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be confirmed.
2ND GR FNCTN P0732

●

Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)

●

Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be confirmed.
3RD GR FNCTN P0733

●

Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)

●

Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be confirmed.
4TH GR FNCTN P0734

●

TCC S/V FNCTN P0744

Check item

Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

●

Each clutch
Hydraulic control circuit

CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
●
For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Manual”.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.

BBIA0336E

Revision: September 2005

AT-52

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

AT
BCIA0029E

Touch “A/T”.
If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-II Data Link
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

G
BCIA0030E

Touch “CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR”.

K
BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-53

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]

Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II

UCS000MU

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)
Refer to EC-146, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" .

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
Refer to EC-67, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .

TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)

1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1.

2.
3.
4.

Move selector lever to P position.
Start engine and warm it up to normal engine operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Wait 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)

BCIA0002E

5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop procedure. Perform AT-212, "O/D OFF Indicator
Lamp Does Not Come On" before proceeding.

BCIA0003E

2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Push and hold shift lock release button.
Move selector lever to D position.
Push and hold overdrive control switch to ON position.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Wait more than 2seconds after turning ignition switch to ON.
>> GO TO 3.

SCIA3532E

Revision: September 2005

AT-54

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]

3. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2
1.
2.

Move selector lever to L position.
Release overdrive control switch to OFF position.
(O/D OFF indicator lamp: ON)

>> GO TO 4.
AT

D
SCIA3534E

4. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 3
1.
2.

Move selector lever to D position.
Push and hold overdrive control switch to ON position.
(O/D OFF indicator lamp: OFF)

>> GO TO 5.

H
SCIA3537E

5. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 4
1.

Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.
J

>> GO TO 6.
K

L
SAT981F

6. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CODE
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp.
Refer to AT-56, "JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE" .
>> DIAGNOSIS END

BCIA0003E

Revision: September 2005

AT-55

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
All judgement flickers are the same.

1st judgement flicker is longer than others.

SCIA3387E

SCIA3388E

All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK.

Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-118, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .

2nd judgement flicker is longer than others.

3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.

SCIA3389E

SCIA3390E

Vehicle speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-195, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .

Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit is short-circuited
or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-178, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .

4th judgement flicker is longer than others.

5th judgement flicker is longer than others.

SCIA3391E

SCIA3392E

Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-168, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" .

Revision: September 2005

Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-173, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" .

AT-56

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:

7th judgement flicker is longer than others.

6th judgement flicker is longer than others.

D
SCIA3393E

SCIA3394E

Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-184, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or
disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-149, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" .

8th judgement flicker is longer than others.

9th judgement flicker is longer than others.

I
SCIA3395E

SCIA3396E

A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power
source circuit is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-189, "DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)" .

Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-123, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .

10th judgement flicker is longer than others.

11th judgement flicker is longer than others.

SCIA3397E

SCIA3398E

Turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor) circuit is
short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-200, "DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .

Revision: September 2005

Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-162, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" .

AT-57

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
12th judgement flicker is longer than others.

Lamp does not blink.

SCIA3399E

SCIA3400E

CAN communication line is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-103, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, overdrive control switch,
closed throttle position signal or wide-open throttle position signal
circuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-239, "TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate" .

Flickers as shown below.

SCIA3401E

Battery power is low.
Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
Battery is connected conversely.
(When reconnecting TCM connectors.—This is not a problem.)
t1 = 2.5 seconds

t2 = 2.0 seconds

Revision: September 2005

t3 = 1.0 second

t4 = 1.0 second

AT-58

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
Introduction
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, ECM
(throttle opening) or park/neutral position (PNP) switch and provides
shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
A visual check only, may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-63, "Work Flow" .

PFP:00000

A
UCS000MV

D
SAT631IA

H
SAT632I

Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a drive ability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” like the
example on page AT-61 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information.

SEF234G

Revision: September 2005

AT-59

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer
KEY POINTS
WHAT ........ Vehicle & A/T model
WHEN ........ Date, Frequencies
WHERE ..... Road conditions
HOW .......... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Customer name

MR/MS

Model & Year

VIN

Trans. model

Engine

Mileage

Incident Date

Manuf. Date

In Service Date

Frequency

❏ Continuous

Symptoms

❏ Vehicle does not move. (❏ Any position

❏ Particular position)

❏ No up-shift (❏ 1st → 2nd

❏ 3rd → 4th)

❏ Intermittent ( times a day)
❏ 2nd → 3rd

❏ No down-shift (❏ 4th → 3rd

❏ 3rd → 2nd

❏ 2nd → 1st)

❏ Lockup malfunction
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip

(❏ N → D

❏ Lockup

❏ Any drive position)

❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kickdown
❏ No pattern select
❏ Others
(
O/D OFF indicator lamp

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Revision: September 2005

)

Blinks for about 8 seconds.
❏ Continuously lit

❏ Not lit

❏ Continuously lit

❏ Not lit

AT-60

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Worksheet
1.

❏ Read the Fail-safe and listen to customer complaints.

AT-12

❏ CHECK A/T FLUID

AT-65

❏ Leakage (Follow specified procedure)
❏ Fluid condition
❏ Fluid level
3.

❏ Perform STALL TEST and PRESSURE TEST.
❏ Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch
❏ Reverse clutch
❏ Forward clutch
❏ Overrun clutch
❏ Forward one-way clutch

AT-68,
AT-71

❏ Low & reverse brake
❏ Low one-way clutch
❏ Engine
❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Clutches and brakes except high clutch and
brake band are OK

❏ Line pressure test — Suspected parts:
4.

❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures.

AT-72

4-1.

AT-74

Check before engine is started.

❏ O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-212
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE - Mark detected items.

❏ Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, AT-106 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-112 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-118 .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-123 .
❏ Turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor), AT-200 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-149 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-162 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-168 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-173 .
❏ Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-178 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-184 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-112 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-195 .
❏ CAN communication line, AT-103 .
❏ Control unit (RAM), Control unit (ROM), AT-205 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-207 .
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP) & overdrive control switches, closed throttle position signal and wideopen throttle position signals check AT-239 .
❏ Battery
❏ Others

Revision: September 2005

AT-61

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
4-2.

Check at idle

AT-74

❏ Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position, AT-214 .
❏ In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed, AT-215 .
❏ In N Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-215 .
❏ Large Shock. N → R Position, AT-217 .
❏ Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position, AT-218 .
❏ Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D or L Position, AT-220 .
4-3.

Cruise test

AT-76
AT-81

Part-1
❏ Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 , AT-222 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-224 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-226 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-228 .
❏ A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-230 .
❏ A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-232 .
❏ Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-233 .
❏ Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-234 .
Part-2

AT-84

❏ Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 , AT-236 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-224 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-226 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-228 .
4.

Part-3

AT-85

❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF, AT-236 .
❏ Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3 ), AT-234 .
❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → L2 , When Selector Lever D → L Position, AT-237 .
❏ Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-237 .
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, AT-106 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-112 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-118 .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-123 .
❏ Turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor), AT-200 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-149 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-162 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-168 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-173 .
❏ Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-178 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-184 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-112 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-195 .
❏ CAN communication line, AT-103 .
❏ Control unit (RAM), Control unit (ROM), AT-205 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-207 .
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP) & overdrive control switches, closed throttle position signal and wideopen throttle position signals check AT-239 .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
5.

❏ For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts.

AT-253

❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures.

AT-72

❏ Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for following MIL indicating items and check out NG items.
Refer toEC-52, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .

EC-52

❏ DTC (P0731) A/T 1st gear function, AT-127 .
❏ DTC (P0732) A/T 2nd gear function, AT-132 .
❏ DTC (P0733) A/T 3rd gear function, AT-137 .
❏ DTC (P0734) A/T 4th gear function, AT-142 .
❏ DTC (P0744) A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up), AT-154 .

Revision: September 2005

AT-62

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
8.

❏ Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged parts.
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible
symptoms and the component inspection orders.)

AT-42
AT-54

❏ Erase DTC from TCM and ECM memories.

AT-40

Work Flow

UCS000MW

HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
AT
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or
conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, AT-60, "Information from Customer" and AT-61, "Diagnostic WorkD
sheet" , to perform the best troubleshooting possible.

Revision: September 2005

AT-63

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
WORK FLOW CHART

SAT086JI

*1:

AT-60

*2:

AT-61

*3:

AT-12

*4:

AT-65

*5:

AT-68, AT-71

*6:

AT-72

*7:

AT-42

*8:

AT-38

*9:

AT-38

*10: AT-38

*11: AT-38

*12: AT-209

*13: AT-209

*14: AT-87

*15: AT-40

*16: AT-106

*17: AT-189

*18: EC-52

Revision: September 2005

AT-64

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
A/T Fluid Check

PFP:00000

A
UCS000MX

FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK
1.
2.
3.

Clean area suspected of leaking. — for example, mating surface
of converter housing and transmission case.
Start engine, apply foot brake, place selector lever in D position
and wait a few minutes.
Stop engine.

BCIA0007E

Check for fresh leakage.
F

H
SAT288G

FLUID CONDITION CHECK
Fluid status

Conceivable Cause

Required Operation

Varnished (viscous
varnish state)

Clutch, brake
scorched

Replace the A/T fluid and check the
A/T main unit and the vehicle for
malfunctions (wire harnesses,
cooler pipes, etc.)

Milky white or
cloudy

Water in the fluid

Replace the A/T fluid and check for
places where water is getting in.

Large amount of
metal powder mixed
in

Unusual wear of
sliding parts within
A/T

Replace the A/T fluid and check for
improper operation of the A/T.

L
SAT638A

FLUID LEVEL CHECK

Refer to MA-21, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning

UCS0015J

Whenever an automatic transaxle is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the
radiator must be inspected and cleaned.
Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can contaminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of A/T fluid. In either case,
malfunction of the newly serviced A/T may result.
Debris, if present, may build up as A/T fluid enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler
through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris.

A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE
1.
2.

Position an oil pan under the automatic transaxle's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses.

Revision: September 2005

AT-65

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
3.

Disconnect the fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the
steel cooler tubes or bypass valve.
NOTE:
Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose
remains on the tube fitting.
Allow any A/T fluid that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into
the oil pan.

SCIA2945E

7.
8.

Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose.
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.
● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet
hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet
hose.

SCIA2955E

SCIA2962E

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through the cooler outlet hose for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid.
Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times.
Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the fluid cooler steel lines to the transaxle.
Remove the banjo bolts.
Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the transaxle by spraying Transmission Cooler
Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds.

14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through each steel line from the cooler side
back toward the transaxle for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid.
15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines.
16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings.
17. Perform AT-66, "A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-66

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
3.

Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose.
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.
● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet
hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the
cooler inlet hose.

AT
SCIA2955E

G
SCIA2965E

6.
7.

Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet
hose.

Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi)
through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining A/T fluid
into the coffee filter.
9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose.
10. Perform AT-67, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .

K
SCIA2966E

A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
a.

Inspect the coffee filter for debris.
If small metal debris less than 1mm (0.040 in) in size or metal
powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal
debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and
the procedure is ended.

SCIA2967E

Revision: September 2005

AT-67

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
b.

If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1mm in
size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in the coffee
filter, the fluid cooler is not serviceable. The radiator/fluid cooler
must be replaced and the inspection procedure is ended.

SCIA2971E

A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION
After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components.

Stall Test

UCS000MY

STALL TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.

Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid and
oil.
Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes or until fluid and oil
reach operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature

:50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)

SAT647B

3.
4.

Set parking brake and block wheels.
Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
● It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine
rpm on indicator.

SCIA1224E

5.
6.
7.

Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D
position.
Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot
brake.
Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately release
throttle.
● During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds.
Stall revolution

: 2,500 - 3,050 rpm
SAT514G

Revision: September 2005

AT-68

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
8.
9.

Move selector lever to N position.
Cool off ATF.
● Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in L and R positions.

AT
BCIA0008E

JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST
The test result and possible damaged components relating to each result are shown in the illustrations on next
page.
In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, refer to AT-64, "WORK FLOW CHART" .
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in D or L position:
●
Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears. ..... Low one-way clutch slippage
●
Slippage occurs in the following gears:
1st through 3rd gears in D position and engine brake functions.
1st and 2nd gears in L position and engine brake functions with accelerator pedal released (fully closed
throttle). ..... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
Stall revolution is too high in R position:
●
Engine brake does not function in R position. ..... Low & reverse brake slippage
●
Engine brake functions in R position. ..... Reverse clutch slippage
Stall revolution within specifications:
●
Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH). ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque
converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally.
●
Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in D position. ..... High clutch slippage
●
Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in D position. ..... Brake band slippage
●
Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in D position with overdrive control switch set to ON
and 2nd gear in L position. ..... Overrun clutch slippage
Stall revolution less than specifications:
●
Poor acceleration during starts. ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter

Revision: September 2005

AT-69

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

SCIA3439E

Revision: September 2005

AT-70

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

Line Pressure Test

UCS000MZ

LINE PRESSURE TEST PORTS

Location of line pressure test ports are shown in the illustration.
●
Always replace pressure plugs as they are self-sealing
bolts.

D
SCIA3682E

LINE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.

Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid and
oil.
Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes or until fluid and oil
reach operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature

:50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
G

H
SAT647B

Install pressure gauge to corresponding line pressure port.

SCIA5376E

Set parking brake and block wheels.
● Continue to depress brake pedal fully while line pressure
test is being performed at stall speed.

SCIA1224E

Revision: September 2005

AT-71

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
5.

Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
● When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
Line pressure

: AT-365, "Line Pressure"

SAT493G

JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement

Suspected parts

Line pressure is low in all positions.

Line pressure is low in particular position.

●

Oil pump wear

●

Control piston damage

●

Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking

●

Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged

●

Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve

●

Clogged strainer

●

Fluid pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch

●

For example, line pressure is:
− Low in R positions, but
− Normal in D and L positions.
Therefore, fluid leakage exists at or around low &
reverse brake circuit.
Refer to AT-23, "CLUTCH AND BAND CHART" .

●

Maladjustment of accelerator pedal position sensor

●

A/T fluid temperature sensor damaged

●

Line pressure solenoid valve sticking

●

Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit

●

Pressure modifier valve sticking

●

Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking

●

Open in dropping resistor circuit

●

Maladjustment of accelerator pedal position sensor

●

Line pressure solenoid valve sticking

●

Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit

●

Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking

●

Pressure modifier valve sticking

●

Pilot valve sticking

At idle

Line pressure is high.

Line pressure is low.

At stall speed

Road Test

UCS000N0

DESCRIPTION
●

●

1.
2.
3.

The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of A/
T and analyze causes of problems.
The road test consists of the following three parts:
Check before engine is started
Check at idle
Cruise test

SAT786A

Revision: September 2005

AT-72

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
●

●

Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and
items to check.
Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
Refer to AT-38, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION" , and AT-209, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
SYMPTOMS" .

AT
SAT496G

Revision: September 2005

AT-73

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED

1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to P position.
3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Set overdrive control switch to ON position.
5. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
6. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Go to AT-212, "O/D OFF Indicator
Lamp Does Not Come On" .
SCIA3528E

2. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp flicker for about 8 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> TCM is under fail-safe mode. Perform self-diagnosis
and check NG items on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET, AT-61 . Refer to AT-42, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)" or AT-54, "TCM
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
No
>> 1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items.
Refer to AT-42, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(WITH CONSULT-II)" or AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
3. GO TO AT-74, "2. CHECK AT IDLE" .

BCIA0003E

2. CHECK AT IDLE

1. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to P or N position.
3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
4. Turn ignition switch to START position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET. Go to AT-214, "Engine Cannot Be
Started in P and N Position" .
SCIA3547E

Revision: September 2005

AT-74

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

2. CHECK ENGINE START

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Push and hold shift lock release button.
3. Move selector lever to D, L or R position.
4. Turn ignition switch to START position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET. Go to AT-214, "Engine Cannot Be
Started in P and N Position" .
No
>> GO TO 3.

BCIA0009E

3. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Move selector lever to P position.
Release parking brake.

I
BCIA0002E

4. Push vehicle forward or backward.
5. Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?
6. Apply parking brake.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box “In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or
Backward When Pushed” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 4.

M
SAT796A

4. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Apply parking brake.
2. Move selector lever to N position.
3. Start engine.
4. Release parking brake.
5. Does vehicle move forward or backward?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box “In N Position, Vehicle Moves” on the
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 5.
SCIA3548E

Revision: September 2005

AT-75

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

5. CHECK SHIFT LOCK
1.

Apply foot brake.

SAT797A

2. Move selector lever to R position.
3. Is there large shock when changing from N to R position?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box “Large shock N →R Position” on the
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 6.

BCIA0010E

6. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Release foot brake for several seconds.
2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Mark the box “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R
Position” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue
ROAD TEST.

SAT799A

7. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1.

Move selector lever to D and L positions and check if vehicle
creeps forward.
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all two positions?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to AT-76, "3. CRUISE TEST" .
No
>> Mark the box “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D Or
L Position” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
SCIA3549E

3. CRUISE TEST
●

Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.

Revision: September 2005

AT-76

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
With CONSULT-II
●
●

Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as
per Shift Schedule. Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule"

D
SAT601J

CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
●
For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Manual”.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in left side dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

I
BBIA0336E

Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
K

M
BCIA0029E

Touch “A/T”.
If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-II Data Link
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-77

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
6.

Touch “DATA MONITOR”.

BCIA0031E

7.
8.

Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” or “TCM INPUT SIGNALS”.
See “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph Display”.

SAT175K

Touch “SETTING” to set recording condition (“AUTO TRIG” or
“MANU TRIG”) and touch “BACK”.
10. Touch “Start”.

SAT973J

11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.

SAT134K

Revision: September 2005

AT-78

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
A

AT
SAT135K

13. Touch “STORE” and touch “BACK”.
E

G
SAT987J

K
SAT974J

14.
15.
16.
17.

Touch “DISPLAY”.
Touch “PRINT”.
Check the monitor data printed out.
Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.

SAT975J

Revision: September 2005

AT-79

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Without CONSULT-II
●

Throttle position sensor can be checked by voltage across terminals 41 (W) and 42 (B) of TCM.

LCIA0097E

Revision: September 2005

AT-80

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Cruise Test — Part 1
A

1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1.

Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes to warm engine oil and ATF up to operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature

2.
3.
4.
5.

: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)

Park vehicle on flat surface.
Set overdrive control switch to ON position.
Move selector lever to P position.
Start engine.

SCIA3528E

Move selector lever to D position.
G

SCIA3550E

7.
8.

Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal
half-way.
Does vehicle start from D1 ?

Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Mark the box of “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ”
on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD
TEST.

M
SAT495G

2. CHECK SHIFT UP (D1 TO D2 )
Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D1 to D2
: Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 →D2 ” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST. Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT954I

Revision: September 2005

AT-81

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2

TO D3 )

Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D2 to D3
: Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ” on the
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT955I

4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

TO D4 )

Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D3 to D4
: Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ” on the
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT956I

5. CHECK LOCK-UP (D4

TO D4 L/U)

Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Read vehicle speed, throttle opening when lock-up duty
becomes 94%.
Specified speed when lock-up occurs
: Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up” on the
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT957I

6. CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP
Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.
Continue ROAD TEST.

Revision: September 2005

AT-82

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

7. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 L/U TO D4 )

1. Release accelerator pedal.
2. Is lock-up released when accelerator pedal is released?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> Mark the box of “Lock-up Is Not Released” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

D
SAT958I

8. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4
1.
2.

TO D3 )

Decelerate vehicle by applying foot brake lightly.
Does engine speed return to idle smoothly when A/T is shifted
from D4 to D3 ?

Read gear position and engine speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to AT-84, "Cruise Test — Part 2" .
No
>> Mark the box of “Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle
(Light Braking D4 → D3 )” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

H
SAT959I

Revision: September 2005

AT-83

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Cruise Test — Part 2

1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1.
2.
3.
4.

Confirm overdrive control switch is in ON position.
Confirm gear selector lever is in D position.
Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
Does vehicle start from D1 ?

Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Mark the box of “Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ” on
the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD
TEST.
SAT495G

2. CHECK SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN (D3
1.
2.
3.

TO D4 TO D2 )

Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 MPH) as shown in illustration.
Release accelerator pedal and then quickly depress it fully.
Does A/T shift from D4 to D2 as soon as accelerator pedal is
depressed fully?

Read gear position and throttle opening.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 ” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2

SAT404H

TO D3 )

4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

TO D4 ) AND ENGINE BRAKE

Release accelerator pedal after shifting from D2 to D3 .
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 and does vehicle decelerate by engine
brake?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to AT-85, "Cruise Test — Part 3" .
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ” on the
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT405H

Revision: September 2005

AT-84

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Cruise Test — Part 3
A

1. VEHICLE SPEED (D4 ) POSITION
1.
2.
3.

Confirm overdrive control switch is in ON position.
Confirm gear selector lever is in D position.
Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D4 .

E
SAT812A

Release accelerator pedal.

I
SAT813A

5.
6.

Set overdrive control switch to OFF position while driving in D4 .
Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)?
Read gear position and vehicle speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When
Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

BCIA0011E

2. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Mark the box of “Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle
(Engine Brake in D3 )” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

BCIA0011E

Revision: September 2005

AT-85

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D3
1.
2.

TO L2 )

Move selector lever from D to L position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to L2 ?

Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Mark the box of “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → L2 , When
Selector Lever D → L Position” on the DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

BCIA0012E

4. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-54, "TCM SELFDIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
No
>> Mark the box of “Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By
Engine Brake” on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.
Stop ROAD TEST.
BCIA0012E

Revision: September 2005

AT-86

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart
Numbers are arranged in order of inspection.
Perform inspections starting with number one and work up.
Items
Symptom
Condition

ON vehicle
Torque converter
is not locked up.

OFF vehicle
No Lock-up
Engagement/
TCC Inoperative
Torque converter
clutch piston slip.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Lock-up point is
extremely high or
low.

Sharp shock in
shifting from N to
D position.

ON vehicle

Shift Shock
OFF vehicle

Too sharp a
shock in change
from D1 to D2 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Diagnostic Item

PFP:00000

A
UCS000N1

Reference Page

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

3. Engine speed signal

AT-123

4. A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-112

5. Line pressure test

AT-71

6. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

AT-149

7. Control valve assembly

AT-253

8. Torque converter

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

AT-149

5. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

6. Control valve assembly

AT-253

7. Torque converter

AT-268

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

AT-149

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

1. Engine idling rpm

EC-83

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-112

5. Engine speed signal

AT-123

6. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

7. Control valve assembly

AT-253

8. Accumulator N-D

AT-268

9. Forward clutch

AT-313

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Accumulator servo release

AT-268

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

5. A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-112

6. Brake band

AT-268

AT-87

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Too sharp a
shock in change
from D2 to D3 .

Condition

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Shift Shock

Too sharp a
shock in change
from D3 to D4 .
OFF vehicle

Gear change
shock felt during
deceleration by
releasing accelerator pedal.
Too high a gear
change point from
D1 to D2 , from
D2 to D3 , from
D3 to D4 .
Gear change
directly from D 1
to D3 occurs.
Too high a
change point from
D4 to D3 , from
D3 to D2 , from
D2 to D1 .
Improper Shift
Timing

Kickdown does
not operate when
depressing pedal
in D4 within kickdown vehicle
speed.

ON vehicle

ON vehicle
OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

Kickdown operates or engine
overruns when
depressing pedal
in D4 beyond
kickdown vehicle
speed limit.

ON vehicle

Gear change
from L2 to L3 in L
position.

ON vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Control valve assembly

AT-253

4. High clutch

AT-308

5. Brake band

AT-268

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Control valve assembly

AT-253

4. A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-112

5. Brake band

AT-268

6. Overrun clutch

AT-313

7. Forward one-way clutch

AT-322

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve

AT-184

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

3. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accumulator servo release

AT-261

3. Brake band

AT-268

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

3. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

AT-106

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

AT-88

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Failure to change
gear from D4 to
D3 .

Condition

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Failure to change
gear from D3 to
D2 or from D4 to
D2 .
No Down Shift

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Failure to change
gear from D2 to
D1 or from D3 to
D1 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Failure to change
from D3 to L2
when changing
lever into L position.
AT-237

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve

AT-184

4. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

5. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

6. Control valve assembly

AT-253

7. Brake band

AT-268

8. Overrun clutch

AT-313

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

5. Control valve assembly

AT-253

6. High clutch

AT-308

7. Brake band

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

5. Control valve assembly

AT-253

6. Low one-way clutch

AT-268

7. High clutch

AT-308

8. Brake band

AT-268

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

3. Control valve assembly

AT-253

4. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

5. Brake band

AT-268

Revision: September 2005

AT-89

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Failure to change
gear from D1 to
D2 .

Condition

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Failure to change
gear from D2 to
D3 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

No Up Shift
Failure to change
gear from D3 to
D4 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

A/T does not shift
to D4 when driving with overdrive control
switch ON.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

2. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

3. Control valve assembly

AT-253

4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

5. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

6. Brake band

AT-268

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

2. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

3. Control valve assembly

AT-253

4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

5. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

6. High clutch

AT-308

7. Brake band

AT-268

1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

AT-106

2. Overdrive control switch

AT-239

3. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

4. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

6. A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-112

7. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

8. Brake band

AT-268

1. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

AT-106

3. Overdrive control switch

AT-239

4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

5. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

6. Overrun clutch solenoid valve

AT-184

7. Control valve assembly

AT-253

8. A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-112

9. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

10. Brake band

AT-268

11. Overrun clutch

AT-313

AT-90

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Vehicle will not
run in R position
(but runs in D and
L positions).
Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration.

Vehicle will not
run in D and L
positions (but
runs in R position).

Slips/Will Not
Engage

Vehicle will not
run in D and L
positions (but
runs in R position). Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration.

Condition

Reference Page

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

2. Stall test

AT-68

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Control valve assembly

AT-253

6. Reverse clutch

AT-305

7. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

ON vehicle

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

OFF vehicle

2. Low one-way clutch

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Stall test

AT-68

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Control valve assembly

AT-253

6. Accumulator N-D

AT-268

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Clutches or
brakes slip somewhat in starting.

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Diagnostic Item

7. Reverse clutch

AT-305

8. High clutch

AT-308

9. Forward clutch

AT-313

10. Forward one-way clutch

AT-268

11. Low one-way clutch

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

3. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

4. Line pressure test

AT-71

5. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

6. Control valve assembly

AT-253

7. Accumulator N-D

AT-268

8. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

9. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

10. Overrun clutch solenoid valve

AT-184

11. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

AT-149

12. Forward clutch

AT-313

13. Reverse clutch

AT-305

14. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

15. Oil pump

AT-286

16. Torque converter

AT-268

AT-91

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Condition

ON vehicle
No creep at all.
AT-218, AT-220
OFF vehicle

Almost no shock
or clutches slipping in change
from D1 to D2 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Almost no shock
or slipping in
change from D2
to D3 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Slips/Will Not
Engage

Almost no shock
or slipping in
change from D3
to D4 .

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
to D3 when
depressing pedal.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
to D2 when
depressing pedal.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Control valve assembly

AT-253

4. Forward clutch

AT-313

5. Oil pump

AT-286

6. Torque converter

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Accumulator servo release

AT-261

5. Control valve assembly

AT-253

6. Brake band

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

5. High clutch

AT-308

6. Forward clutch

AT-313

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

5. Brake band

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

6. Control valve assembly

AT-253

7. Brake band

AT-268

8. Forward clutch

AT-313

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

6. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

7. Control valve assembly

AT-253

8. Brake band

AT-268

9. Forward clutch

AT-313

AT-92

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D3
to D2 when
depressing pedal.

Condition

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Slips/Will Not
Engage

Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
or D3 to D1 when
depressing pedal.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

Vehicle will not
run in any position.
OFF vehicle

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

6. Control valve assembly

AT-253

7. Brake band

AT-268

8. High clutch

AT-308

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

6. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

7. Control valve assembly

AT-253

8. Forward clutch

AT-313

9. Forward one-way clutch

AT-268

10. Low one-way clutch

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

3. Line pressure test

AT-71

4. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

5. Oil pump

AT-286

6. High clutch

AT-308

7. Brake band

AT-268

8. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

9. Torque converter

AT-268

10. Parking components

AT-283

Revision: September 2005

AT-93

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Condition

Engine cannot be
started in P and N
positions.
AT-214

ON vehicle

Engine starts in
positions other
than P and N.

ON vehicle

Transaxle noise
in P and N positions.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Others

Vehicle moves
when changing
into P position or
parking gear does
not disengage
when shifted out
of P position.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Vehicle runs in N
position.
AT-215

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Vehicle braked
when shifting into
R position.
OFF vehicle

Excessive creep.

Revision: September 2005

ON vehicle

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Ignition switch and starter

SC-13

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

3. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment

AT-255

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment

AT-255

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

5. Oil pump

AT-286

6. Torque converter

AT-268

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

2. Parking components

AT-283

1. Control cable adjustment

AT-258

2. Forward clutch

AT-313

3. Reverse clutch

AT-305

4. Overrun clutch

AT-313

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Line pressure test

AT-71

3. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

5. High clutch

AT-308

6. Brake band

AT-268

7. Forward clutch

AT-313

8. Overrun clutch

AT-313

1. Engine idling rpm

EC-83

AT-94

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Engine stops
when shifting
lever into R, D
and L.

Vehicle braked by
gear change from
D1 to D 2 .

Vehicle braked by
gear change from
D2 to D3 .
Vehicle braked by
gear change from
D3 to D4 .

Condition

ON vehicle

1. Engine idling rpm

EC-83

2. Fluid level

AT-65

3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

AT-149

4. Control valve assembly

AT-253

5. Torque converter

AT-268

ON vehicle

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Reverse clutch

AT-305

3. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

4. High clutch

AT-308

5. Low one-way clutch

AT-268

ON vehicle

1. Fluid level

AT-65

OFF vehicle

2. Brake band

AT-268

ON vehicle

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Overrun clutch

AT-313

3. Forward one-way clutch

AT-268

4. Reverse clutch

AT-305

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

AT-106

3. Overdrive control switch

AT-239

4. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR

AT-118, AT-195

6. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-168

7. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-173

8. Control valve assembly

AT-253

9. Reverse clutch

AT-305

10. High clutch

AT-308

11. Brake band

AT-268

12. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

13. Oil pump

AT-286

14. Torque converter

AT-268

ON vehicle

1. Fluid level

AT-65

OFF vehicle

2. Torque converter

AT-268

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

Maximum speed
not attained.
Acceleration
poor.

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Reference Page

OFF vehicle

Others

Transaxle noise
in D, L and R
positions.

Diagnostic Item

AT-95

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items

Symptom

Condition

ON vehicle

Transaxle overheats.

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

Others
ATF shoots out
during operation.
White smoke
emitted from
exhaust pipe during operation.

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

Offensive smell at
fluid charging
pipe.

OFF vehicle

Diagnostic Item

Reference Page

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Engine idling rpm

EC-83

3. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor

AT-178

4. Line pressure test

AT-71

5. Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-162

6. Control valve assembly

AT-253

7. Oil pump

AT-286

8. Reverse clutch

AT-305

9. High clutch

AT-308

10. Brake band

AT-268

11. Forward clutch

AT-313

12. Overrun clutch

AT-313

13. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

14. Torque converter

AT-268

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Reverse clutch

AT-305

3. High clutch

AT-308

4. Brake band

AT-268

5. Forward clutch

AT-313

6. Overrun clutch

AT-313

7. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

1. Fluid level

AT-65

2. Torque converter

AT-268

3. Oil pump

AT-286

4. Reverse clutch

AT-305

5. High clutch

AT-308

6. Brake band

AT-268

7. Forward clutch

AT-313

8. Overrun clutch

AT-313

9. Low & reverse brake

AT-319

TCM Terminals and Reference Value

UCS000N2

PREPARATION
●

Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48
by following “TCM INSPECTION TABLE”.

AAT475A

Revision: September 2005

AT-96

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
A

SCIA3369E

TCM INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal

Wire color

G/R

W/B

Item

E
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)

Condition
When releasing accelerator pedal after warming
up engine.

1.5 - 3.0V

When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.

Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)

When releasing accelerator pedal after warming
up engine.

4 - 14V

When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.

Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve

When A/T performs lock-up.

8 - 15V

When A/T does not perform lock-up.

Line pressure
solenoid valve

G/B

CAN-H

—

CAN-L

—

With ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

K
10

R/Y

Power source

or
With ignition switch OFF.

R/Y

LG/B

R/Y

BR/Y

Shift solenoid
valve A

Shift solenoid
valve B

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in D1 or D4 .)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
(When driving in D2 or D3 .)

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in D1 or D2 .)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
(When driving in D3 or D4 .)

Power source

Overrun clutch
solenoid valve

Same as No. 10
When overrun clutch solenoid valve operates.

Battery voltage

When overrun clutch solenoid valve does not
operate.

Ground

Revision: September 2005

Always

AT-97

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Terminal

Wire color

P/B

Y/R

Item

Judgement
standard
(Approx.)

Condition

When setting selector lever to L position.

Battery voltage

When setting selector lever to other positions.

PNP switch L
position

Power source
(Memory back-up)

Battery voltage

Always
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the
CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1

Revolution sensor

CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the
vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this
item.

450 Hz

When vehicle is parked.

30*

BR/Y

Data link connector (RX)

—

31*

Data link connector (TX)

—

G/O

G/W

R/G

Ignition switch ON.

4.5 - 5.5V

Ignition switch OFF.

When setting selector lever to D position.

Battery voltage

When setting selector lever to other positions.

PNP switch R
position

When setting selector lever to R position.

Battery voltage

When setting selector lever to other positions.

PNP switch P or N
position

When setting selector lever to P or N position.

Battery voltage

When setting selector lever to other positions.

Sensor power

PNP switch D
position

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the
CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
38

Turbine revolution
sensor (power
train revolution
sensor)

CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the
vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this
item.
When vehicle is parked.

W/G

Engine speed signal

Revision: September 2005

240 Hz

Under 1.3V or
over 4.5V

Refer to EC-124, "ECM INSPECTION TABLE" (ECM terminal
103).

AT-98

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Terminal

Wire color

V/R

Item

Vehicle speed signal

Accelerator pedal
position (APP)
sensor

Sensor ground

A/T fluid temperature sensor

Condition

When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2
MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.

When depressing accelerator pedal slowly after
warming up engine.
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle
position.)
Always

Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Intermittently
changes
between
approx. 0V
and approx.
4.5V
Fully-closed
throttle: 0.5V
Fully-open
throttle: 4V

1.5V

When ATF temperature is 80°C (176°F).

0.5V

Always

When ATF temperature is 20°C (68°F).

Ground

*: These terminals are connected to the Data link connector.

Revision: September 2005

AT-99

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F04B]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN

PFP:00000
UCS000N4

BCWA0298E

Revision: September 2005

AT-100

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)
10

R/Y

Y/R

POWER SOURCE

IGNITION ON

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION OFF

IGNITION ON

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION OFF

GROUND

Always

POWER SOURCE
(MEMORY BACKUP)

Always

BATTERY VOLTAGE

GROUND

Always

Diagnostic Procedure

D
UCS000N5

1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM harness connectors E142, E143
terminals 10 (R/Y), 19 (R/Y), 28 (Y/R) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage
G

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

LCIA0094E

2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
28 (Y/R) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

M
WCIA0095E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Fuse
●
Harness for short or open between battery, ignition switch and TCM harness connectors E142, E143 terminals 10 (R/Y), 19 (R/Y) and 28 (Y/R)
●
Ignition switch
Refer toPG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-101

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM harness connector E143 terminals 25 (B), 48 (B) and ground. Refer to AT-100, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SAT515J

Revision: September 2005

AT-102

2005 Quest

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F04B]

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description

PFP:23710

A
UCS000PO

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. B
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
AT
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS000PP

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or U1000 without CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units.

Possible Cause

UCS000PQ

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000PR

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait for at least 6
seconds.

K
BCIA0030E

WITH GST

Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
M

BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-103

2005 Quest

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN

UCS000PS

BCWA0299E

Revision: September 2005

AT-104

2005 Quest

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F04B]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000PT

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. The “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is detected.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .
No
>> INSPECTION END

PCIA0061E

Revision: September 2005

AT-105

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Description
●

●

PFP:32006
UCS000N6

The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission
range switch.
The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.

WCIA0066E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000N7

Diagnostic trouble code “PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0705 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the switch based on the gear position.

Possible Cause

UCS000N8

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000N9

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)

BCIA0030E

2.
3.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)

BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-106

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
WITH GST
A

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-107

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW

UCS000NA

BCWA0300E

Revision: September 2005

AT-108

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
WIRE
ITEM
CONDITION
TERMINAL
COLOR

P/B

PNP SWITCH
L POSITION

PNP SWITCH
D POSITION
IGNITION ON

G/W

R/G

PNP SWITCH
R POSITION

PNP SWITCH
P OR N POSITION

DATA (APPROX.)

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
L POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
D POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
R POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
P OR N POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SETTING SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000NB

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 5.

2. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out P/N, R, D, 2nd position switches moving selector lever
to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated
properly.
NOTE:
“2 POSITION SW” indicates L position status.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

Revision: September 2005

AT-109

M
SAT701J

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Check the following item:
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Check continuity between PNP switch harness connector F29
terminals 1 and 2 and between terminals 3 and 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
while moving manual shaft through each position.
Lever position

Terminal

3-7

3-8

3-9

3-6

3-5

1-2

SCIA3372E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK MANUAL CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT
Check PNP switch again with manual control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to
test group 2 (With CONSULT-II) or 7 (With out CONSULT-II).
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK PNP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
Remove PNP switch from A/T assembly and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to test group 3.
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-255, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" .
NG
>> Repair or replace PNP switch.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
Fuse
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and TCM
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and combination meter
●
Harness for short or open between combination meter and TCM
●
Ignition switch
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●

Revision: September 2005

AT-110

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]

7. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminals
27 (P/B), 34 (G), 35 (G/W), 36 (R/G) and ground while moving
selector lever through each position.

Terminal

Lever Position
36

P, N

B: Battery voltage
0: 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

H
SCIA3373E

8. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-106, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.

9. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-111

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description

PFP:31940
UCS000NC

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.

SAT283HB

SAT021J

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
FLUID TEMP SE [V]

Condition

Specification (Approximately)

Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]

1.5V
↓
0.5V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000ND

Diagnostic trouble code “ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0710 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.

Possible Cause

UCS000NE

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000NF

Revision: September 2005

AT-112

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

BCIA0031E

2.
3.

Select "ECM INPUT SIGNALS" touch "START".
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to
maintain continuously.)
ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more
VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POSI: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-113

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS

UCS000NG

BCWA0172E

Revision: September 2005

AT-114

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
42

SENSOR GROUND

Always

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

DATA (APPROX.)

IGNITION ON AND ATF TEMPERATURE IS 20°C (68°F)

1.5V

IGNITION ON AND ATF TEMPERATURE IS 80°C (176°F)

0.5V

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000NH

1. INSPECTION START
D

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 6.

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
F

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage

:Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
:Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

J
LCIA0090E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord F30 terminals 6 and 7
when A/T is cold.
Temperature

Resistance (Approx.)

Cold [20°C (68°F)]

2.5kΩ

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
WCIA0097E

Revision: September 2005

AT-115

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short to ground or short to power or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly
●
Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-166, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
–

•

Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Check resistance between two terminals while changing temperature as shown at below.
Temperature °C (°F)

Resistance (Approx.)

20 (68)

2.5kΩ

80 (176)

0.3kΩ

Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
–

SAT298F

6. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
47 (G) and ground while warming up A/T.
Temperature

Voltage (Approx.)

Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]

1.5V → 0.5V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WCIA0049E

7. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-112, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-116

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]

8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-117

2005 Quest

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description

PFP:32702
UCS000NI

The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking
pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to
the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.

LCIA0070E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000NJ

Diagnostic trouble code “VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT” with CONSULT-II or P0720 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.

Possible Cause

UCS000NK

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Revolution sensor

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000NL

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-118

2005 Quest

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
2.

Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE-MTR” value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

D
BCIA0030E

H
BCIA0031E

Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-119

2005 Quest

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T

UCS000NM

BCWA0173E

Revision: September 2005

AT-120

2005 Quest

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

REVOLUTION SENSOR

DATA (APPROX.)

VEHICLE MOVING AT 20 KM/H (12 MPH).
USE THE CONSULT-II PULSE FREQUENCY
MEASURING FUNCTION. A CIRCUIT
TESTER CANNOT BE USED TO TEST THIS
ITEM.
CAUTION: CONNECT THE DIAGNOSIS DATA
LINK CABLE TO THE VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR.

450 HZ

VEHICLE NOT MOVING.

SENSOR GROUND

Always

Diagnostic Procedure

0V
UCS000NN

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE-A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

LCIA0090E

2. CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
K

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check pulse between TCM harness connector E143 terminal 29
(W) and ground.

Judgement
standard
(Approx.)

Condition

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse
frequency measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.

450 Hz

When vehicle is parked.

SCIA3374E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

Revision: September 2005

AT-121

2005 Quest

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]

3.
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK POWER FOR REVOLUTION SENSOR
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect the revolution sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between revolution sensor harness connector
F38 terminal 1 (R/Y) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following items. If any items is damaged,
repair or replace damaged parts.
● Fuse
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
revolution sensor
● Ignition switch
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

SCIA2615E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace revolution sensor.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-118, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-122

2005 Quest

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Description

PFP:24825

A
UCS000NO

The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
B

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000NP

Diagnostic trouble code “ENGINE SPEED SIG” with CONSULT-II or P0725 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from ECM.
AT

Possible Cause

UCS000NQ

Check harness or connectors. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

D
UCS000NR

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

BCIA0031E

Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-123

2005 Quest

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS

UCS000NS

BCWA0006E

Revision: September 2005

AT-124

2005 Quest

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
39

W/G

DATA

Refer to EC-124, "ECM INSPECTION TABLE" (ECM terminal 103).

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000NT

1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Check P code with CONSULT-II “ENGINE”.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
Refer to EC-67, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 2.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check ignition signal circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-686, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

●

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ENGINE SPEED”.
Check engine speed changes according to throttle position.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SAT645J

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
●
Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-686, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-125

2005 Quest

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
39 (W/G) and ground.
Voltage

Refer to EC-124, "ECM INSPECTION TABLE"
(ECM terminal 103).

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

LCIA0099E

5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-123, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.

Revision: September 2005

AT-126

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940

A
UCS000NU

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into first gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
AT
Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000NV

This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (1st) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when either shift solenoid valve A is stuck open or shift solenoid valve B is
stuck open.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1 , 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck open: 2* , 2, 3 and 3 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open: 4* , 3, 3 and 4 positions to each gear position
above
*: P0731 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 1ST GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0731 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause

UCS000NW

Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000NX

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

Revision: September 2005

AT-127

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.5 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
BCIA0030E

–

–
–

6.
7.

Accelerate vehicle to 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position
Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
BCIA0031E
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)

Vehicle condition

Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4

No malfunction exists.
Malfunction for P0731 exists.

1→2→3→4
2→2→3→3
4→3→3→4

Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .

SAT021J

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-128

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST

UCS000NY

BCWA0174E

Revision: September 2005

AT-129

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

R/Y

LG/B

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D4 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3 )

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D2 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D3 OR D4 )

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000NZ

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B

Terminal

20 - 30Ω

2
1

Resistance
(Approx.)

Ground

5 - 20Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
WCIA0089E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
1.

WCIA0090E

Revision: September 2005

AT-130

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE

Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-290, "Control
Valve Assembly" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.

D
SAT367H

4. CHECK DTC
F

Perform AT-127, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check transaxle inner parts. (Clutch, brake, etc.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-131

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS000O0

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into second gear position as instructed by the
TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction
such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000O1

This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (2nd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck open.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2 , 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open: 4, 3* , 3 and 4 positions to each gear position
above
*: P0732 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 2ND GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0732 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause

UCS000O2

Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000O3

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

Revision: September 2005

AT-132

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.5 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.

BCIA0030E

–

6.
7.

Accelerate vehicle to 45 to 50 km/h (28 to 31 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 45 to 50 km/h (28 to 31
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT135, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)

Vehicle condition

1→2→3→4

Malfunction for P0732 exists.

4→3→3→4

BCIA0031E

K
SAT021J

Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-135, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-133

Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4

No malfunction exists

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND

UCS000O4

BCWA0175E

Revision: September 2005

AT-134

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

LG/B

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D2 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D3 OR D4 )

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000O5

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Shift solenoid valve B
Check resistance to the terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve B

Terminal
1

Ground

Resistance
(Approx.)

5 - 20Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.

WCIA0091E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
I

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Shift solenoid valve B
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.

WCIA0092E

3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.

Revision: September 2005

AT-135

SAT367H

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-132, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check transaxle inner parts. (Clutch, brake, etc.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-136

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940

A
UCS000O6

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into third gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston or brake band, AT
etc.
Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000O7

This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (3rd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve A is stuck closed.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck closed: 1, 1, 4* and 4 positions to each gear position
above
*: P0733 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 3RD GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0733 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause

UCS000O8

Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

L
UCS000O9

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

Revision: September 2005

AT-137

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.5 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
BCIA0030E

–

6.
7.

Accelerate vehicle to 60 to 75 km/h (37 to 47 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position
Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 60 to 75 km/h (37 to 47 MPH) until
“TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT140, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” when depressing accelerator pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)

Vehicle condition

SAT021J

Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4

No malfunction exists.

1→2→3→4

Malfunction for P0733 exists.

1→1→4→4

BCIA0031E

Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-140, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-138

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD

UCS000OA

BCWA0176E

Revision: September 2005

AT-139

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

R/Y

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D4 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3 )

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000OB

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Check resistance to the terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve A

Terminal
2

Ground

Resistance
(Approx.)
20 - 30Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
WCIA0093E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Shift solenoid valve A
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
1.

WCIA0094E

3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.

Revision: September 2005

AT-140

SAT367H

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK DTC

Perform AT-137, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check transaxle inner parts. (Clutch, brake, etc.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-141

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS000OC

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position or line pressure is low as
instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning
oil pump or torque converter clutch, etc.
Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition

Specification

Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty

Lock-up OFF
↓
Lock-up ON

Approximately 4%
↓
Approximately 94%

Line pressure solenoid
valve duty

Small throttle opening (Low line pressure)
↓
Large throttle opening (High line pressure)

Approximately 24%
↓
Approximately 95%

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000OD

This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much
less than normal. In case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve A is stuck open or shift solenoid valve B is stuck
closed.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck open: 2, 2, 3 and 3* position
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed: 1, 2, 2 and 1* positions to each gear position
above
*: P0734 is detected.
And also, this malfunction will be caused when line pressure is lower than normal such as when line pressure
solenoid valve is stuck open.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 4TH GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0734 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause

UCS000OE

Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000OF

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

Revision: September 2005

AT-142

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before continuing.
A
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and B
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
AT
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
●

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.5 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.

BCIA0030E

–

6.
7.

Accelerate vehicle to 55 to 65 km/h (34 to 40 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 55 to 65 km/h (34 to 40 MPH) until
“TESTING” has turned to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”.
(It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “4” when depressing accelerator pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)

Vehicle condition

Malfunction for P0734 exists.

J
BCIA0031E

Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4

No malfunction exists

SAT021J

1→2→3→4
2→2→3→3
1→2→2→1

Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: September 2005

AT-143

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH

UCS000OG

BCWA0301E

Revision: September 2005

AT-144

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE

G/R

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (DROPPING RESISTOR)

W/B

R/Y

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A

LG/B

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B

1.5 - 3.0V

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING

4 - 14V

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D4 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3 )

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D2 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
BE IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING IN D3 OR D4 )

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING

UCS000OH

TO D4 )

During AT-81, "Cruise Test — Part 1" , does A/T shift from D3 to D4
at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No
>> GO TO 2.

SAT988H

2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test.
Engine speed
rpm

M
Line pressure

kPa (kg/cm , psi)

D and L position

R position

Idle

500 (5.1, 73)

778 (7.9, 113)

Stall

1,223 (12.6, 179)

1,918 (19.6, 278)

Refer to AT-71, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 7.

Revision: September 2005

AT-145

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve

Terminal.

Shift solenoid valve A

Shift solenoid valve B

Resistance
(Approx.)
20 - 30Ω

Ground

5 - 20Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
WCIA0089E

4. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
1.

WCIA0090E

5. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.

6. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

SAT367H

TO D4 )

Does A/T shift from D3 to D 4 at the specified speed?
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Check transaxle inner parts. (Clutch, brake, etc.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-146

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

7. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Line pressure solenoid valves
Check resistance to the terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve

Terminal

Line pressure solenoid valve

Ground

Resistance
(Approx.)

2.5 - 5Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.

WCIA0098E

8. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
F

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Line pressure solenoid valves
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.

WCIA0099E

9. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
K

Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-290, "Control
Valve Assembly" .
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
–
Pressure regulator valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pressure modifier valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair control valve.

SAT367H

10. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

TO D4 )

Does A/T shift from D 3 to D4 at the specified speed?
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Check transaxle inner parts. (Clutch, brake, etc.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-147

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]

11. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-142, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.

Revision: September 2005

AT-148

2005 Quest

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description

PFP:31940

A
UCS000OI

The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear
in D4 , by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle
speed and the ECM (throttle opening). Lock-up piston operation will
then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a
big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.

D
SAT283HB

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
TCC S/V DUTY

Specification

Lock-up OFF
↓
Lock-up ON

Approximately 4%
↓
Approximately 94%

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000OJ

Diagnostic trouble code “TCC SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0740 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.

Possible Cause

UCS000OK

Check the following items.
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000OL

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
M

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-149

2005 Quest

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II
and wait at least 1 second.
Start engine and maintain the following condition for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 80km/h (50 MPH) or more
THROTTLE POSI: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-150

2005 Quest

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV

UCS000OM

BCWA0178E

Revision: September 2005

AT-151

2005 Quest

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

G/B

WITH TORQUE CONVERTER
LOCK-UP

8 - 15V

WITHOUT TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000ON

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 5 and ground.
Resistance

: 5 - 20Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

WCIA0100E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
•
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.

WCIA0101E

3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 5(G/B) and TCM harness connector E142 terminal 3(G/B). Refer to AT-151, "Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV" .
Continuity should exist.

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: September 2005

AT-152

2005 Quest

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK DTC

Perform AT-149, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

Revision: September 2005

AT-153

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS000OO

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position or the torque converter
clutch does not lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits
open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve
operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter clutch, etc.

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
TCC S/V DUTY

Specification

Lock-up OFF
↓
Lock-up ON

Approximately 4%
↓
Approximately 94%

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000OP

This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much
less than normal. In case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck closed.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed: 1, 2, 2 and 1 * positions to each gear position
above
*: P0744 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0744 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause

UCS000OQ

Check the following items.
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000OR

Revision: September 2005

AT-154

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.5 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive vehicle to decrease voltage (warm up the
fluid) or stop engine to increase voltage (cool down the fluid).
Select “TCC S/V FNCTN P0744” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.

BCIA0030E

–
–
–

Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned
to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
“TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE-A/T: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH)
Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
BCIA0030E
For shift schedule, refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to
applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-157, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-364, "Shift Schedule" .

L
SAT021J

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-155

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG

UCS000OS

BCWA0179E

Revision: September 2005

AT-156

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE

G/R

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (DROPPING RESISTOR)

W/B

TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

G/B

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING

1.5 - 3.0V

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING

4 - 14V

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING

WITH TORQUE CONVERTER
LOCK-UP

8 - 15V

WITHOUT TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

E
UCS000OT

TO D4 )

During AT-81, "Cruise Test — Part 1" , does A/T shift from D3 to D4
at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No
>> GO TO 2.

I
SAT988H

2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Perform line pressure test.
Engine speed
rpm

Line pressure

kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

D and L position

R position

Idle

500 (5.1, 73)

778 (7.9, 113)

Stall

1,223 (12.6, 179)

1,918 (19.6, 278)

Refer to AT-71, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

Revision: September 2005

AT-157

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.

4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

SAT367H

TO D4 )

Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-154, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.

6. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Line pressure solenoid valve
Check resistance to the terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve

Terminal
4

Ground

Resistance
(Approx.)
2.5 - 5Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
WCIA0098E

Revision: September 2005

AT-158

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]

7. CHECK VALVE OPERATION

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.

WCIA0099E

8. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
F

I
SAT367H

9. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3

TO D4 )

Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.

10. CHECK DTC

Perform AT-154, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK LOCK-UP
During AT-81, "Cruise Test — Part 1" , does A/T perform lock-up at
the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the
start point of this test group.
No
>> GO TO 12.

SAT989H

Revision: September 2005

AT-159

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]

12. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Check resistance to the terminal and ground.
Solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

Resistance
(Approx.)

Terminal
5

Ground

5 - 20Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
WCIA0102E

13. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
–
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
2. Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
1.

WCIA0101E

14. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.

Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-290, "Control
Valve Assembly" .
2. Check control valves for sticking.
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Torque converter clutch relief valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
SAT367H

15. CHECK LOCK-UP
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 16.
No
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.

Revision: September 2005

AT-160

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]

16. CHECK DTC

Perform AT-154, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.

Revision: September 2005

AT-161

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description

PFP:31940
UCS000OU

The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the TCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position signal is “ON”. To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”.

SAT283HB

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition

LINE PRES DTY

Specification

Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure)
↓
Large throttle opening
(High line pressure)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

Approximately 24%
↓
Approximately 95%

UCS000OV

Diagnostic trouble code “L/PRESS SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0745 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.

Possible Cause

UCS000OW

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Line pressure solenoid valve

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000OX

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-162

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
2.

Depress accelerator pedal completely and wait at least 5 seconds.

AT
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-163

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV

UCS000OY

BCWA0180E

Revision: September 2005

AT-164

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

G/R

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE (DROPPING
RESISTOR)

W/B

DATA (APPROX.)

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS RELEASED
WHILE DRIVING

1.5 - 3.0V

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS
DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS RELEASED
WHILE DRIVING

4 - 14V

WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS
DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000OZ

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.

: 2.5 - 5Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

WCIA0103E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
•
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

WCIA0099E

Revision: September 2005

AT-165

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK POWER SOURCE AND DROPPING RESISTOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 4 (G/R) and TCM harness connector E142
terminal 2 (W/B).
Resistance

:12Ω (Approx.)

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

WCIA0105E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Dropping resistor
●
Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance

:12Ω (Approx.)

Harness for short or open between TCM harness connector
E142 terminal 2 (W/B) and terminal cord assembly F30 terminal
4 (G/R)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●

WCIA0040E

5. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 4(G/R) and TCM harness connector E142 terminal 1(G/R). Refer to AT-164, "Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV" .
Continuity should exist.

3. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-162, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

Revision: September 2005

AT-166

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

Revision: September 2005

AT-167

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Description

PFP:31940
UCS000P0

Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned ON or OFF by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch,
vehicle speed and ECM (throttle opening). Gears will then be shifted
to the optimum position.

SAT283HB

Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000P1

Diagnostic trouble code “SFT SOL A/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0750 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.

Possible Cause

UCS000P2

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Shift solenoid valve A

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000P3

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-168

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.

Start engine.
Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift 1
→ 2 (“GEAR”).

AT
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-169

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A

UCS000P4

BCWA0302E

Revision: September 2005

AT-170

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

R/Y

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A

DATA (APPROX.)

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A IS
OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1 OR D4 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A IS
NOT OPERATING (DRIVING IN D2 OR D3
)

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000P5

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.

: 20 - 30Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

WCIA0106E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Operation check
•
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

M
WCIA0094E

3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 2 (R/Y) and TCM harness connector E142 terminal 11 (R/Y). Refer to AT-170, "Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A" .
Continuity should exist.

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: September 2005

AT-171

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-168, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-172

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Description

PFP:31940

A
UCS000P6

D
SAT283HB

E
Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000P7

Diagnostic trouble code “SFT SOL B/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0755 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.

Possible Cause

UCS000P8

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Shift solenoid valve B

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000P9

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-173

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.

Start engine.
Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift 1
→ 2 → 3 (“GEAR”).

BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-174

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B

UCS000PA

BCWA0182E

Revision: September 2005

AT-175

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

LG/B

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B

DATA (APPROX.)

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B IS
OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1 OR D2 )

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE BE IS
NOT OPERATING (DRIVING IN D3 OR D4 )

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000PB

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.

: 5 - 20Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

WCIA0107E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Operation check
•
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.

WCIA0092E

3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord harness connector F30 terminal 1(LG/B) and TCM harness connector E142 terminal 12 (LG/B). Refer to AT-175, "Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B" .
Continuity should exist.

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: September 2005

AT-176

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK DTC

Perform AT-173, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

Revision: September 2005

AT-177

2005 Quest

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR]
PFP:22560
Description

UCS000PC

The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is part of the system
that controls throttle position. This system also uses an electric throttle control actuator, which consists of a throttle control motor and
throttle position sensors. Accelerator pedal position signal is sent to
the ECM.

SCIA3551E

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
THRTL POS SEN

Revision: September 2005

Condition

Specification

Fully-closed throttle

Approximately 0.5V

Fully-open throttle

Approximately 4V

AT-178

2005 Quest

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000PD

Diagnostic trouble code TP SEN/CIRC A/T with CONSULT-II or P1705 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the ECM.

Possible Cause

UCS000PE

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

AT
UCS000PF

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Touch "SELECTION FROM MENU".
Touch "THRTL POS SEN".
Touch "START"

Accelerator pedal condition

THRTL POS SEN

Fully released

Approx. 0.5V

Partially depressed

0.5 - 4V

Fully depressed

Approx. 4V

If the check result is NG, go to AT-182, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Touch "SELECTION FROM MENU"
Touch "VHCL SPEED SE" and "THRTL SEN 1".
Touch "START".
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 3
consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS 1: Approximately 3V or less
Selector lever: D position
If the check result is NG, go to AT-182, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.

Revision: September 2005

AT-179

L
BCIA0031E

BCIA0030E

2005 Quest

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
8.

Maintain the following conditions for at least 3 consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Wide open throttle
Selector lever: D position

BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-180

2005 Quest

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS

UCS000PG

BCWA0183E

Revision: September 2005

AT-181

2005 Quest

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
32

G/O

SENSOR POWER

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR

SENSOR GROUND

DATA (APPROX.)

IGNITION SWITCH ON

4.5 -5.5V

IGNITION SWITCH OFF

IGNITION ON AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
SLOWLY AFTER WARMING UP
ENGINE

FULLY CLOSED THROTTLE:
0.5V
FULLY OPEN THROTTLE:
4V

Always

Diagnostic Procedure

0V
UCS000PH

1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Check P code with CONSULT-II “ENGINE”.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
Refer to EC-67, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 2.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-655, "DTC
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" , EC-662, "DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR" , EC-678, "DTC
P2138 APP SENSOR" .
●

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “THRTL POS SEN”.
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle
Fully-open throttle

:Approximately 0.5V
:Approximately 4V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for short or open between ECM and
TCM regarding accelerator pedal position signal circuit.
LCIA0090E

Revision: September 2005

AT-182

2005 Quest

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminals
41 (W) and 42 (B) while accelerator pedal is depressed slowly.

Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle valve : Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle valve
: Approximately 4V
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for short or open between ECM and
TCM regarding accelerator pedal position signal circuit.

E
LCIA0100E

4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-183

2005 Quest

DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description

PFP:31940
UCS000PI

The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch,
overdrive control switch, vehicle speed and ECM (throttle opening).
The overrun clutch operation will then be controlled.

SAT283HB

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000PJ

Diagnostic trouble code “O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1760 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.

Possible Cause

UCS000PK

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Overrun clutch solenoid valve

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000PL

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with selector lever in D position.

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-184

2005 Quest

DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
4.

Release accelerator pedal completely with selector lever in 3
position.

AT
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-185

2005 Quest

DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV

UCS000PM

BCWA0184E

Revision: September 2005

AT-186

2005 Quest

DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

BR/Y

WHEN OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE OPERATES

BATTERY VOLTAGE

WHEN OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE DOES NOT
OPERATE

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000PN

1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminal
3 and ground.
Resistance

: 20 - 30Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

LCIA0092E

2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
–
Operation check
•
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

M
LCIA0093E

3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 3 (BR/Y) and TCM harness connector E142 terminal 20 (BR/Y). Refer to AT-186, "Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV" .
Continuity should exist.

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: September 2005

AT-187

2005 Quest

DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-184, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

Revision: September 2005

AT-188

2005 Quest

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
PFP:31940
Description

UCS000PU

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.

SAT283HB

H
SAT021J

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
FLUID TEMP SE [V]

Condition

Specification (Approximately)

Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]

1.5V
↓
0.5V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

K
UCS000PV

Diagnostic trouble code “BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN” with CONSULT-II or 8th judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.

Possible Cause

UCS000PW

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000PX

After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Start engine.

Revision: September 2005

AT-189

2005 Quest

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
2.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).

BCIA0031E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .

SCIA3395E

Revision: September 2005

AT-190

2005 Quest

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS

UCS000PY

BCWA0303E

Revision: September 2005

AT-191

2005 Quest

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

DATA (APPROX.)

IGNITION ON

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION OFF

IGNITION ON

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION OFF

R/Y

POWER SOURCE

R/Y

POWER SOURCE

Y/R

POWER SOURCE
(MEMORY BACKUP)

Always

BATTERY VOLTAGE

SENSOR GROUND

Always

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

IGNITION ON WITH ATF TEMPERATURE AT 20°C (68°F)

1.5V

IGNITION ON WITH ATF TEMPERATURE AT 80°C (176°F)

0.5V

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000PZ

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 9.

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage

:Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
:Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

LCIA0090E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly
●
Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-166, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-192

2005 Quest

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM harness connectors E142, E143
terminals 10 (R/Y), 19 (R/Y), 28 (Y/R) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

D
LCIA0094E

5. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
28 (Y/R) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

I
WCIA0095E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between battery, ignition switch and TCM
●
Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminals 6 and 7 when A/T is cold.
Temperature

Resistance (Approx.)

Cold [20°C (68°F)]

2.5kΩ

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
WCIA0097E

Revision: September 2005

AT-193

2005 Quest

DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
–

•

Resistance (Approx.)

20 (68)

2.5kΩ

80 (176)

0.3kΩ

–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

SAT298F

9. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
47(G) and ground while warming up A/T.

3.
4.
5.

Temperature

Voltage (Approx.)

Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]

1.5V → 0.5V

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check resistance between TCM harness connector E143 terminal 42 (B) and ground. Refer to AT-191, "Wiring Diagram — AT
— BA/FTS" .

WCIA0044E

Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

10. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-189, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-194

2005 Quest

DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]

DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
Description

PFP:24814

A
UCS000Q0

The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary
device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a signal sent from the vehicle
speed sensor·MTR.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000Q1

Diagnostic trouble code “VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR” with CONSULT-II or 2nd judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.

Possible Cause

UCS000Q2

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Combination meter
●
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

F
UCS000Q3

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC Confirmation Procedure” again, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 16
MPH).
M

BCIA0031E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16 MPH).

Revision: September 2005

AT-195

2005 Quest

DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
3.

Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .

SCIA3389E

Revision: September 2005

AT-196

2005 Quest

DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR

UCS000Q4

BCWA0522E

Revision: September 2005

AT-197

2005 Quest

DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)

V/R

VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

WHEN MOVING VEHICLE AT 2
TO 3 KM/H (1 TO 2 MPH) FOR 1
M (3 FT) OR MORE.

Diagnostic Procedure

INTERMITTENTLY
CHANGES BETWEEN
APPROX. 0V AND APPROX.
4.5V
UCS000Q5

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE-MTR” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.

LCIA0090E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
40 (V/R) and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for
1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage

: Intermittently changes between approx. 0V
and approx. 4.5V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SCIA3120E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
Combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
●
Harness for short or open between TCM and combination meter.
●
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (without VDC) or
BRC-55, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (with VDC).
●
Harness for short or open between combination meter and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●

3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-195, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

Revision: September 2005

AT-198

2005 Quest

DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

Revision: September 2005

AT-199

2005 Quest

DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]

DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Description

PFP:31935
UCS000Q6

The turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor) detects
forward clutch drum rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the
input side of the automatic transaxle. The vehicle speed sensor A/T
(Revolution sensor) is located on the output side of the automatic
transaxle. With the two sensors, input and output rpms are accurately detected. The result is optimal shift timing during deceleration
and improved shifting.

SCIA3402E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS0015R

Diagnostic trouble code “TURBINE REV” with CONSULT-II or 10th judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.

Possible Cause

UCS0015S

Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS0015T

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 5 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.

BCIA0030E

Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D, vehicle speed higher than 40 km/h (25
MPH), engine speed higher than 1,500 rpm, throttle opening
greater than 1.0/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more
than 5 seconds.

BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-200

2005 Quest

DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.

A
Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 40 km/h (25 MPH), engine speed higher than 1,500
rpm, throttle opening greater than 1.0/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 5 seconds.
B
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-54, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .
AT

E
SCIA3397E

Revision: September 2005

AT-201

2005 Quest

DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T

UCS000Q7

BCWA0187E

Revision: September 2005

AT-202

2005 Quest

DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

DATA (APPROX.)

WHEN MOVING AT 20 KM/H (12 MPH),
USE THE CONSULT-II PULSE FREQUENCY MEASURING FUNCTION.*1

TURBINE REVOLUTION
SENSOR (POWER TRAIN
REVOLUTION SENSOR)

CAUTION:
CONNECT THE DIAGNOSIS DATA LINK
CABLE TO THE VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR.
*1: A CIRCUIT TESTER CANNOT BE USED
TO TEST THIS ITEM.
WHEN VEHICLE IS PARKED.

SENSOR GROUND

Always

Diagnostic Procedure

B
240 Hz

Under 1.3V or over 4.5V

0V
UCS000Q8

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “TURBINE REV” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SAT740J

2. CHECK TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR (POWER TRAIN REVOLUTION SENSOR) (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check pulse between TCM harness connector E143 terminal 38
(G) and ground.

Condition

Judgement standard
(Approx.)

When moving at 20 Km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle
diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.

240 Hz

SCIA3403E

When vehicle parks.

Under 1.3V or over 4.5V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

Revision: September 2005

AT-203

2005 Quest

DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]

3.
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK POWER FOR TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR (POWER TRAIN REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect the turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between turbine revolution sensor (power train
revolution sensor) harness connector F37 terminal 1 (R/Y) and
ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following items. If any items is damaged,
repair or replace damaged parts.
● Fuse
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor)
● Ignition switch
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

SCIA2771E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution
sensor).
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor).
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-200, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminal for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-204

2005 Quest

DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[RE4F04B]

DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Description

PFP:31036

A
UCS000QA

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.

D
SAT574J

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS000QB

Diagnostic trouble code “CONTROL UNIT (RAM)”, “CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” with CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM memory (RAM) or (ROM).

Possible Cause

UCS000QC

TCM.

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS000QD

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.

L
BCIA0030E

Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.

BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-205

2005 Quest

DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[RE4F04B]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000QE

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Touch “ERASE”.
3. Perform AT-205, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the “CONTROL UNIT (RAM)” or “CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace TCM.
No
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: September 2005

AT-206

2005 Quest

DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[RE4F04B]

DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
Description

PFP:31036

A
UCS000QF

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.

D
SAT574J

On Board Diagnosis Logic

UCS0015U

Diagnostic trouble code “CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory
(EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.

Possible Cause

UCS0015V

TCM.

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure

UCS0015W

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.

L
BCIA0030E

Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.

BCIA0031E

Revision: September 2005

AT-207

2005 Quest

DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[RE4F04B]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000QG

1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds.
6. Perform AT-207, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes
>> Replace TCM.
No
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: September 2005

AT-208

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC

PFP:00007

A
UCS000QH

BCWA0305E

Revision: September 2005

AT-209

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE (MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION

P/B

G/W

R/G

Revision: September 2005

PNP SWITCH
L POSITION

PNP SWITCH
D POSITION

PNP SWITCH
R POSITION

PNP SWITCH
P OR N POSITION

DATA (APPROX.)

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
L POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
D POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
R POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER
IN OTHER POSITIONS

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
P OR N POSITION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR LEVER IN
OTHER POSITIONS

AT-210

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
A

BCWA0318E

Revision: September 2005

AT-211

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (APPROX.)
30

BR/Y

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (RX)

—

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (TX)

—

G/O

SENSOR POWER

IGNITION SWITCH ON

4.5 - 5.5V

IGNITION SWITCH OFF

O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On

UCS000QI

SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to ON.

1.
1.
2.

CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM harness connectors E142, E143
terminals 10 (R/Y), 19 (R/Y), 28 (Y/R) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

LCIA0094E

2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminal
28 (Y/R) and ground.
Voltage

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

WCIA0095E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Fuse
●
Harness for short or open between battery, ignition switch and TCM harness connectors E142, E143 terminals 10 (R/Y), 19 (R/Y) and 28 (Y/R)
Refer to AT-100, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
●
Ignition switch
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-212

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM harness connector E143 terminals 25 (B), 48 (B) and ground.

Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. Refer to AT-100, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .

SAT515J

5. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check the combination meter.
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the combination meter. Refer to DI-21, "Removal and Installation of Combination Meter" .

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
I

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-213

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

Engine Cannot Be Started in P and N Position

UCS000QJ

SYMPTOM:
●
Engine cannot be started with selector lever in P or N position.
●
Engine can be started with selector lever in D, L or R position.

1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA3400E

2. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Check for short or open of park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector F29 terminals 1(G/R) and
2(G). Refer to AT-108, "Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

3. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .

BCIA0014E

4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-13, "Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-214

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed

UCS000QK

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in P position.

1. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .

E
BCIA0014E

2. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS

Check parking components. Refer to AT-261, "OVERHAUL" and AT268, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

I
SAT282F

In N Position, Vehicle Moves

UCS000QL

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting N position.

1. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .

BCIA0014E

Revision: September 2005

AT-215

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

SAT171B

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.

Disassemble A/T.
Check the following items:
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Overrun clutch assembly
–
Reverse clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.

Revision: September 2005

AT-216

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

Large Shock. N → R Position

UCS000QM

SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from N to R position.

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor,
line pressure solenoid valve or accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.

E
SCIA3406E

2. CHECK DAMAGED CIRCUIT

Check damaged circuit.
G

>> Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-162, "DTC
P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" or AT-178, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .

3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer to
AT-71, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

SAT494G

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: September 2005

AT-217

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in R Position

UCS000QN

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting R position.

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in R position. Refer to
AT-71, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SAT494G

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-218

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK STALL REVOLUTION

Check stall revolution with selector lever in R positions.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

D
SAT493G

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

SAT171B

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
J

1.
2.

Disassemble A/T.
Check the following items:
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
Reverse clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
M

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.

8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-219

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position

UCS000QO

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting D or L position.

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer to
AT-71, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SAT494G

Revision: September 2005

AT-220

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK STALL REVOLUTION

Check stall revolution with selector lever in D position. Refer to AT68, "Stall Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

D
SAT493G

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1.
2.

Disassemble A/T.
Check the following items:
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Forward one-way clutch
–
Low one-way clutch
–
High clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.

M
SAT171B

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-221

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.

Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1

UCS000QP

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise test — Part 1.

1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in R Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-218, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in R Position" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), overrun clutch solenoid valve, torque converter
clutch solenoid valve, shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-118, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-184, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-149, "DTC P0740 TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-168,
"DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" , AT-173,
"DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" or AT-195,
"DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 3.

SCIA3408E

3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-178,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit.

SCIA3551E

Revision: September 2005

AT-222

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in D position.
Refer to AT-71, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

D
SAT494G

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1.
2.

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Forward one-way clutch
–
Low one-way clutch
–
Torque converter
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SAT171B

Revision: September 2005

AT-223

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.

8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.

A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2

UCS000QQ

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed.
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator pedal fully at the specified speed.

1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D or L Position” and “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-220, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position" and AT-222, "Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1" .

2. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .

BCIA0014E

Revision: September 2005

AT-224

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT

A
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to AT-118,
"DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" and AT-195, "DTC VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR AT
circuits.

4. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR

Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-178,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit.

G
SCIA3551E

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

SAT171B

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
M

Remove control valve. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
Brake band
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-225

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.

Remove control valve. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.

A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D 3

UCS000QR

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed.

1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position” and “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-220, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position" and AT-222, "Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1" .

2. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .

BCIA0014E

Revision: September 2005

AT-226

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT

4. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR

G
SCIA3551E

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

SAT171B

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Brake band
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-227

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4

UCS000QS

SYMPTOM:
●
A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
●
A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.

1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position” and “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D 1 ” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-220, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D or L Position" and AT-222, "Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch, overdrive control switch, A/T fluid temperature sensor, vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A or B,
vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuits?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-106, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-112, "DTC
P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
, AT-118, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-168, "DTC P0750
SCIA3409E

Revision: September 2005

AT-228

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" , AT-173, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" or AT-195,
"DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR

Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-178,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit.

E
SCIA3551E

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SAT171B

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
Brake band
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-229

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up

UCS000QT

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), A/T fluid temperature sensor, Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, engine speed signal, torque converter clutch solenoid
valve circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-118, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-112, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-195, "DTC VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR MTR" ,
AT-123, "DTC P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-149, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
No
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-230

SCIA3410E

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR

Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-178,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit.

D
SCIA3551E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1.
2.

Remove control valve. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Torque converter relief valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Torque converter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

Revision: September 2005

AT-231

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition

UCS000QU

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit
after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to AT-123,
"DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
No
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA3396E

2. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SAT171B

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-232

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

5. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

Lock-up Is Not Released

UCS000QV

SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.

1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL
CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
Does “DATA MONITOR” show damage to “CLOSED THL/SW” and “W/O THRL/P-SW” circuit?
H

Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to closed throttle position signal
and wide open throttle position signal circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check closed throttle position signal and wide open
throttle position signal circuit. Refer to AT-239, "TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate" .
No
>> GO TO 2.

K
SCIA3400E

2. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-233

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )

UCS000QW

SYMPTOM:
●
Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T shifts from D4 to D3 .
●
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning overdrive control switch OFF.
●
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting A/T from D to L position.

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve
circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to AT184, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
No
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA3393E

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-178,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit.

SCIA3551E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

SAT171B

Revision: September 2005

AT-234

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1.
2.

Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch reducing valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch reducing valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

Revision: September 2005

AT-235

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

Vehicle Does Not Start From D1

UCS000QX

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2.

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-118, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-168, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A" , AT-173, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B"
or AT-195, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SCIA3411E

2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to AT-222, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
NG
>> GO TO 3.

A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF

UCS000QY

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive control switch to “OFF” position.

1. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “DATA MONITOR” show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-239,
"TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate" .
No
>> Go to AT-226, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D 3" .

SCIA3400E

Revision: September 2005

AT-236

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → L2 , When Selector Lever D → L Position

UCS000QZ

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to L2 when changing selector lever from D to L position.

1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
Does “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?

Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> Go to AT-224, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not
Kickdown: D4 → D2" .

F
SCIA3400E

Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake

UCS000R1

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting from D3 to L2 .
H

1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to AT106, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA3400E

2. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .

BCIA0014E

Revision: September 2005

AT-237

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to AT-118,
"DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" and AT-195, "DTC VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
circuits.

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SAT171B

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-253, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch assembly
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

BCIA0012E

Revision: September 2005

AT-238

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION

TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate

AT
UCS000R2

SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is
good.

DESCRIPTION
●

WCIA0066E

●

Overdrive control switch
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and
sends the signal via CAN communication to the TCM from combination meter.

K
BCIA0015E

L
●

Closed throttle position signal and wide-open throttle position signal
ECM judges throttle opening based on a signal from accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor, and sends the signal via CAN communication to TCM

SCIA3551E

Revision: September 2005

AT-239

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out P/N, R, D, 2nd position switches moving selector lever
to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated
properly.
NOTE:
“2 POSITION SW” indicates L position status.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SAT701J

3. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector E143 terminals
27 (P/B), 34 (G), 35 (G/W), 36 (R/G) and ground while moving
selector lever through each position.
Terminal
Lever Position

P, N

B: Battery voltage
0: 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

SCIA3373E

Revision: September 2005

AT-240

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

4. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Check the following item:
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Check continuity between PNP switch harness connector F29
terminals 1 and 2 and between terminals 3 and 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
while moving manual shaft through each position.
Lever position

Terminal

3-7

3-8

3-9

3-6

3-5

1-2

D
1-2

SCIA3372E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK MANUAL CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT

Check PNP switch again with manual control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to
test group 2 (With CONSULT-II) or 7 (With out CONSULT-II).
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK PNP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
Remove PNP switch from A/T assembly and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to test group 3.
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-255, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" .
NG
>> Repair or replace PNP switch.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Fuse
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and TCM
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and combination meter
●
Harness for short or open between combination meter and TCM
●
Ignition switch
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-241

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

8. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “OVERDRIVE SW”.
Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated
properly.
(Overdrive switch “ON” displayed on CONSULT-II means overdrive “OFF”.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.

SAT645J

9. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
Check the following item:
●
Overdrive control switch
–
Check continuity between A/T device (overdrive control switch)
harness connector M34 terminals 1 and 2.
Switch position

Continuity

OFF

Yes

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SCIA3425E

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between combination meter and A/T device (overdrive control switch)
●
Harness of ground circuit for A/T device (overdrive control switch) for short or open
●
Combination meter
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 11.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-242

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

11. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “CLOSED THL/SW” and “W/O THRL-SW” depressing and releasing accelerator pedal.
Check the signal of throttle position signal is indicated properly.

F
SAT646J

Accelerator pedal
condition

Data monitor

CLOSED THL/SW

W/O THRL-SW

Released

OFF

Fully depressed

OFF

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor — Refer to AT-178, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
● Harness for short or open between accelerator pedal position sensor and ECM

12. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
Check the following items:
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor — Refer to AT-178, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
●
Harness for short or open between accelerator pedal position sensor and ECM
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

13. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 14.

Revision: September 2005

AT-243

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]

14. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-96, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-244

2005 Quest

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Removal and Installation

PFP:34901

A
UCS0024G

CONTROL DEVICE
B

BCIA0021E

SELECTOR KNOB
REMOVAL
1.
2.

Slide the selector knob cover downwards with fingers to reveal
the selector knob latch.
Gently pry the selector knob latch outward to release then lift the
selector knob up to remove.

WCIA0235E

INSTALLATION
Set the selector knob in place on the selector lever and push downward until the selector knob latch engages.

Revision: September 2005

AT-245

2005 Quest

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Control Cable

UCS000R9

BCIA0023E

Revision: September 2005

AT-246

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
●

●

PFP:34950

A
UCS00161

The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other B
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”.
AT
The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.

Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location

UCS00162

M
BCIA0017E

Revision: September 2005

AT-247

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT

UCS00163

BCWA0523E

Revision: September 2005

AT-248

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS00164

A
SYMPTOM 1:
●
Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
B
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
AT
●
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position.
●
Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P”.
D

1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
E

Check the key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-251, "KEY INTERLOCK CABLE" .

2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
G

Check the selector lever position for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-258, "Control Cable Adjustment" .

3. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.

Connect A/T device harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Selector lever is set in “P” position.
Check operation sound.
Condition

When ignition switch is turned
to “ON” position and selector
lever is set in “P” position.

Brake pedal

Operation sound

Depressed

Yes

Released

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK POWER SOURCE
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check the voltage between A/T device harness connector M34
terminal 5 (R) and ground.
Condition

Brake pedal

Data (Approx.)

When ignition switch is turned to
“ON” position.

Depressed

Battery voltage

Released

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SCIA3437E

Revision: September 2005

AT-249

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector
E38 terminals 3 and 4.
Condition

Continuity

When brake pedal is depressed

Yes

When brake pedal is released

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to
BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

SCIA2126E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
●
10A fuse [No.1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and stop lamp switch harness connector E38 terminal 3
(R/W)
●
Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector E38 terminal 4 (L) and diode-4
harness connector E149 terminal 2 (L).
●
Harness for short or open between diode-4 harness connector E149 terminal 1 (R) and A/T device harness connector M34 terminal 5 (R).
●
Diode-4
●
Ignition switch (Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
Check continuity between A/T device harness connector M34
terminal 6 (B) and ground.
Continuity should exist.

4. Connect A/T device harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SCIA3438E

Revision: September 2005

AT-250

2005 Quest

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE4F04B]

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components

PFP:34908

A
UCS001EH

I
WCIA0231E

CAUTION:
●
Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts.
●
After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an external load of less than
39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.

Removal
1.
2.

UCS001EI

Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder.
Remove casing cap from bracket of control device and remove
interlock rod from cable.

AT-251

WCIA0232E

Revision: September 2005

2005 Quest

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE4F04B]
3.

Remove holder from key cylinder and remove key interlock
cable.

WCIA0233E

Installation
1.
2.
3.

UCS001EJ

Set key interlock cable to key cylinder and install holder.
Turn ignition key to lock position.
Set selector lever to P position.

WCIA0233E

4.
5.
6.

Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
Install casing cap to bracket.
Move slider in order to fix adjuster holder to interlock rod.

WCIA0234E

Revision: September 2005

AT-252

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators

PFP:00000

A
UCS000RA

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Drain ATF from transaxle. Refer to MA-23, "Changing A/T Fluid"
.
Remove oil pan using power tools, and gasket.
● Do not reuse oil pan bolts.

SAT031J

Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
F

H
WCIA0071E

4.
5.

Remove stopper ring from terminal cord assembly harness terminal body.
Remove terminal cord assembly harness from transmission
case by pushing on terminal body.

SAT995C

Revision: September 2005

AT-253

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
6.

Remove control valve assembly by removing fixing bolts I , X
and ● .
Bolt length, number and location are shown in the illustration.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release accumulator return spring.
Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary.
Refer to AT-290, "Control Valve Assembly" .

SAT004F

Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying compressed air if necessary.
● Hold each piston with a rag.

AAT279

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and installation is in the reverse order of removal.
●
Set manual shaft in Neutral, then align manual plate with
groove in manual valve.
●
After installing control valve assembly, make sure that
selector lever can be moved to all positions.

SAT091J

Revision: September 2005

AT-254

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]

Revolution Sensor Replacement
1.
2.
3.

UCS000RB

Disconnect electrical connector.
Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
● Be careful not to mis-connect because shape of connectors are same as turbine revolution sensor (power train
revolution sensor).
NOTE:
To prevent mis-connect, revolution sensor harness connector is
color taped for identification.

D
LCIA0070E

Turbine Revolution Sensor (Power Train Revolution Sensor) Replacement
1.
2.
3.

Disconnect electrical connector.
Remove bolt, and turbine revolution sensor (power train revolution sensor) from A/T.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
● Be careful not to mis-connect because shape of connectors are same as revolution sensor.
NOTE:
To prevent mis-connection, revolution sensor harness connector
is color taped for identification.

Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment
1.
2.
3.

E
UCS000RC

H
SCIA3402E

UCS000RD

Remove control cable from manual shaft.
Set manual shaft in N position.
Loosen park/neutral position (PNP) switch fixing bolts.

M
SAT033J

4.
5.
6.

Insert pin into adjustment holes in both park/neutral position
(PNP) switch and manual shaft as near vertical as possible.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Check continuity of park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to
AT-109, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AAT469A

ATF Cooler

UCS0010W

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Drain ATF. Refer to MA-23, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
Drain engine coolant, refer to MA-14, "Changing Engine Coolant" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-255

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.

Remove hose clamps and hoses from ATF cooler.
Remove four bolts from ATF cooler and remove ATF cooler.

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
: 4.2 N·m (0.43 kg-m, 37 in-lb)

BBIA0278E

ATF Cooler Valve

UCS0015L

Refer to the figure for ATF cooler valve and hoses removal and installation information.

SCIA3849E

ATF cooler valve assembly

Hose clamp

Heater hose

Heater pipe

ATF cooler

ATF cooler hose

Hose clip

Outlet water hose

Inlet water hose

10. Transaxle assembly

Revision: September 2005

AT-256

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
COMPONENT INSPECTION
1.

Make sure that ATF cooler valve is fully opened at room temperature.
Dimension “A”:
More than 72.0 mm (2.835 in)
A: Distance between ATF cooler valve port end face
and valve shaft end face.

SCIA2711J

Submerge ATF cooler valve in a water-filled container, and then
heat it up with temperature of over 82°C (180°F) for 10 minutes
more.

G
SCIA2993E

Make sure that ATF cooler valve is fully closed.
Dimension “A”:
Less than 66.5 mm (2.618 in)
A: Distance between ATF cooler valve port end face
and valve shaft end face.

K
SCIA2711J

Revision: September 2005

AT-257

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]

Control Cable Adjustment

UCS000RE

Move selector lever from the P position to the L position. You should
be able to feel the detent in each position. If the detent cannot be felt
or the pointer indicating the position is improperly aligned, the control
cable needs adjustment.
1. Place selector lever in the P position.
CAUTION:
Turn wheels more than 1/4 turn and apply the parking brake.
2. Loosen control cable lock nut.
3. Secure the manual lever.
4. Using the specified force, push control cable in the direction of
the arrow shown in the illustration.
Specified force
5.
6.

: 9.8 N (1.0 kg, 2.2 lb)

Tighten control cable lock nut.
Move selector lever from P to L position. Make sure that selector
lever moves smoothly.
● Make sure that the starter operates when the selector
lever is placed in the N or P position.
● Make sure that the transmission is locked properly when
the selector lever is placed in the P position.
WCIA0211E

Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement
1.
2.

UCS000RF

Remove drive shaft assembly. Refer toFAX-8, "FRONT DRIVE
SHAFT" .
Remove oil seal.

SCIA5377E

Install oil seal.
● Apply ATF before installing.

SAT782

Revision: September 2005

AT-258

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
●

Install oil seals so dimension A is within specification
A

: −0.5 mm (−0.02 in) to 0.5 mm (0.02 in)

Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
B

AT
AAT531A

Revision: September 2005

AT-259

2005 Quest

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F04B]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal

PFP:00000
UCS001E2

Remove the engine and transaxle assembly from the vehicle. Refer to EM-134, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .

Inspection After Removal
●

UCS001E3

Drive plate runout
CAUTION:
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring
gear teeth.
Maximum allowable runout:
Refer to EM-167, "DRIVE PLATE" .

●

If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate and ring
gear.
SAT977H

●

When connecting torque converter to transaxle, measure distance “A” to be certain that they are correctly assembled.
Distance “A”

: 14 mm (0.55 in) or more

SAT044A

Installation

UCS001E4

Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: September 2005

AT-260

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]

OVERHAUL
Components

PFP:00000

A
UCS000RI

SCIA3601E

Differential side bearing adjusting
shim

Differential side bearing

Final gear

Differential case

Pinion mate gear thrust washer

Pinion mate gear

Pinion mate shaft

Lock pin

Side gear

10. Side gear thrust washer

11. Differential side bearing

12. Plug

13. O-ring

14. Differential side oil seal

15. Torque converter

16. Cooler bracket

17. Converter housing

18. Differential lubricant tube

19. Clip

20. Input shaft O-ring

21. Oil seal

22. Oil pump housing

23. O-ring

24. Outer gear

25. Inner gear

26. Oil pump cover

27. Oil pump assembly

28. Seal ring

29. Gasket

Revision: September 2005

AT-261

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]

SCIA3602E

Snap ring

Retaining plate

Driven plate

Dish plate

Drive plate
Snap ring

Spring retainer

Return spring

Reverse clutch piston

10. Seal ring

11. D-ring

13. Thrust washer

14. Reverse clutch assembly

12. Reverse clutch drum
15. Needle bearing

16. Bearing race

17. Front sun gear

18. Needle bearing

19. High clutch hub

20. Needle bearing

21. Snap ring

22. Retaining plate

23. Drive plate

24. Driven plate

25. Snap ring

26. Cancel force cover

27. Return spring

28. Input clutch piston

29. High clutch drum

30. Seal ring

31. Needle bearing

32. Bearing race

33. High clutch

34. Needle bearing

35. Overrun clutch hub

36. Thrust washer

37. Bearing

38. Forward one-way clutch

39. Bearing

Revision: September 2005

AT-262

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
40. Forward clutch hub

41. Thrust washer

42. Rear internal gear

43. Needle bearing

44. Rear planetary carrier

45. Rear sun gear

46. Needle bearing

47. Front planetary carrier

48. Spring retainer

49. D-ring

50. D-ring

51. Low & reverse brake piston

52. Retainer

53. Snap ring

54. Low one-way clutch

55. Snap ring

56. Needle bearing

58. Seal ring

D-ring

57. Forward clutch drum
60. Forward clutch piston

59.
61. Seal ring

62. D-ring

63. Overrun clutch piston

64. Return spring

65. Spring retainer

66. Snap ring

67. Dish plate

68. Driven plate

69. Drive plate

70. Retaining plate

71. Snap ring

72. Dish plate

73. Driven plate

74. Drive plate

75. Retaining plate

76. Snap ring

77. Forward clutch and overrun clutch

78. Driven plate

79. Drive plate

80. Dish plate

81. Retaining plate

82. Snap ring

83. Low & reverse brake

Revision: September 2005

AT-263

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]

SCIA3603E

Side cover fitting bolt

Side cover

Adjusting shim

Output shaft bearing

Output shaft

Seal ring

Needle bearing

A/T fluid level gauge

A/T fluid charging pipe

10. O-ring

11. Oil seal

12. Revolution sensor

13. Turbine revolution sensor (power
train revolution sensor)

14. Bracket

15. Breather hose

16. Lock nut

17. Anchor end pin

18. Transaxle case

Revision: September 2005

AT-264

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
19. Bearing retainer

20. Seal ring

21. Radial needle bearing

22. Snap ring

23. Reduction pinion gear

24. Reduction pinion gear bearing inner
race

25. Reduction pinion gear bearing outer
race

26. Brake band

27. Strut

28. O-ring

29. O-ring

30. Servo release accumulator piston

31. Return spring

32. Control valve assembly

33. Gasket

34. Drain plug gasket

35. Drain plug

36. Magnet

37. Oil pan

38. Oil pan fitting bolt

39. Low & reverse brake tube

40. Oil sleeve

41. Stopper ring

42. O-ring

43. N-D accumulator piston

44. Return spring

45. A/T fluid cooler tube

46. Copper washer

47. Parking rod

48. Retaining pin

49. Oil seal

50. Detente spring

51. Manual shaft

52. Retaining pin

53. Manual plate

54. Parking rod plate

55. O/D servo piston

56. O/D servo piston retainer

57. O-ring

58. D-ring

59. Servo piston retainer

60. O-ring

61. E-ring

62. Spring retainer

63. O/D servo return spring

64. D-ring

65. Band servo piston

66. Band servo thrust washer

67. Band servo piston stem

68. 2nd servo return spring

69. PNP switch

70. Parking pawl

71. Parking shaft

72. Return spring

73. Paring pawl spacer

74. Parking actuator sport

75. Idler gear bearing outer race

76. Adjusting shim

77. Idler gear bearing inner race

78. Idler gear

79. Lock nut

Revision: September 2005

AT-265

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]

Oil Channel

UCS000RJ

SCIA3278E

Revision: September 2005

AT-266

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]

Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap
Rings

UCS000RK

SCIA3277E

Revision: September 2005

AT-267

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]

DISASSEMBLY
Disassembly
1.
2.

PFP:31020
UCS000RL

Drain ATF through drain plug.
Remove torque converter.

SAT008D

3.
a.
b.
c.

Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as
shown at left.
Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
When fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way
clutch spline using screwdriver.
Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace
torque converter assembly.

SAT009D

4.
5.

Remove A/T fluid level gauge.
Remove A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube.

SCIA3606E

Revision: September 2005

AT-268

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
6.
7.

Set manual shaft to position P.
Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

AT
BCIA0014E

8.
9.

Remove oil pan using power tools, and oil pan gasket.
Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after
repair of A/T. Refer to CO-10, "RADIATOR" .

G
SCIA3476E

10. Remove control valve assembly according to the following procedures.
a. Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts I , X and ● .

SAT004F

Remove stopper ring from terminal body.
● Do not expand stopper ring excessively.

SCIA3607E

Revision: September 2005

AT-269

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.

Push terminal body into transaxle case and draw out terminal
cord assembly.

SCIA0801E

11. Remove manual valve from control valve assembly.

SAT005F

12. Remove return spring from servo release accumulator piston.

SCIA3477E

13. Remove servo release accumulator piston with compressed air.
CAUTION:
● Strong flow of air will push the accumulator piston out
along with a splash of oil. Cover the area with paper towels and blow air little by little to avoid this.
● Wrap the removed accumulator piston in a paper towel.
14. Remove O-rings from servo release accumulator piston.

SAT019DA

15. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with compressed air.
CAUTION:
● Strong flow of air will push the accumulator piston out
along with a splash of oil. Cover the area with paper towels and blow air little by little to avoid this.
● Wrap the removed accumulator piston in a paper towel.
16. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.
SAT020D

Revision: September 2005

AT-270

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
17. Check accumulator pistons and contact surface of transaxle
case for damage.
18. Check accumulator return springs for damage and free length.

SAT023DA

19. Remove lip seals.
E

G
SCIA3850E

20. Remove low & reverse brake tube and oil sleeve.

SCIA3851E

21. Remove converter housing according to the following procedures.
a. Remove converter housing mounting bolts using power tools.
b. Remove converter housing by tapping it lightly.

SAT008F

Remove O-ring from differential oil port.

SCIA3852E

Revision: September 2005

AT-271

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
22. Remove final drive assembly from transaxle case.

SAT228F

23. Remove differential side bearing outer race and side bearing
adjusting shim from transaxle case.

SCIA5378E

24. Remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transaxle
case.

SCIA3628E

25. Remove differential side bearing outer race from converter
housing.

SCIA5379E

26. Remove oil seal with screwdriver from converter housing.
● Be careful not to damage case.

SAT032D

Revision: September 2005

AT-272

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
27. Remove differential lubricant tube from converter housing.
A

SCIA3284E

28. Remove oil pump according to the following procedures.
a. Remove O-ring from input shaft.
E

G
SAT225F

Remove oil pump assembly and gasket from transaxle case.

SCIA3282E

Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assembly.

SAT013F

29. Remove brake band according to the following procedures.
a. Loosen lock nut, then back off anchor end pin.

SAT014FA

Revision: September 2005

AT-273

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.

Remove brake band and strut from transaxle case.

SAT196F

●

To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not
stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in
the figure at left.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.

SAT039D

Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns.

SAT040D

30. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch assembly) and
reverse clutch according to the following procedures.
a. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch assembly) with
reverse clutch.

SAT549F

Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch assembly) from
reverse clutch.

SAT566F

Revision: September 2005

AT-274

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.

Remove needle bearings from high clutch drum and check for
damage or wear.

SAT567F

Remove high clutch hub and front sun gear from transaxle case.
E

G
SAT568F

e.
f.

Remove front sun gear and needle bearing from high clutch hub
and check for damage or wear.
Remove bearing race from front sun gear and check for damage
or wear.

SAT019F

31. Remove needle bearing from transaxle case and check for damage or wear.

SAT020F

32. Apply compressed air and check to see that low & reverse brake
operates.

SCIA3632E

Revision: September 2005

AT-275

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
33. Remove low one-way clutch and front planetary carrier assembly according to the following procedures.
a. Remove snap ring with flat-bladed screwdriver.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA3633E

Remove low one-way clutch with a hook made of wire.

AAT889

Remove snap ring with flat-bladed screwdriver.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA3634E

Remove front planetary carrier with low & reverse brake piston
and retainer.

SCIA3635E

Revision: September 2005

AT-276

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
e.

Remove low & reverse brake spring retainer.
● Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.

SAT148F

Check that low one-way clutch rotates in the direction of the
clockwise arrow and locks in the opposite direction.
E

G
SAT048D

g.
h.

Remove needle bearing, low & reverse brake piston and retainer
from front planetary carrier.
Check front planetary carrier, low one-way clutch and needle
bearing for damage or wear.

SAT024F

Check clearance between planetary gears and planetary carrier
with feeler gauge.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

: 0.20 - 0.70 mm
(0.0079 - 0.0276 in)
: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)

Replace front planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.

SAT025F

34. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transaxle case.

SAT026F

Revision: September 2005

AT-277

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.

Remove rear sun gear from rear planetary carrier.

SAT027F

c.
d.

Remove needle bearings from rear planetary carrier assembly.
Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bearings
for damage or wear.

SAT028F

Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary carrier with feeler gauge.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

: 0.20 - 0.70 mm
(0.0079 - 0.0276 in)
: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)

Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.

SAT054D

35. Remove rear internal gear and forward clutch hub from transaxle case.

SAT029F

36. Remove overrun clutch hub from transaxle case.

SAT030F

Revision: September 2005

AT-278

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
37. Remove needle bearing from overrun clutch hub and check for
damage or wear.

SCIA3285E

38. Remove forward clutch assembly from transaxle case.
E

G
SAT032F

39. Remove needle bearing from transaxle case.

SAT033F

40. Remove output shaft assembly according to the following procedures.
a. Remove side cover bolts.
● Do not mix bolts A and B.
● Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.

AAT850

Remove side cover by lightly tapping it with a soft hammer.
● Be careful not to drop output shaft assembly. It might
come out when removing side cover.

SAT434D

Revision: September 2005

AT-279

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.

Remove adjusting shim.

SAT440D

Remove output shaft assembly.

SAT035F

●

If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover
with a soft hammer to separate.

SAT435D

Remove needle bearing.

SAT036F

41. Disassemble reduction pinion gear according to the following
procedures.
a. Set manual shaft to position P to fix idler gear.
b. Unlock idler gear lock nut using a pin punch.

SAT037F

Revision: September 2005

AT-280

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.

Remove idler gear lock nut.
● Do not reuse idler gear lock nut.

SAT061D

Remove idler gear with puller.
E

G
SCIA5380E

e.
f.

Remove reduction pinion gear.
Remove adjusting shim from reduction pinion gear.

SAT916D

42. Remove return spring from parking shaft with screwdriver.
43. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pawl from transaxle
case.
44. Check parking pawl and shaft for damage or wear.

SAT039F

45. Remove parking actuator support from transaxle case.
46. Check parking actuator support for damage or wear.

SAT066D

Revision: September 2005

AT-281

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
47. Remove side oil seal with screwdriver from transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transaxle case.

SAT040F

Revision: September 2005

AT-282

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Manual Shaft

PFP:00000

A
UCS000RM

COMPONENTS
B

G
SCIA3286E

Oil seal

Parking rod

Retaining pin

Parking rod plate

Retaining pin

Manual plate

Manual shaft

Retaining pin

Detente spring

REMOVAL
1.

Remove detent spring from transaxle case.
J

L
SAT042F

Drive out manual plate retaining pin.

SCIA5381E

Revision: September 2005

AT-283

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.
5.

Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin.
Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft.
Draw out parking rod from transaxle case.

SCIA5382E

6.
7.

Pull out manual shaft retaining pin.
Remove manual shaft and manual plate from transaxle case.

SAT049F

Remove manual shaft oil seal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transaxle case.

SAT080D

INSPECTION
●

Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

INSTALLATION
1.

Install manual shaft oil seal.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil seal.
● Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.

SAT081D

Revision: September 2005

AT-284

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.

Install manual shaft and manual plate.
A

AT
SCIA3627E

3.
4.

Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transaxle case.
Install manual shaft retaining pin up to bottom of hole.
E

G
SCIA5383E

5.
6.

Install parking rod to parking rod plate.
Set parking rod assembly onto manual shaft and drive retaining
pin.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse retaining pin.
● Both ends of pin should protrude.

SCIA5384E

Drive manual plate retaining pin.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse retaining pin.
● Both ends of pin should protrude.

SCIA5385E

Install detent spring. Tighten detent spring bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to AT-283, "COMPONENTS" .

SAT042F

Revision: September 2005

AT-285

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Oil Pump

UCS000RN

COMPONENTS

SCIA3341E

Oil seal

Oil pump housing

O-ring

Outer gear

Inner gear

Oil pump cover

Seal ring

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove seal rings.

SAT699H

Loosen bolts in a crisscross pattern and remove oil pump cover.

SAT051F

Revision: September 2005

AT-286

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.

Remove inner and outer gear from oil pump housing.
A

AT
SAT092D

Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
E

G
SAT093D

Remove oil pump housing oil seal.

SAT094D

INSPECTION
Oil Pump Housing, Oil Pump Cover, Inner Gear and Outer Gear
●

Check for wear or damage.

Revision: September 2005

AT-287

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Side Clearances
●

Measure side clearance of inner and outer gears in at least four
places around each outside edge. Maximum measured values
should be within specified positions.
Standard clearance

●

: 0.030 - 0.050 mm
(0.0012 - 0.0020 in)

If clearance is less than standard, select inner and outer gear as
a set so that clearance is within specifications.
Inner and outer gear:
Refer to AT-364, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .

●

If clearance is more than standard, replace whole oil pump
assembly except oil pump cover.

SAT095D

●

Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

●

: 0.111 - 0.181 mm
(0.0044 - 0.0071 in)
: 0.181 mm (0.0071 in)

If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover.

SAT096D

Seal Ring Clearance
●

Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

●

: 0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098
in)
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)

If not within allowable limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.

SAT097D

Revision: September 2005

AT-288

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.

Install oil seal on oil pump housing.

SCIA5386E

Install O-ring on oil pump housing.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

G
SCIA2841E

Install inner and outer gears on oil pump housing.
CAUTION:
Be careful of direction of inner gear.

K
SAT092D

4.
a.

Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing.
Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assembly
to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil pump
housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
Tighten bolts in a crisscross pattern. Tighten oil pump cover
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-286, "COMPONENTS"
.

SAT051F

Revision: September 2005

AT-289

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.

Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with
petroleum jelly.
CAUTION:
● Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while installing. The ring may be deformed.
● Do not reuse seal rings.
● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA3638E

Control Valve Assembly

UCS000RO

COMPONENTS

SCIA3610E

Oil strainer

Control valve lower body

Check ball

Solenoid valve assembly

Oil cooler relief valve spring
Terminal body

Stopper ring

O-rings

Separating plate

10. Support plate

11.

Steel ball

13. Pilot filter

14. Separating plate

12. Control valve inter body
15. Control valve upper body

DISASSEMBLY
Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies.

Revision: September 2005

AT-290

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “

”

13.5
(0.531)

58.0
(2.283)

40.0
(1.575)

66.0
(2.598)

33.0
(1.299)

78.0
(3.071)

18.0
(0.709)

mm (in)

Number of bolts

f: Reamer bolt and nut.

SAT704J

Remove bolts a , d , reamer bolt f and nut and remove oil
strainer from control valve assembly.
J

L
SCIA3484E

Remove solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid
valve from control valve assembly.

SCIA3639E

Revision: September 2005

AT-291

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.

Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.

SCIA0804E

Place upper body facedown, and remove bolts b , c , f and nut .
CAUTION:
Remove bolts with upper body facing down, because upper
body and inter body may come off and steel ball may fall
and be lost.

SAT064FA

Remove inter body from lower body.

SAT432D

6.
7.

Turn over lower body.
Remove bolts e , separating plate and support plate from lower
body.

SCIA3289E

Remove check balls and oil cooler relief valve springs from
lower body.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to lose check balls and oil cooler relief valve
springs.

SAT110DA

Revision: September 2005

AT-292

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
9.

Remove inter body from upper body.
A

SAT065FA

10. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter
body and then remove them.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to lose steel balls.
11. Remove pilot filter from upper body.

G
SAT705J

12. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper
body and then remove them.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to lose steel balls.

SAT771J

INSPECTION
Lower and Upper Bodies

CAUTION:
Be careful not to lose these parts.
●
Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in lower
body.

SCIA3290E

Revision: September 2005

AT-293

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
●

Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in
upper body.

SAT551G

Oil Strainer
●

Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.

SCIA3291E

Shift Solenoid Valves “A” and “B”, Line Pressure Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch
Solenoid Valve and Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve
●
●

●

Measure resistance.
For shift solenoid valve A, refer to AT-171, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
For shift solenoid valve B, refer to AT-176, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
For line pressure solenoid valve, refer to AT-165, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
For torque converter clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-152,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
For overrun clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-187, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SCIA3485E

Oil Cooler Relief Valve Spring
●
●

Check springs for damage or deformation.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard

: Refer to AT-365, "Control
Valves" .

SAT138D

Revision: September 2005

AT-294

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.
a.

Install upper, inter and lower body.
Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their
proper positions.

SAT771J

Install reamer bolts f from bottom of upper body. Using reamer
bolts as guides, install separating plate as a set.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse separating plate.

G
SCIA3856E

Install pilot filter.

K
SAT074F

Place lower body as shown in figure (side of inter body face up).
Install steel balls in their proper positions.

SAT705J

Revision: September 2005

AT-295

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
e.

Install inter body on upper body using reamer bolts f as guides.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to dislocate or drop steel balls.

SAT076FA

Install check balls and oil cooler relief valve springs in their
proper positions in lower body.

SAT110DA

Install bolts e from bottom of lower body. Using bolts e as
guides, install separating plate as a set.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse separating plate.
Temporarily install support plates on lower body.

SCIA3857E

Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts f as guides
and tighten reamer bolts f slightly.

SAT126DA

Install O-rings to solenoid valves and terminal body.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.

SCIA3693E

Revision: September 2005

AT-296

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.

Install and tighten bolts.
A

Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “

”

13.5
(0.531)

58.0
(2.283)

40.0
(1.575)

66.0
(2.598)

33.0
(1.299)

78.0
(3.071)

18.0
(0.709)

mm (in)

AT
Number of bolts

I
SAT704J

Install and tighten bolts b to specified torque.

Specified torque
: Refer to AT-290, "COMPONENTS" .
K

SAT081FA

Install solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid valve
to lower body.

SCIA3486E

Revision: September 2005

AT-297

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
c.

Set oil strainer, then tighten bolts a , d , f and nuts to specified
torque.
Specified torque
: Refer to AT-290, "COMPONENTS" .

SCIA3484E

Tighten bolts e to specified torque.
Specified torque
: Refer to AT-290, "COMPONENTS" .

SCIA3487E

Revision: September 2005

AT-298

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Control Valve Upper Body

UCS000RP

COMPONENTS
Apply ATF to all components before installation.

SAT772J

Control valve upper body

Cooler check valve

Return spring

Plug

Retainer plate

1-2 accumulator valve

Return spring

Plug

Retainer plate

10. Torque converter clutch control
valve

11. Return spring

12. Torque converter clutch control plug

13. Torque converter clutch control
sleeve

14. Retainer plate

15. Torque converter relief valve

16. Return spring

17. Retainer plate

18. Return spring

19. Overrun clutch reducing valve

20. Plug

21. Retainer plate

22. Retainer plate

23. Return spring

24. Pilot valve

25. Retainer plate

26. Plug

27. 1-2 accumulator piston

28. Return spring

29. 1-2 accumulator retainer plate

30. Retainer plate

31. Plug

32. 1st reducing valve

33. Return spring

34. Retainer plate

35. Return spring

36. 3-2 timing valve

Revision: September 2005

AT-299

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove valves at retainer plates.
CAUTION:
Do not use a magnetic pick-up tool.

SCIA3294E

Use a screwdriver to remove retainer plates.

SAT553G

Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves.
● Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jumping out.

SAT554G

Place mating surface of valve body face down, and remove
internal parts.
● If a valve is hard to remove, place valve body face down
and lightly tap it with a soft hammer.
● Be careful not to drop or damage valves and sleeves.

SAT137D

Revision: September 2005

AT-300

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
INSPECTION
Valve Spring
●

Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation.
Inspection standard

●

: Refer to AT-365, "Control
Valves" .

Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.

D
SAT138D

Control Valves
●

Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.

ASSEMBLY
●

Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do not
stand the control valve body upright.

SAT139D

Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
CAUTION:
● Install each control valve one by one.
● Install control valves after checking, because some of
them are similar.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.

SAT140DA

●

Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert
the valves into their proper positions.

SAT141D

Revision: September 2005

AT-301

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
1-2 Accumulator Valve
Install 1-2 accumulator valve. Align 1-2 accumulator retainer
plate from opposite side of control valve body.
Install return spring, 1-2 accumulator piston and plug.

●

SAT142D

Install retainer plates.
● While pushing plug or return spring, install retainer plate.

SAT143D

Retainer Plate (Upper Body)
Unit: mm (in)
No.

●

Name of control valve

Pilot valve

1st reducing valve

3-2 timing valve

Torque converter relief valve

1-2 accumulator valve

1-2 accumulator piston

Overrun clutch reducing valve

Cooler check valve

Torque converter clutch control valve

Width A

Length B

21.5 (0.846)

6.0 (0.236)
40.5 (1.594)
SAT086F

24.0 (0.945)
28.0 (1.102)

Install proper retainer plates.
Refer to AT-299, "COMPONENTS" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-302

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Control Valve Lower Body

UCS000RQ

COMPONENTS
Apply ATF to all components before installation.

SAT773J

Control valve lower body

Retainer plate

Return spring

Piston

Parallel pin

Sleeve

Return spring

Pressure modifier valve

Retainer plate

10. Plug

11. Shift valve B

12. Return spring

13. Manual valve

14. Pressure regulator valve

15. Return spring

16. Spring seat

17. Plug

18. Sleeve

19. Retainer plate

20. Return spring

21. Overrun clutch control valve

22. Plug

23. Retainer plate

24. Return spring

25. Accumulator control valve

26. Plug

27. Retainer plate

28. Shift valve A

29. Return spring

30. Retainer plate

31. Shuttle valve

32. Return spring

33. Plug

34. Plug

35. Retainer plate

Revision: September 2005

AT-303

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
Remove valves at retainer plate.
For removal procedures, refer to AT-303, "COMPONENTS" .

●

SCIA3290E

INSPECTION
Valve Springs
Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also measure free length and outer diameter.

●

Inspection standard

: Refer to AT-365, "Control
Valves" .

Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.

●

SAT138D

Control Valves
Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for damage.

●

ASSEMBLY
Install control valves.
For installation procedures, refer to AT-303, "COMPONENTS" .

●

SCIA3290E

Retainer Plate (Lower Body)
Unit: mm (in)
No.

●

Name of control valve and plug

Pressure regulator valve

Accumulator control valve

Shift valve A

Overrun clutch control valve

Pressure modifier valve

Shuttle valve

Shift valve B

Width A

Length B

Type

6.0
(0.236)

28.0
(1.102)

—

SAT089F

Install proper retainer plates.
Refer to AT-303, "COMPONENTS" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-304

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Reverse Clutch

UCS000RR

COMPONENTS

SCIA3315E

Reverse clutch drum

Reverse clutch piston

Return spring

Spring retainer

Snap ring

Dish plate

Driven plate

10. Retaining plate

Seal ring

11. Snap ring

12. Drive plate

DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.

D-ring

Check operation of reverse clutch
Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install
reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.

L
SCIA3316E

Remove snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate, and dish
plates.

SCIA3317E

Revision: September 2005

AT-305

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.

Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
CAUTION:
● Set Tool directly over springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.

SCIA5387E

6.
7.

Remove piston from reverse clutch drum by turning it.
Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.

SCIA3319E

INSPECTION
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●

Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
If necessary, replace.

Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
●
●

Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)

●

If not within wear limit, replace.

SAT162D

Reverse Clutch Dish Plates
●
●

Check for deformation or damage.
Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate

●

: 3.18 mm (0.1252 in)

If deformed or fatigued, replace.

SAT163D

Reverse Clutch Piston
●
●
●

Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make sure that air leaks past ball.

Revision: September 2005

AT-306

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.

Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.

SCIA3320E

Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.

G
SCIA3319E

Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

K
SCIA5387E

Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
CAUTION:
Set Tool directly over return springs.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plates.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
Install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA3317E

Revision: September 2005

AT-307

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
7.

Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate

: 0.5 - 0.8 mm
(0.020 - 0.031 in)
: 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
: Refer to AT-366,
"REVERSE CLUTCH" .
SCIA3321E

Check operation of reverse clutch.

SCIA3316E

High Clutch

UCS000RS

COMPONENTS

SCIA3880E

Seal ring

Driven plate

Retaining plate

Snap ring

Drive plate

Snap ring

Cancel force cover

Return spring

Input clutch piston

10. Input shaft assembly (High clutch
drum)

Revision: September 2005

AT-308

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.

b.
c.

Check operation of high clutch.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft with nylon cloth.
CAUTION:
Stop up hole on opposite side of input shaft with nylon
cloth.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.

SAT176D

Remove seal rings from input shaft.
CAUTION:
Always replace when removed.

G
SAT177D

Remove snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.

K
SAT095F

Set Tool on cancel force cover and remove snap ring from high
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
CAUTION:
● Set Tool directly over springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.

SCIA5388E

Revision: September 2005

AT-309

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
7.

Remove input clutch piston from high clutch drum by turning it.

SAT111F

INSPECTION
High Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●

●

Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
If necessary, replace.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.

High Clutch Drive Plates
●
●

Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard
: 1.5 mm (0.059 in)
Wear limit
: 1.3 mm (0.051 in)

●

If not within wear limit, replace.

SAT162D

Seal Ring Clearance
●
●

Install new seal rings onto input shaft.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

●

: 0.08 - 0.23 mm
(0.0031 - 0.0091 in)
: 0.23 mm (0.0091 in)

If not within allowable limit, replace input shaft assembly.

SAT187D

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install input clutch piston assembly by turning it slowly.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.

SAT111F

Install return springs and cancel force cover on input clutch piston.

Revision: September 2005

AT-310

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.

Set Tool on cancel force cover and install snap ring while slowly
compressing return springs.
CAUTION:
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.

AT
SCIA5388E

D
●

Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
E

G
SAT113F

Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
CAUTION:
Take care with the order and direction of plates.
Install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SAT095F

Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
L

Specified clearance
Standard
: 1.8 - 2.2 mm (0.071 - 0.087 in)
Allowable limit
: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
Retaining plate
: Refer to AT-366, "HIGH CLUTCH" .

SAT116F

Check operation of high clutch.

SAT196D

Revision: September 2005

AT-311

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
8.

Install seal rings to input shaft.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
● Always replace when removed.

SAT197D

●

Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from
spreading.

SAT198D

Revision: September 2005

AT-312

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Forward and Overrun Clutches

UCS000RT

COMPONENTS

L
SCIA3611E

Dish plate

Driven plate

Drive plate

Retaining plate

Snap ring

Overrun clutch

Dish plate

Driven plate

Drive plate

10. Retaining plate

11. Snap ring

12. Forward clutch

13. Snap ring

14. Spring retainer

15. Return spring

16. Overrun clutch piston

17. D-ring

18. Seal ring

19. Forward clutch piston

20. D-ring

21. Seal ring

22. Forward clutch drum

Revision: September 2005

AT-313

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.

Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch.
Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT123F

Remove snap ring for forward clutch.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for forward clutch.

SAT203D

Remove snap ring for overrun clutch.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for overrun clutch.

SAT204D

Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
CAUTION:
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
CAUTION:
Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SCIA5389E

Revision: September 2005

AT-314

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
8.

Remove forward clutch piston with overrun clutch piston from
forward clutch drum by turning it.

AT
SAT125F

Remove overrun clutch piston from forward clutch piston by
turning it.
E

G
SAT126F

10. Remove D-rings and seal rings from forward clutch piston and
overrun clutch piston.

SCIA3859E

INSPECTION
Snap Rings, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●
●
●

Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Replace if necessary.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.

Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Drive Plates
●
●

Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Forward clutch
Standard
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
Overrun clutch
Standard
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)

●

SAT162D

If not within wear limit, replace.

Revision: September 2005

AT-315

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Dish Plates
●
●

Check for deformation or damage.
Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate
Forward clutch
Overrun clutch

●

: 2.7 mm (0.106 in)
: 2.7 mm (0.106 in)

If deformed or fatigued, replace.

SAT163D

Forward Clutch Drum
●
●

●

Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of forward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball.
Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch
drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.

SAT213D

Overrun Clutch Piston
●
●

●

Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side. Make
sure that air leaks past ball.

SAT212D

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install D-rings and seal rings on forward clutch piston and overrun clutch piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse D-ring and seal ring.
● Take care with direction of seal ring.
● Apply ATF to both parts.

SCIA3859E

Revision: September 2005

AT-316

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.

Install overrun clutch piston assembly on forward clutch piston
by turning it slowly.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to inner surface of forward clutch piston.

AT
SAT126F

Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum by
turning it slowly.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.

G
SAT125F

Install return spring on overrun clutch piston.

SAT131F

●

Align the mark on spring retainer with check ball in overrun
clutch piston.

SAT133F

Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
CAUTION:
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA5389E

Revision: September 2005

AT-317

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
●

Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.

SAT134F

Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for overrun clutch.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
Install snap ring for overrun clutch.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SAT204D

Measure clearance between overrun clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Overrun clutch
retaining plate

: 0.7 - 1.1 mm (0.028 - 0.043 in)
: 1.7 mm (0.067 in)
Refer to AT-367, "OVERRUN
CLUTCH" .
SAT135F

Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for forward clutch.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
10. Install snap ring for forward clutch.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SAT203D

11. Measure clearance between forward clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Forward clutch
retaining plate

: 0.45 - 0.85 mm
(0.0177 - 0.0335 in)
: 1.85 mm (0.0728 in)
: Refer to AT-367, "FORWARD
CLUTCH" .
SAT228D

Revision: September 2005

AT-318

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
12. Check operation of forward clutch.
13. Check operation of overrun clutch.

AT
SAT123F

Low & Reverse Brake

UCS000RU

COMPONENTS
E

SCIA3343E

Driven plate

Dish plate

Snap ring

Spring retainer

D-ring

Low & reverse brake piston

Retainer

Snap ring

10. Retaining plate

11. Drive plate

DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.

Check operation of low & reverse brake.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of transaxle case.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
CAUTION:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
SAT147F

Revision: September 2005

AT-319

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.

In order to remove piston, apply compressed air to oil hole of
retainer while holding piston.
CAUTION:
Apply air gradually and allow piston to come out evenly.

SAT149F

Remove D-rings from piston.

SCIA2998E

INSPECTION
Low & Reverse Brake Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●

●

Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
If necessary, replace.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.

Low & Reverse Brake Drive Plate
●
●

Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate
Standard
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
Wear limit
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)

●

If not within wear limit, replace.

SAT162D

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install D-rings on piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse D-ring.
● Apply ATF to both parts.

SCIA2998E

Revision: September 2005

AT-320

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.

Set and align piston with retainer.
CAUTION:
This operation is required in order to engage the protrusions of piston to return springs correctly.
Further procedures are given in “ASSEMBLY”.

AT
SCIA3652E

Install driven plates, drive plates, retaining plate and dish plate
on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates and direction of dish plate.

G
SCIA3653E

Install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively

SAT546G

Measure clearance between driven plate and transaxle case. If
not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. (front
side)
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate

: 1.7 - 2.1 mm (0.067 - 0.083 in)
: 3.3 mm (0.130 in)
Refer to AT-367, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE" .

SCIA3654E

Revision: September 2005

AT-321

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub

UCS000RV

COMPONENTS

SCIA3344E

Thrust washer

Forward one-way clutch

Forward clutch hub

Thrust washer

Rear internal gear

Bearing

Overrun clutch hub

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove overrun clutch hub and thrust washer from forward
clutch hub.

SAT157F

Remove forward clutch hub from rear internal gear.

SAT251D

Revision: September 2005

AT-322

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.

Remove bearing from rear internal gear.
A

AT
SAT252DA

Remove thrust washer from rear internal gear.
E

G
SAT253D

Remove bearing from forward one-way clutch.

SAT254DA

Remove forward one-way clutch from forward clutch hub.
L

SAT255D

Revision: September 2005

AT-323

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
INSPECTION
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub
●

Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.

SAT256D

Bearings and Forward One-Way Clutch
●
●

Check bearings for deformation and damage.
Check forward one-way clutch for wear and damage.

SAT158FA

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch.
CAUTION:
Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.

SAT976H

Install bearing on forward one-way clutch.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing.

SAT159FA

Revision: September 2005

AT-324

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.

Install thrust washer on rear internal gear.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
● Align hooks of thrust washer with holes of rear internal
gear.

AT
SAT160F

Install bearing on rear internal gear.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing.

G
SAT161FA

Install forward clutch hub on rear internal gear.
CAUTION:
● Check operation of forward one-way clutch.
Hold rear internal gear and turn forward clutch hub.
Check forward clutch hub for correct locking and unlocking directions.
● If not as shown in figure, check installation direction of
forward one-way clutch.

AAT426

Install thrust washer and overrun clutch hub.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
● Align hooks of thrust washer with holes of overrun clutch
hub.
● Align projections of rear internal gear with holes of overrun clutch hub.

SAT157F

Revision: September 2005

AT-325

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer

UCS000RW

COMPONENTS

SCIA3612E

Lock nut

Idler gear

Adjusting shim

Idler gear bearing

Reduction pinion gear bearing outer
race

Reduction pinion gear bearing inner
race

Reduction pinion gear

Snap ring

Radial needle bearing

10. Seal ring

11. Bearing retainer

12. Needle bearing

13. Seal ring

14. Out put shaft

15. Out put shaft bearing

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.

SAT164F

Revision: September 2005

AT-326

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.

Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers.
CAUTION:
● Always replace bearing with a new one when removed.
● Do not damage output shaft.

AT
SAT165F

Remove snap ring from bearing retainer.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

G
SAT166F

Remove needle bearing from bearing retainer.

SAT167F

Remove idler gear bearing inner race from idler gear.
L

SAT168F

Remove idler gear bearing outer race from transaxle case.

SCIA5390E

Revision: September 2005

AT-327

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
7.

Press out reduction pinion gear bearing inner race from reduction pinion gear.

SAT169F

Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from transaxle
case.

SAT319K

INSPECTION
Output Shaft, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear
●
●

Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending.
Check gears for wear, chips and cracks.

Bearing
●

●

Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.

SPD715

Seal Ring Clearance
●
●

Install new seal rings to output shaft.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of output
shaft.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

●
●
●

If not within allowable limit, replace output shaft.
Install new seal rings to bearing retainer.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bearing retainer.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit

●

: 0.10 - 0.25 mm
(0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)

SAT171F

: 0.10 - 0.30 mm (0.0039 - 0.0118 in)
: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)

If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.

Revision: September 2005

AT-328

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.

Press reduction pinion gear bearing inner race on reduction pinion gear.

SCIA5391E

Install reduction pinion gear bearing outer race on transaxle
case.

G
SAT319K

Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.

K
SCIA5392E

Install idler gear bearing outer race on transaxle case.

SCIA5393E

Revision: September 2005

AT-329

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.

Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.

SAT863D

Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.

SAT176F

Install snap ring to bearing retainer.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SAT166F

After packing ring grooves with petroleum jelly, carefully install
new seal rings on output shaft and bearing retainer.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly.

SCIA3660E

●

Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from
spreading.

SAT179F

Revision: September 2005

AT-330

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]

Band Servo Piston Assembly

UCS000RX

COMPONENTS

SCIA3297E

Lock nut

Anchor end pin

Brake band

Strut

O-ring

Servo piston retainer

D-ring

O/D servo piston

O-rings

10. O/D servo piston retainer

11. E-ring

13. O/D servo return spring

14. D-ring

15. Band servo piston

16. Band servo thrust washer

17. Band servo piston stem

18. 2nd servo return spring

12. Spring retainer

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove O/D servo piston retainer fixing bolts.

AAT879

Apply compressed air to oil hole in transaxle case to remove O/
D servo piston retainer and band servo piston assembly.
CAUTION:
Hold band servo piston assembly with a rag or nylon waste.
Remove 2nd servo return spring from transaxle case.

SAT093J

Revision: September 2005

AT-331

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.

Apply compressed air to oil hole in O/D servo piston retainer to
remove O/D servo piston from retainer.
CAUTION:
Hold O/D band servo piston while applying compressed air.

AAT880

Remove D-ring from O/D servo piston.

AAT881

Remove O-rings from O/D servo piston retainer.

AAT882

Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston retainer
by pushing it forward.

SAT293D

Place band servo piston stem end on a wooden block. While
pushing spring retainer down, remove E-ring.

SAT294D

Revision: September 2005

AT-332

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
9.

Remove spring retainer, O/D servo return spring, band servo
thrust washer and band servo piston stem from band servo piston.

SCIA3670E

10. Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
E

G
SCIA3872E

11. Remove D-rings from band servo piston.

SAT297D

INSPECTION
Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem
●

Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.

Return Springs
M

●

Check for deformation or damage.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard

: Refer to AT-370, "Band Servo"
.

AAT884

Revision: September 2005

AT-333

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.

Install D-rings to servo piston retainer.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse D-rings.
● Apply ATF to D-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each D-ring.

SCIA3688E

Install band servo piston stem, band servo thrust washer, O/D
servo return spring and spring retainer to band servo piston.

SCIA3670E

Place band servo piston stem end on a wooden block. While
pushing spring retainer down, install E-ring.

SAT301D

Install O-rings to O/D servo piston retainer.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each O-ring.

SCIA3671E

Revision: September 2005

AT-334

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.

Install band servo piston assembly to servo piston retainer by
pushing it inward.

AT
SAT303D

Install D-ring to O/D servo piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse D-ring.
● Apply ATF to D-ring.

G
SCIA3689E

Install O-rings to O/D servo piston retainer.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each O-ring.

SCIA3871E

Install O/D servo piston to O/D servo piston retainer.
L

AAT886

Install band servo piston assembly and 2nd servo return spring
to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston assembly and
transaxle case.

SCIA3878E

Revision: September 2005

AT-335

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
10. Install O/D servo piston assembly to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to O-ring of O/D servo piston assembly and transaxle case.
11. Install O-ring to O/D servo piston retainer.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
SCIA3879E

12. Install O/D servo piston retainer to transaxle case.
Refer to AT-331, "COMPONENTS" .

AAT879

Final Drive

UCS000RY

COMPONENTS

SCIA3346E

Pinion mate gear

Pinion mate thrust washer

Pinion mate shaft

Lock pin

Side gear

Side gear thrust washer

Differential side bearing

Differential case

Final gear

10. Differential side bearing

Revision: September 2005

11. Differential side bearing adjusting
shim

AT-336

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove final gear.

SMT505B

Press out differential side bearings.
● Be careful not to mix up the right and left bearings.

G
SCIA5394E

Remove differential side bearing outer race and side bearing
adjusting shim from transaxle case.

K
SCIA5378E

Drive out pinion mate shaft lock pin.

SCIA5395E

Revision: September 2005

AT-337

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.
6.

Draw out pinion mate shaft.
Remove pinion mate gears and side gears.

SAT316D

INSPECTION
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case
●

●

Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and pinion mate gears.
Check washers for wear.

SAT544F

Bearings
●

●

Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.

SPD715

ASSEMBLY
1.

Attach side gear thrust washers to side gears, then install pinion
mate thrust washers and pinion mate gears in place.
● Apply ATF to any parts.

SMT839

Revision: September 2005

AT-338

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.

Insert pinion mate shaft.
● When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate
thrust washers.

AT
SMT087A

3.
a.

Measure clearance between side gear and differential case with
washers following the procedure below:
Set Tool and dial indicator on side gear.

G
SCIA5396E

Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflection. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears.
Clearance between side
gear and differential
case with washer

: 0.1 - 0.2 mm
(0.004 - 0.008 in)

If not within specification, adjust clearance by changing thickness of differential side gear thrust washers.
Differential side gear
thrust washers

: Refer to AT-368, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR
THRUST WASHERS" .

SMT611A

Install lock pin.
● Make sure that lock pin is flush with case.

SCIA5395E

Revision: September 2005

AT-339

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.

Press on differential side bearings.

SCIA5397E

Install final gear and tighten fixing bolts in a crisscross pattern.
Tighten final gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-336,
"COMPONENTS" .

SAT546F

Revision: September 2005

AT-340

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
1.

PFP:00000

A
UCS000RZ

Install differential side oil seals on transaxle case and converter
housing.

D
SCIA5399E

H
SCIA3616E

Install parking actuator support to transaxle case. Tighten parking actuator support bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT261, "OVERHAUL" .
CAUTION:
Pay attention to direction of parking actuator support.

SAT183F

3.
4.

Install parking pawl on transaxle case and fix it with parking
shaft.
Install return spring.

SAT039F

Revision: September 2005

AT-341

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]

Adjustment (1)

UCS000S0

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
1.
2.

Install differential side bearing outer race without adjusting shim
on transaxle case.
Install differential side bearing outer race on converter housing.

SAT870D

3.
4.

Place final drive assembly on transaxle case.
Install transaxle case on converter housing. Tighten transaxle
case fixing bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-261,
"OVERHAUL" .

SAT008F

5.
6.
7.
8.

Attach dial indicator on differential case at converter housing
side.
Insert Tool into differential side gear from transaxle case side.
Move Tool up and down and measure dial indicator deflection.
Select proper thickness of differential side bearing adjusting
shim(s).
Suitable shim thickness = Dial indicator deflection + Specified bearing preload
Differential side bearing
preload adjusting shim

Bearing preload

: Refer to AT-368, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
ADJUSTING SHIMS" .
: 0.05 - 0.09 mm
(0.0020 - 0.0035 in)

SCIA5400E

Revision: September 2005

AT-342

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
9.
10.
11.
12.

Remove converter housing from transaxle case.
Remove final drive assembly from transaxle case.
Remove differential side bearing outer race from transaxle case.
Reinstall differential side bearing outer race and shim(s)
selected from SDS table on transaxle case.
13. Reinstall converter housing on transaxle case and tighten transaxle case fixing bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-261,
"OVERHAUL" .

AT
SCIA5378E

14. Insert Tool and measure turning torque of final drive assembly.
● Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times
to seat bearing rollers correctly.

Turning torque of final drive assembly (New bearing)
: 0.8 - 1.5 N-m (8.0 - 15.7 kg-cm, 7 - 13 in-lb)

When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be
slightly less than the above.
Make sure torque is close to the specified range.

●

Preload adapter

: — (J−39713)

SCIA5401E

REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING PRELOAD
1.
2.
a.

Remove transaxle case and final drive assembly from converter
housing.
Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim using the following procedures.
Place reduction pinion gear on transaxle case as shown.

K
SCIA3623E

b.
c.

Place idler gear bearing on transaxle case.
Measure dimensions “B” “C” and “D” and calculate dimension
“A”.

A = D − (B + C)
“A” : Distance between the surface of idler gear bearing inner race and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pinion gear.

SCIA3624E

Revision: September 2005

AT-343

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
●

●

Measure dimension “B” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the surface of transaxle case.
Measure dimension “B” in at least two places.

SCIA3625E

●

Measure dimension “C” between the surface of idler gear
bearing inner race and the surface of transaxle case.
Measure dimension “C” in at least two places.

SCIA3626E

●

●
●

Measure dimension “D” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pinion gear.
Measure dimension “D” in at least two places.
Calculate dimension “A”.
A = D − (B + C)

SAT336DA

Measure dimension “E” between the end of idler gear and the
idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear.
● Measure dimension “E” in at least two places.
Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim.
Proper shim thickness = A − E − 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)*
(*: Bearing preload)
Reduction pinion gear
: Refer to AT-369,
bearing adjusting shim "REDUCTION PINION
GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-344

SAT337D

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.
5.

Install reduction gear and reduction gear bearing adjusting shim
selected in step 2-e on transaxle case.
Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
Press idler gear on reduction gear.
CAUTION:
Press idler gear until idler gear fully contacts adjusting
shim.

AT
SCIA5402E

Tighten idler gear lock nut to the specified torque. Refer to AT261, "OVERHAUL" .
CAUTION:
Lock idler gear with parking pawl when tightening lock nut.

G
SAT189F

Measure turning torque of reduction pinion gear.
● When measuring turning torque, turn reduction pinion
gear in both directions several times to seat bearing rollers correctly.

Turning torque of reduction pinion gear
: 0.05 - 0.39 N-m (0.5 - 4.0 kg-cm, 0.43 - 3.47 in-lb)
●

If turning torque is out of specification, decrease or
increase thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing
adjusting shim.

K
SCIA5403E

After properly adjusting turning torque, clinch idler gear lock nut
as shown.

SAT699D

Revision: September 2005

AT-345

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY
●

●

Measure clearance between side cover and the end of the output shaft bearing.
Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that clearance is
within specifications.

SCIA3853E

Install bearing retainer for output shaft.

SAT191F

Install needle bearing on bearing retainer.

SAT438D

Install output shaft on transaxle case.

SAT035F

Revision: September 2005

AT-346

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
4.

Measure dimensions “ 1 ” and “ 2 ” at side cover and then calculate dimension “A”.
● Measure dimension “ 1 ” and “ 2 ” in at least two places.
“A”
A=
2

: Distance between transaxle case fitting surface and adjusting shim mating surface.

− 2
: Height of gauge

AT
SAT374F

Measure dimensions “ 2 ” and “ 3 ” and then calculate dimension “B”.
● Measure “ 2 ” and “ 3 ” in at least two places.
“B”

B=
2

: Distance between the end of output shaft bearing outer race and the side cover fitting surface
of transaxle case.

− 3
: Height of gauge

G
SAT375F

Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that output shaft
end play (clearance between side cover and output shaft bearing) is within specifications.
Output shaft end play
(A − B)
Output shaft end play
adjusting shims

: 0 - 0.15 mm (0 - 0.0059 in)

: Refer to AT-371, "OUTPUT SHAFT ADJUSTING
SHIMS" .

Install adjusting shim on output shaft bearing.
SAT440D

Assembly (2)
1.

UCS000S1

Apply anaerobic liquid gasket to transaxle case as shown in
illustration. Refer to GI-43, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .

SCIA3854E

Revision: September 2005

AT-347

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
2.

Set side cover on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Apply locking sealant to the mating surface of transaxle
case.

SAT442D

Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT261, "OVERHAUL" .
CAUTION:
● Do not mix bolts A and B.
● Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.

AAT850

4.
5.

Remove paper rolled around bearing retainer.
Install thrust washer on bearing retainer.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

SAT033F

Install forward clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
● Align teeth of low & reverse brake drive plates before
installing.
● Make sure that bearing retainer seal rings are not spread.
● If forward clutch assembly is correctly seated, points 1
and 2 are at almost same level.

SAT194F

Revision: September 2005

AT-348

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
7.

Install thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.

SAT195F

Install overrun clutch hub.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washers.
● Align teeth of overrun clutch drive plates before installing.

G
SAT030F

Hold forward clutch hub and turn rear internal gear.
Check overrun clutch hub for correct directions of lock and
unlock.
● If not shown as illustrated, check installed direction of
forward one-way clutch.

K
SAT198F

Revision: September 2005

AT-349

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
10. Install forward clutch hub and rear internal gear assembly.
CAUTION:
● Align teeth of forward clutch drive plates before installing.
● Check that three hooks of thrust washer are correctly
aligned after installing.

SAT199F

11. Install rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear according to the following procedures.
a. Install needle bearings on rear planetary carrier.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearings.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearings.

SAT028F

Install rear sun gear on rear planetary carrier.
CAUTION:
Pay attention to direction of rear sun gear.

SAT027F

Install rear planetary carrier on transaxle case.

SAT026F

Revision: September 2005

AT-350

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
12. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier, then
install them together on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.

SAT380F

13. Install low & reverse brake piston according to the following procedures.
a. Set and align return springs to transaxle case gutters as shown
in illustration.

G
SAT322F

Set and align piston with retainer.

K
SAT323F

Revision: September 2005

AT-351

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.

Install piston and retainer assembly on the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Align bracket to specified gutter as indicated in illustration.

SAT324F

Check that each protrusion of piston is correctly set to corresponding return spring as follows.
● Push piston and retainer assembly evenly and confirm
they move smoothly.
● If they can not move smoothly, remove piston and
retainer assembly and align return spring correctly as
instructed in step “a”.

SAT325F

Push down piston and retainer assembly and install snap ring.

SCIA5404E

14. Install low one-way clutch to front planetary carrier by turning
carrier in the direction of the arrow shown.

SAT206F

Revision: September 2005

AT-352

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
15. Install snap ring with screwdriver.
CAUTION:
● Forward clutch and bearing must be correctly installed
for snap ring to fit into groove of transaxle case.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SAT046D

16. Install needle bearing on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

G
SAT020F

17. Install bearing race, needle bearing and high clutch hub on front
sun gear.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

K
SAT019F

18. Install needle bearing and high clutch drum on high clutch hub.

SAT018F

Revision: September 2005

AT-353

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
19. Install needle bearing on high clutch drum.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

SAT017F

20. Remove paper rolled around input shaft.
21. Install input shaft assembly in reverse clutch.
CAUTION:
Align teeth of reverse clutch drive plates before installing.

SAT016F

22. Install reverse clutch assembly on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.

SAT015F

Adjustment (2)

UCS000S2

When any parts listed below are replaced, adjust total end play and reverse clutch end play.
Total end play

Reverse clutch end
play

Transaxle case

●

Overrun clutch hub

●

Rear internal gear

●

Rear planetary carrier

●

Rear sun gear

●

Front planetary carrier

●

Front sun gear

●

High clutch hub

●

High clutch drum

●

Oil pump cover

●

Reverse clutch drum

—

●

Part name

Revision: September 2005

AT-354

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
TOTAL END PLAY
1.

Adjust total end play “T1 ”.

SAT213F

With original bearing race installed, place Tool onto oil pump.
The long ends of legs should be placed firmly on machined surface of oil pump assembly. The gauging cylinder should rest on
top of bearing race. Lock gauging cylinder in place with set
screw.

SCIA5405E

Install gauging plunger into cylinder.
I

K
SCIA5406E

With needle bearing installed on high clutch drum, place Tool
legs on machined surface of transaxle case (with gasket). Then
allow plunger to rest on needle bearing.
Measure gap between cylinder and plunger. This measurement
should give exact total end play.

Total end play “T1 ”
: 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
●

If end play is out of specification, decrease or increase thickness of bearing race as necessary.
SAT216F

Available bearing race for adjusting total end play
: Refer to AT-371, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-355

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
2.

Adjust reverse clutch drum end play “T2 ”.

SAT218F

Place Tool on machined surface of transaxle case (with gasket).
Then allow gauging cylinder to rest on reverse clutch drum. Lock
cylinder in place with set screw.

SCIA5407E

Install gauging plunger into cylinder.

SCIA5408E

With original thrust washer installed on oil pump, place Tool legs
onto machined surface of oil pump assembly. Then allow
plunger to rest on thrust washer.
Measure gap between cylinder and plunger with feeler gauge.
This measurement should give exact reverse clutch drum end
play.
Reverse clutch drum end play “T2 ”
: 0.61 - 1.00 mm (0.0240 - 0.0394 in)
●

If end play is out of specification, decrease or increase thickness of thrust washer as necessary.

SAT221F

Available thrust washer for adjusting reverse clutch
drum end play
: Refer to AT-371, "THRUST WASHERS FOR
ADJUSTING REVERSE CLUTCH DRUM END PLAY" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-356

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]

Assembly (3)
1.
2.

UCS000S3

Install anchor end pin and lock nut on transaxle case.
Place brake band on outside of reverse clutch drum. Tighten
anchor end pin just enough so that brake band is evenly fitted on
reverse clutch drum.

D
SAT196F

Place bearing race selected in total end play adjustment step on
oil pump cover.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
Place thrust washer selected in reverse clutch end play step on
reverse clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

SAT013F

Install oil pump assembly and gasket on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Tighten oil pump fixing bolts to the specified torque.

K
SCIA3618E

Install O-ring to input shaft.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
● Do not reuse O-ring.

SCIA3855E

Revision: September 2005

AT-357

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
8.
a.

Adjust brake band.
Tighten anchor end pin to the specified torque.
Anchor end pin

b.
c.

: Refer to AT-368, "BRAKE BAND" .

● Do not reuse anchor end pin.
Back off anchor end pin two and a half turns.
While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.

Lock nut

: Refer to AT-368, "BRAKE BAND" .
SAT014FA

Apply compressed air to oil holes of transaxle case and check
operation of brake band.

SAT397D

10. Install final drive assembly on transaxle case.

SAT228F

11. Install differential lubricant tube on converter housing. Tighten
differential lubricant tube bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
AT-261, "OVERHAUL" .

SCIA3284E

Revision: September 2005

AT-358

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
12. Install O-ring on differential oil port of transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
● Do not reuse O-ring.

AT
SCIA3852E

13. Install converter housing on transaxle case.
● Apply locking sealant to mating surface of converter
housing.

G
SCIA3620E

●

Tighten converter housing bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to AT-261, "OVERHAUL" .

K
SAT008F

14. Install accumulator piston.
a. Check contact surface of accumulator piston for damage.

SCIA3302E

Revision: September 2005

AT-359

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.

Install O-rings on accumulator piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
Accumulator piston O-rings

: Refer to AT-365, "O-RING" .

SCIA3303E

Install accumulator pistons and return springs on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to inner surface of transaxle case.
Return springs

: Refer to AT-366, "RETURN SPRING" .

SAT237FA

15. Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse lip seals.
● Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.

SCIA3850E

16. Install low & reverse brake tube and oil sleeve. Tighten low &
reverse brake tube bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT261, "OVERHAUL" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil sleeve.

SCIA3851E

Revision: September 2005

AT-360

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
17. Install control valve assembly.
a. Insert manual valve into control valve assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to manual valve.

AT
SAT005F

b.
c.
d.
e.

Set manual shaft in Neutral position.
Install control valve assembly on transaxle case while aligning
manual valve with manual plate.
Pass solenoid harness through transaxle case and install terminal body on transaxle case by pushing it.
Install stopper ring to terminal body.

G
SAT094J

Tighten bolts I , X and ● . Refer to AT-261, "OVERHAUL" .

Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “

”

mm (in)

Number of bolts

●

40 (1.57)

33 (1.30)

43.5 (1.713)

SAT004F

18.
a.
b.
c.

Install oil pan.
Attach a magnet to oil pan.
Install new oil pan gasket on transaxle case.
Install oil pan on transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
● Tighten four bolts in a crisscross pattern to prevent dislocation of gasket.
SCIA3476E

Revision: September 2005

AT-361

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
d.
19.
a.
b.
c.

Tighten oil pan bolts and drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-261, "OVERHAUL" .
Install park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
Set manual shaft in P position.
Temporarily install park/neutral position (PNP) switch on manual
shaft.
Move selector lever to N position.

SCIA3621E

d.
i.
ii.

e.
f.

Use a 4 mm (0.16 in) pin for this adjustment.
Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
Rotate park/neutral position (PNP) switch until the pin can also
be inserted straight into hole in park/neutral position (PNP)
switch.
Tighten park/neutral position (PNP) switch fixing bolts. Refer to
AT-261, "OVERHAUL" .
Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting park/neutral
position (PNP) switch.
SCIA3622E

20. Install A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube to transaxle
case. Tighten A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube bolts
to the specified torque. Refer to AT-261, "OVERHAUL" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring and copper washer.
21. Install A/T fluid level gauge.

SCIA3606E

22. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
CAUTION:
● Approximately 1 liter (1-1/8 US qt, 7/8 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained.

SAT428DA

Revision: September 2005

AT-362

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.

Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque converter with notches of oil pump.

AT
SAT429D

Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper
position.
Distance A

: 14 mm (0.55 in) or more

G
SAT430D

Revision: September 2005

AT-363

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications

PFP:00030
UCS000S4

Engine

VQ35DE

Automatic transaxle model

RE4F04B

Automatic transaxle
assembly

Transaxle gear ratio

Model code number

89X01

1st

2.785

2nd

1.545

3rd

1.000

4th

0.694

Reverse

2.272

Final drive

3.525
Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF (Continental) US or Alaska) or Canada
NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid *

Recommended fluid
Fluid capacity

8.9

(9-3/8 US qt, 7-7/8 Imp qt)

*: Refer to MA-10, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .

Shift Schedule

UCS000S5

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS THROTTLE POSITION
Throttle position

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Shift pattern

→ D2

D2 → D 3

D3 → D4

D4 → D3

D3 → D2

D2 → D1

Comfort

71 - 79
(44 - 49)

132 - 140
(82 - 87)

202 - 210
(126 - 130)

198 - 206
(123 - 128)

122 - 130
(76 - 81)

51 - 59
(32 - 37)

Auto power

71 - 79
(44 - 49)

132 - 140
(82 - 87)

202 - 210
(126 - 130)

198 - 206
(123 - 128)

122 - 130
(76 - 81)

51 - 59
(32 - 37)

Comfort

41 - 49
(25 - 30)

74 - 82
(46 - 51)

144 - 152
(89 - 94)

81 - 89
(50 - 55)

43 - 51
(27 - 32)

9 - 17
(6 - 11)

Auto power

48 - 56
(30 - 35)

91 - 99
(57 - 62)

144 - 152
(89 - 94)

81 - 89
(50 - 55)

49 - 57
(30 - 35)

9 - 17
(6 - 11)

Full throttle

Half throttle

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING LOCK-UP
Throttle position

Overdrive control switch
[Shift position]

Closed throttle

Half throttle

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Lock-up “ON”

Lock-up “OFF”

ON [D4 ]

66 - 74 (41 - 46)

63 - 71 (39 - 44)

OFF [D3 ]

86 - 94 (53 - 58)

83 - 91 (52 - 57)

ON [D4 ]

168 - 176 (104 - 109)

116 - 124 (72 - 77)

OFF [D3 ]

86 - 94 (53 - 58)

83 - 91 (52 - 57)

NOTE:
● Closed throttle: Throttle opening is 1/8 or below, and closed throttle position signal is trend OFF.
●

Half throttle: Throttle opening is 4/8.

●

Perform lock-up inspection after warming up engine.

●

Lock-up vehicle speed may vary depending on the driving conditions and circumstances.

Stall Revolution

UCS000S6

Stall revolution rpm

Revision: September 2005

2,500 - 3,050

AT-364

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]

Line Pressure

UCS000S7

A
Line pressure

kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

Engine speed
rpm

D and L positions

R position

Idle

500 (5.1, 73)

778 (7.9, 113)

Stall

1,223 (12.6, 179)

1,918 (19.6, 278)

Control Valves

UCS000S8

CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN SPRINGS
Unit: mm (in)
Item

Parts

Upper body

Lower body

Part No.*

Free length

Outer diameter

Pilot valve spring

31742-3AX03

38.98 (1.535)

8.9 (0.350)

1-2 accumulator valve spring

31742-3AX00

20.5 (0.807)

6.95 (0.274)

1-2 accumulator piston spring

31742-3AX09

55.66 (2.191)

19.5 (0.768)

1st reducing valve spring

31742-85X05

27.0 (1.063)

7.0 (0.276)

3-2 timing valve spring

31736-01X00

23.0 (0.906)

6.65 (0.262)

Overrun clutch reducing valve spring

31742-80X15

37.5 (1.476)

6.9 (0.272)

Torque converter relief valve spring

31742-80X07

31.0 (1.220)

9.0 (0.354)

Torque converter clutch control valve

31742-85X00

56.98 (2.243)

6.5 (0.256)

Cooler check valve spring

31742-85X01

29.4 (1.157)

6.0 (0.236)

Pressure regulator valve spring

31742-80X13

45.0 (1.772)

15.0 (0.591)

Overrun clutch control valve spring

31762-80X00

21.7 (0.854)

7.0 (0.276)

Accumulator control valve spring

31742-80X02

22.0 (0.866)

6.5 (0.256)

Shift valve A spring

31762-80X00

21.7 (0.854)

7.0 (0.276)

Shuttle valve spring

31762-41X04

51.0 (2.008)

5.65 (0.222)

Shift valve B spring

31762-80X00

21.7 (0.854)

7.0 (0.276)

Pressure modifier valve spring

31742-80X16

32.0 (1.260)

6.9 (0.272)

Pressure modifier piston spring

31742-41X15

30.5 (1.201)

9.8 (0.386)

—

Oil cooler relief valve spring

31872-31X00

17.02 (0.670)

8.0 (0.315)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Accumulator

UCS000S9

O-RING
Unit: mm (in)
Part No.*

Inner diameter
(Small)

Part No.*

Inner diameter
(Large)

Servo release accumulator

31526-41X03

26.9 (1.059)

31526-41X02

44.2 (1.740)

N-D accumulator

31526-31X08

34.6 (1.362)

31672-21X00

39.4 (1.551)

Accumulator

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: September 2005

AT-365

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator

Part number*

Free length

Outer diameter

Servo release accumulator

31605-85X00

52.5 (2.067)

20.1 (0.791)

N-D accumulator

31605-31X02

43.5 (1.713)

27.0 (1.063)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Clutch and Brakes

UCS000SA

REVERSE CLUTCH
Number of drive plates

Number of driven plates

Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance

mm (in)

Standard

1.6 (0.063)

Allowable limit

1.4 (0.055)

Standard

1.8 (0.070)

Standard

0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031)

Allowable limit

1.2 (0.047)
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

6.6 (0.260)
6.8 (0.268)
7.0 (0.276)
7.2 (0.283)
7.4 (0.291)
7.6 (0.299)
7.8 (0.307)

Thickness of retaining plates

31537-89X00
31537-89X01
31537-89X02
31537-89X03
31537-89X04
31537-89X05
31537-89X06

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

HIGH CLUTCH
Number of drive plates

Number of driven plates

8*1 + 1*2
Standard

Drive plate thickness

mm (in)

Driven plate thickness mm (in)

1.5 (0.059)

Allowable limit

1.3 (0.051)

Standard

1.4 (0.055)

2.0 (0.079)

Standard
Clearance

mm (in)

1.8 - 2.2 (0.071 - 0.087)

Allowable limit

2.8 (0.110)
Thickness

mm (in)

2.8 (0.110)
3.0 (0.118)
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
3.6 (0.142)

Thickness of retaining plates

Part number*
31537-89X07
31537-81X10
31537-81X11
31537-81X12
31537-81X13

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: September 2005

AT-366

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
FORWARD CLUTCH
Number of drive plates
Number of driven plates
Drive plate thickness

mm (in)

Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance

mm (in)

6
Standard

1.6 (0.063)

Allowable limit

1.4 (0.055)

Standard

1.8 (0.071)

Standard

0.45 - 0.85 (0.0177 - 0.0335)

Allowable limit

1.85 (0.0728)
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)
4.2 (0.165)
4.4 (0.173)

Thickness of retaining plates

31537-80X76
31537-80X75
31537-80X70
31537-80X71
31537-80X72
31537-80X73
31537-80X74

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

OVERRUN CLUTCH
Number of drive plates

Number of driven plates

Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance mm (in)

Standard

1.6 (0.063)

Allowable limit

1.4 (0.055)

Standard

1.8 (0.071)

Standard

0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043)

Allowable limit

1.7 (0.067)

Thickness of retaining plates

Thickness mm (in)

Part number*

3.0 (0.118)
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)

31537-80X65
31537-80X66
31537-80X67
31537-80X68
31537-80X69

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
Number of drive plates

Number of driven plates

7+1

Drive plate thickness

mm (in)

Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance

mm (in)

Standard

1.8 (0.071)

Allowable limit

1.6 (0.063)

Standard

1.8 (0.071)

Standard

1.7 - 2.1 (0.067 - 0.083)

Allowable limit

3.3 (0.130)
Thickness

mm (in)

2.0 (0.079)
2.2 (0.087)
2.4 (0.094)
2.6 (0.102)
2.8 (0.110)
3.0 (0.118)
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)

Thickness of retaining plates

Part number*
31667-80X00
31667-80X01
31667-80X02
31667-80X03
31667-80X04
31667-80X05
31667-80X06
31667-80X07

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: September 2005

AT-367

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
CLUTCH AND BRAKE RETURN SPRINGS
Unit: mm (in)
Parts

Part number*

Free length

Outer diameter

Reverse clutch (27 pcs)

31505-89X03

28.3 (1.114)

8.0 (0.315)

High clutch (18 pcs)

31505-89X04

20.0 (0.787)

8.3 (0.327)

Forward clutch (Overrun clutch)
(22 pcs)

31505-80X02

21.4 (0.843)

10.3 (0.406)

Low & reverse brake (24 pcs)

31505-89X02

21.6 (0.850)

6.6 (0.260)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

BRAKE BAND
Anchor end pin tightening torque

N-m (kg-m, in-lb)

4.9 (0.50, 43)

Number of returning revolutions for anchor end pin
Lock nut tightening torque

2.5

N-m (kg-m, ft-lb)

34 (3.5, 25)

Final Drive

UCS000SB

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
Clearance between side gear and differential case with
washer mm (in)

0.1 - 0.2 (0.004 - 0.008)

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHERS
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

0.75 (0.0295)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.85 (0.0335)
0.90 (0.0354)
0.95 (0.0374)

38424-81X00
38424-81X01
38424-81X02
38424-81X03
38424-81X04

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)

31438-80X00
31438-80X01
31438-80X02
31438-80X03
31438-80X04
31438-80X05
31438-80X06
31438-80X07
31438-80X08
31438-80X09
31438-80X10
31438-80X11

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload

mm (in)

0.05 - 0.09 (0.0020 - 0.0035)

TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of final drive assembly

N-m (kg-cm, in-lb)

0.8 - 1.5 (8.0 - 15.7, 7 - 13)

Planetary Carrier and Oil Pump

UCS000SC

PLANETARY CARRIER
Clearance between planetary carrier
and pinion washer mm (in)

Revision: September 2005

Standard

0.20 - 0.70 (0.0079 - 0.0276)

Allowable limit

0.80 (0.0315)

AT-368

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
OIL PUMP
Oil pump side clearance

mm (in)

0.030 - 0.050 (0.0012 - 0.0020)
Inner gear
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

11.99 - 12.0 (0.4720 - 0.4724)
11.98 - 11.99 (0.4717 - 0.4720)
11.97 - 11.98 (0.4713 - 0.4717)
Thickness of inner gears and outer gears
mm (in)

11.99 - 12.0 (0.4720 - 0.4724)
11.98 - 11.99 (0.4717 - 0.4720)
11.97 - 11.98 (0.4713 - 0.4717)
Standard

Oil pump cover seal ring
clearance mm (in)

Standard

Outer gear
Thickness

Clearance between oil pump
housing and outer gear mm
(in)

31346-80X00
31346-80X01
31346-80X02

Part number*

31347-80X00
31347-80X01
31347-80X02

0.111 - 0.181 (0.0044 - 0.0071)

Allowable limit

0.181 (0.0071)
0.1 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

Allowable limit

0.25 (0.0098)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Input Shaft

UCS000SD

SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Standard
Input shaft seal ring clearance

mm (in)

0.08 - 0.23 (0.0031 - 0.0091)

Allowable limit

0.23 (0.0091)

SEAL RING
Outer diameter mm (in)

Inner diameter mm (in)

Width mm (in)

Part number*

26 (1.024)

22.4 (0.882)

1.971 (0.078)

31525-80X02

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Reduction Pinion Gear

UCS000SE

TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear

N-m (kg-cm, in-lb)

0.05 - 0.39 (0.5 - 4.0, 0.43 - 3.47)

REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number

Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

4.60 (0.1811)

31439-85X01

5.24 (0.2063)

31439-81X12

4.62 (0.1819)

31439-85X02

5.26 (0.2071)

31439-81X13

4.64 (0.1827)

31439-85X03

5.28 (0.2079)

31439-81X14

4.66 (0.1835)

31439-85X04

5.30 (0.2087)

31439-81X15

4.68 (0.1843)

31439-85X05

5.32 (0.2094)

31439-81X16

4.70 (0.1850)

31439-83X06

5.34 (0.2102)

31439-81X17

4.72 (0.1858)

31439-83X11

5.36 (0.2110)

31439-81X18

4.74 (0.1866)

31439-83X12

5.38 (0.2118)

31439-81X19

4.76 (0.1874)

31439-83X13

5.40 (0.2126)

31439-81X20

4.78 (0.1882)

31439-83X14

5.42 (0.2134)

31439-81X21

4.80 (0.1890)

31439-83X15

5.44 (0.2142)

31439-81X22

4.82 (0.1898)

31439-83X16

5.46 (0.2150)

31439-81X23

4.84 (0.1906)

31439-83X17

5.48 (0.2157)

31439-81X24

4.86 (0.1913)

31439-83X18

5.50 (0.2165)

31439-81X46

4.88 (0.1921)

31439-83X19

5.52 (0.2173)

31439-81X47

Revision: September 2005

AT-369

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number

Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

4.90 (0.1929)

31439-83X20

5.54 (0.2181)

31439-81X48

4.92 (0.1937)

31439-83X21

5.56 (0.2189)

31439-81X49

4.94 (0.1945)

31439-83X22

5.58 (0.2197)

31439-81X60

4.96 (0.1953)

31439-83X23

5.60 (0.2205)

31439-81X61

4.98 (0.1961)

31439-83X24

5.62 (0.2213)

31439-81X62

5.00 (0.1969)

31439-81X00

5.64 (0.2220)

31439-81X63

5.02 (0.1976)

31439-81X01

5.66 (0.2228)

31439-81X64

5.04 (0.1984)

31439-81X02

5.68 (0.2236)

31439-81X65

5.06 (0.1992)

31439-81X03

5.70 (0.2244)

31439-81X66

5.08 (0.2000)

31439-81X04

5.72 (0.2252)

31439-81X67

5.10 (0.2008)

31439-81X05

5.74 (0.2260)

31439-81X68

5.12 (0.2016)

31439-81X06

5.76 (0.2268)

31439-81X69

5.14 (0.2024)

31439-81X07

5.78 (0.2276)

31439-81X70

5.16 (0.2031)

31439-81X08

5.80 (0.2283)

31439-81X71

5.18 (0.2039)

31439-81X09

5.82 (0.2291)

31439-81X72

5.20 (0.2047)

31439-81X10

5.84 (0.2299)

31439-81X73

5.22 (0.2055)

31439-81X11

5.86 (0.2307)

31439-81X74

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Band Servo

UCS000SF

RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Return spring

Part number*

Free length

Outer diameter

2nd servo return spring

31605-31X20

32.5 (1.280)

25.9 (1.020)

OD servo return spring

31605-80X07

62.6 (2.465)

21.7 (0.854)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Output Shaft

UCS000SG

SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Output shaft seal ring clearance
(in)

Standard

0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

Allowable limit

0.25 (0.0098)

SEAL RING
Outer diameter mm (in)

Inner diameter mm (in)

Width mm (in)

Part number*

33.71 (1.327)

30.25 (1.191)

1.95 (0.077)

31525-80X09

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

END PLAY
Output shaft end play

mm (in)

Revision: September 2005

0 - 0.15 (0 - 0.0059)

AT-370

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
OUTPUT SHAFT ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.16 (0.0457)
1.20 (0.0472)

31438-80X60
31438-80X61
31438-80X62
31438-80X63
31438-80X64
31438-80X65
31438-80X66
31438-80X67
31438-80X68
31438-80X69
31438-80X70

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Bearing Retainer

UCS000SH

SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Standard

Bearing retainer seal ring
clearance mm (in)

0.10 - 0.30 (0.0039 - 0.0118)

Allowable limit

Total End Play
Total end play

0.30 (0.0118)
UCS000SI

mm (in)

0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)

BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY
Thickness

mm (in)

H
Part number*

0.8 (0.031)
1.0 (0.039)
1.2 (0.047)
1.4 (0.055)
1.6 (0.063)
1.8 (0.071)
2.0 (0.079)
0.9 (0.035)
1.1 (0.043)
1.3 (0.051)
1.5 (0.059)
1.7 (0.067)
1.9 (0.075)

31435-80X00
31435-80X01
31435-80X02
31435-80X03
31435-80X04
31435-80X05
31435-80X06
31435-80X09
31435-80X10
31435-80X11
31435-80X12
31435-80X13
31435-80X14

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Reverse Clutch End Play
Reverse clutch end play

UCS000SJ

mm (in)

0.61 - 1.00 (0.0240 - 0.0394)

THRUST WASHERS FOR ADJUSTING REVERSE CLUTCH DRUM END PLAY
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

0.80 (0.0315)
0.95 (0.0374)
1.10 (0.0433)
1.25 (0.0492)
1.40 (0.0551)
1.55 (0.0610)
1.70 (0.0669)
1.85 (0.0728)

31508-80X13
31508-80X14
31508-80X15
31508-80X16
31508-80X17
31508-80X18
31508-80X19
31508-80X20

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Removal and Installation

UCS000SK

Unit: mm (in)
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter

Revision: September 2005

AT-371

14 (0.55)

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]

Shift Solenoid Valves

UCS000SL

Gear position

Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

Solenoid Valves

UCS000SM

Solenoid valves

Resistance (Approx.)

Ω

Terminal No.

Shift solenoid valve A

20 - 30

Shift solenoid valve B

5 - 20

Overrun clutch solenoid valve

20 - 30

Line pressure solenoid valve

2.5 - 5

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

5 - 20

A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor

UCS000SN

Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature sensor

Specification (Approximately)

Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]

1.5V
↓
0.5V

2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ

Revolution Sensor

UCS000SO

Condition

Judgement standard

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
450 Hz (Approx.)

CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
When vehicle parks.

Dropping Resistor

UCS000SP

Resistance (Approx.)

12Ω

Turbine Revolution Sensor (Power Train Revolution Sensor)
Condition

UCS000SQ

Judgement standard

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
When vehicle parks.

Revision: September 2005

240 Hz (Approx.)

Under 1.3V or over 4.5V

AT-372

2005 Quest

INDEX FOR DTC
[RE5F22A]

INDEX FOR DTC
Alphabetical Index

PFP:00024

A
UCS000SR

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-450 .

DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

OBD-II

Except OBD-II
Reference page

GST*1

CONSULT-II
only “TRANSMISSION”

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

P0731

AT-483

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

P0732

AT-486

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

P0733

AT-492

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

P0734

AT-498

A/T 5TH GR FNCTN

P0735

AT-503

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

P0744

AT-509

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0710

AT-463

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

U1000

AT-450

ELEC TH CONTROL

—

P1726

AT-575

CONSULT-II

ENG SPD INP PERFOR

—

P0726

AT-481

P0711

AT-468

—

P0825

AT-566

PC SOL A(L/PRESS)

P0745

AT-512

PC SOL B(SFT/PRS)

P0775

AT-547

PC SOL C(TCC&SFT)

P0795

AT-556

PC SOL C STC ON

P0797

AT-561

PNP SW/CIRC

P0705

AT-457

SHIFT

P0780

AT-552

SHIFT SOL A

P0750

AT-517

SHIFT SOL B

P0755

AT-522

SHIFT SOL C

P0760

AT-527

SHIFT SOL D

P0765

AT-537

SHIFT SOL E

P0770

AT-542

SFT SOL C STUCK ON

P0762

AT-532

TCM POWER INPT SIG

FLUID TEMP SEN
GEAR LEVER SWITCH

P0882

AT-570

TCM PROCESSOR

—

P0613

AT-455

TURBINE SENSOR

P0717

AT-473

VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR

—

P0500

AT-453

VHCL SPEED SEN-A/T

P0722

AT-477

*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

Revision: September 2005

AT-373

2005 Quest

INDEX FOR DTC
[RE5F22A]

DTC No. Index

UCS000SS

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-450 .
DTC
OBD-II

Except OBD-II

CONSULT-II
GST*1

CONSULT-II
only “TRANSMISSION”

—

P0500

VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR

AT-453

—

P0613

TCM PROCESSOR

AT-455

P0705

PNP SW/CIRC

AT-457

P0710

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

AT-463

P0711

FLUID TEMP SEN

AT-468

P0717

TURBINE SENSOR

AT-473

P0722

VHCL SPEED SEN-A/T

AT-477

—

P0726

ENG SPD INP PERFOR

AT-481

P0731

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

AT-483

P0732

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

AT-486

P0733

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

AT-492

P0734

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

AT-498

P0735

A/T 5TH GR FNCTN

AT-503

P0744

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

AT-509

P0745

PC SOL A(L/PRESS)

AT-512

P0750

SHIFT SOL A

AT-517

P0755

SHIFT SOL B

AT-522

P0760

SHIFT SOL C

AT-527

P0762

SFT SOL C STUCK ON

AT-532

P0765

SHIFT SOL D

AT-537

P0770

SHIFT SOL E

AT-542

P0775

PC SOL B(SFT/PRS)

AT-547

P0780

SHIFT

AT-552

P0795

PC SOL C(TCC&SFT)

AT-556

P0797

PC SOL C STC ON

AT-561

—

P0825

GEAR LEVER SWITCH

AT-566

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

Reference page

P0882

TCM POWER INPT SIG

AT-570

—

P1726

ELEC TH CONTROL

AT-575

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

AT-450

*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

Revision: September 2005

AT-374

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE5F22A]

PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

UCS000ST

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front AT
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
D
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
E
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
F
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
G

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine

UCS000SU

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Revision: September 2005

AT-375

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE5F22A]

Precautions for A/T Assembly or TCM Replacement
●

UCS000SV

When replacing A/T assembly or TCM, refer to the pattern table below and initialize TCM if necessary.

TCM INITIALIZATION PATTERNS
TCM

A/T assembly

Erasing EEPROM in TCM

Remarks

Not required

Not required because the EEPROM in TCM is in the default
state.

Not replaced
Replaced with
new one
Not replaced
Replaced with
old one

Replaced with
new or old one
Replaced with
new or old one
Not replaced

Required because data connot be conformed to previous
data written in the EEPROM in TCM.

Required

Replaced with
new or old one

NOTE:
“Old one” is the TCM or A/T assembly that has been used on other vehicles.

METHOD FOR TCM INITIALIZATION
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-441, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Set the vehicle following the items listed below.
● Ignition switch “ON”.
● Selector lever “P” or “N” position.
● Engine not running.
● Vehicle speed is 0km/h (0 MPH).
● Ignition voltage is more than 10.5V.
● Malfunction was not detected.
Touch “WORK SUPPORT”.
Touch “INITIALIZATION”.
Initialize TCM following the direction in display.

Revision: September 2005

AT-376

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE5F22A]

Precautions

UCS000SW

A
NOTE:
Do not remove or disassemble any RE5F22A model transaxle parts unless specified to do so in AT
section.
B
●
Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect negative
battery cable. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM
even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
AT

E
SEF289H

●

SEF291H

●

Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly
or not. AT-439, "TCM INSPECTION TABLE".

L
MEF040DA

M
●

SEF217U

●
●
●

Always use the specified brand of A/T fluid. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
Use paper rags not cloth rags during work.
After replacing the A/T fluid, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.

Revision: September 2005

AT-377

2005 Quest

PRECAUTIONS
[RE5F22A]
●

●
●

●
●
●

●
●

●
●
●

Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere
with the operation of the transaxle.
Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled.
It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF.
When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque
converter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer
to AT-382, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-382, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

Service Notice or Precautions

UCS000SX

ATF COOLER SERVICE
If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced,
inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines using
cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, refer to AT-382, "A/T
Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-10, "RADIATOR" .

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
●

●

●
●

A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on
AT-442, "SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure on AT-408, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" to complete the repair and
avoid unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-51, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-67, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis

UCS000SY

When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
●
PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-9, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses".
●
GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".

Revision: September 2005

AT-378

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE5F22A]

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

PFP:00002

A
UCS002LA

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
(J-34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 (J-34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
2 (J-34301-2)
Hoses
3 (J-34298)
Adapter
4 (J-34282-2)
Adapter
5 (790-301-1230-A)
60° Adapter
6 (J-34301-15)
Square socket

Measuring line pressure

E
AAT896

(J-45542)
Adapter

Measuring line pressure

H
SCIA3019E

(J-45404)
Alignment tool

Adjusting park/neutral position (PNP) switch

J
SCIA3018E

ST33290001
(J-34286)
Puller
a:250 mm(9.84 in)
b:160 mm(6.30 in)

●

Removing oil pump assembly

●

Removing thrust roller bearing

NT414

ST33400001
(J-26082)
Drift
a:60 mm(2.36 in) dia.
b:74 mm(1.85 in) dia.

M
Installing differential side oil seals

NT086

KV31102400
(J-34285 and J-34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
a:320 mm(12.60 in)
b:174 mm(6.85 in)

Removing and installing return springs

NT423

Revision: September 2005

AT-379

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE5F22A]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name

Description

ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
a:77 mm(3.03 in) dia.
b:55.5 mm(2.185 in) dia.

●

Installing oil seal

●

Installing thrust roller bearing

NT115

ST30612000
(J-25742-2)
Drift
a:62 mm(2.44 in) dia.
b:40 mm(1.57 in) dia.

Removing outer race and adjust shim

NT073

ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
1 GG91030000
(J-25765-A)
Torque wrench
2 HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter
3 HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter

Checking differential side bearing preload

NT124

KV40102500
(J-28815)
Drift
a:60 mm(2.362 in) dia.
b:45 mm(1.772 in)

SCIA5517E

ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Drift
a:38 mm(1.496 in) dia.
b:28.5 mm(1.122 in) dia.

●

Removing tapered roller bearing

●

Installing manual valve oil seal

NT073

KV38100500
(
—
)
Drift
a:80 mm(3.15 in) dia.
b:60 mm(2.362 in) dia.

Installing tapered roller bearing

NT115

Revision: September 2005

AT-380

2005 Quest

PREPARATION
[RE5F22A]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name

Description

KV40100621
(J-25273)
Drift
a:76 mm(2.992 in) dia.

Installing outer race and adjust shim

AT
SCIA5518E

ST30022000
(
—
)
Drift
a:56 mm(2.205 in) dia.
b:110 mm(4.331 in) dia.
c:15 mm(0.591 in)

E
SCIA5519E

Commercial Service Tools

UCS002LB

Tool name

Description

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Puller

Removing tapered roller bearing

K
NT077

Puller
a:60 mm(2.36 in) dia.
b:35 mm(1.38 in) dia.

M
NT411

Revision: September 2005

AT-381

2005 Quest

A/T FLUID
[RE5F22A]

A/T FLUID
Changing A/T Fluid

PFP:KLE40
UCS000T1

Refer to MA-23, "Changing A/T Fluid" .

Checking A/T Fluid

UCS000T2

Refer to MA-21, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning

UCS001EQ

A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.

Position an oil pan under the automatic transaxle's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses.
Disconnect the fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the
steel cooler tubes or bypass valve.
NOTE:
Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose
remains on the tube fitting.
Allow any A/T fluid that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into
the oil pan.

SCIA2945E

7.
8.

SCIA2955E

SCIA2962E

Revision: September 2005

AT-382

2005 Quest

A/T FLUID
[RE5F22A]
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification.
1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transaxle's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose.
3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose.
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.
● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet
hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the
cooler inlet hose.

SCIA2955E

SCIA2965E

6.
7.

Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet
hose.

SCIA2966E

Revision: September 2005

AT-383

2005 Quest

A/T FLUID
[RE5F22A]
A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
a.

SCIA2967E

If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1mm
(0.040in) in size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in
the coffee filter, the fluid cooler is not serviceable. The radiator/
fluid cooler must be replaced and the inspection procedure is
ended.

SCIA5257E

A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION
After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components.

Revision: September 2005

AT-384

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Cross-Sectional View

PFP:31036

A
UCS001E5

SCIA2575E

Converter housing

2nd brake

One-way clutch No. 2

Control valve assembly

Side cover

1st and reverse brake

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

Transaxle case cover

10. B5 brake

11. Transaxle case

12. U/D clutch

13. U/D brake

14. Final gear

15. Differential case

16. Output shaft

17. Counter driven gear

18. Counter drive gear

19. Input shaft

20. Oil pump

21. One-way clutch No. 1

22. 2nd coast brake

23. Torque converter

24. Main rear planetary gear

25. Main front planetary gear

26. U/D rear planetary gear

27. U/D front planetary gear

Revision: September 2005

AT-385

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Shift Mechanism

UCS001E6

CONSTRUCTION

SCIA2576E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

12. Main planetary carrier

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-386

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
Clutch and brake components

Abbr.

Function

Forward clutch 1

F/C

Connect input shaft 20 to main rear internal gear 10 .

Direct clutch 2

D/C

Connect input shaft 20 to main sun gear 11 .

U/D clutch 3

U/D.C

Connect U/D sun gear 15 to U/D front planetary carrier 16 .

2nd coast brake 4

2nd C/B

Lock main sun gear 11 .

2nd brake 5

2nd/B

Lock counterclockwise rotation of main sun gear 11 .

1st and reverse brake 6

1st & R/B

Lock main front internal gear 13 .

U/D brake 7

U/D.B

Lock U/D sun gear 15 .

B5 brake 8

B5/B

Lock U/D rear planetary carrier 18 .

One-way clutch No. 1 9

O.C1

Lock counterclockwise rotation of main sun gear 11 , when 2nd brake 5 operations.

One-way clutch No. 2 10

O.C2

Lock counterclockwise rotation of main front internal gear 13 .

CLUTCH AND BAND CHART
Clutch
Shift position

F/C
1

D/C
2

Brake
U/D.C
3

2nd C/
B
4

2nd/B
5

1st &
R/B
6

One-way clutch
U/D.B
7

B5/B
8

O.C1
9

O.C2
10

Remarks

PARK
POSITION

REVERSE
POSITION

NEUTRAL
POSITION

1st
1⇔2

2nd
2⇔3
D

Automatic shift
1⇔2⇔3⇔
4⇔5

3rd
3⇔4

4th
4⇔5

5th
1st
1⇔2
L*2

Automatic shift
1⇔2⇔3

2nd
2⇔3
3rd

: Operates
: In transition between applied and released.
*1: A/T will not shift to 5th when lever switch is pushed (indicated A/T indicator “4”).
*2: A/T will not shift to 3th when lever switch is pushed (indicated A/T indicator “2”).
NOTE:
When shifting D to L position or lever switch pushes (indicated A/T indicator “4” at D position or “2” at L position), down shift permission
control is activated. Refer to AT-404, "Down Shift Permission Control" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-387

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” position
Since both the forward clutch and the direct clutch are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.

“P” position
●

●

The same as for the “N” position, both the forward clutch and the direct clutch are released, so torque
from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
The parking pole linked with the selector lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft
mechanically.

SCIA2577E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

Counter driven gear

12. Main planetary carrier

22.
25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-388

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
“D”, “L” positions 1st gear
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
●

A
Input shaft rotates clockwise.
Forward clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main rear internal gear.)
Main rear internal gear rotates clockwise.
B
Main rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
Main front large planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise for rear planetary pinion and one.
Main front small planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise.
AT
Main front internal gear is going to rotates counterclockwise.
One-way clutch No. 2 operates. (Lock counterclockwise rotation of main front internal gear.)
Main planetary carrier revolves clockwise due to reaction force of front small planetary pinion gear.
D
Counter drive gear rotates clockwise for main planetary carrier and one.
Counter driven gear rotates counterclockwise.
E
U/D front internal gear rotates counterclockwise for counter driven gear and one.
U/D front planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise.
U/D sun gear rotates clockwise.
F
U/D rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise.
B5 brake operate. (Lock rotation of U/D rear planetary carrier.)
U/D rear internal gear rotates counterclockwise.
G
U/D front planetary carrier and output shaft rotates counterclockwise for U/D rear internal gear and one.
Final gear clockwise.
During deceleration, main front internal gear clockwise due to rotation itself clockwise of main front small H
planetary pinion gear, but driving force loses due to free of one-way clutch No. 2. Therefore, engine brake
does not operate.
I

Revision: September 2005

AT-389

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SCIA2585E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

12. Main planetary carrier
15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-390

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
“D”, “L” positions 2nd gear
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
●

A
Input shaft rotates clockwise.
Forward clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main rear internal gear.)
Main rear internal gear rotates clockwise.
B
Main rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
Main front large planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise for rear planetary pinion and one.
2nd brake and 2nd coast brake operates.
AT
One-way clutch No. 1 operates. (Lock rotation of main sun gear.)
Main planetary carrier revolves clockwise due to reaction force of front large planetary pinion gear.
Counter drive gear rotates clockwise for main planetary carrier and one.
D
Counter driven gear rotates counterclockwise.
U/D front internal gear rotates counterclockwise for counter driven gear and one.
E
U/D front planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise.
U/D sun gear rotates clockwise.
U/D rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise.
F
B5 brake operate. (Lock rotation of U/D rear planetary carrier.)
U/D rear internal gear rotates counterclockwise.
U/D front planetary carrier and output shaft rotates counterclockwise for U/D rear internal gear and one.
G
Final gear clockwise.
During deceleration, driving force is connected to input shaft directly without one-way clutch. Therefore,
engine brake operates.
H

Revision: September 2005

AT-391

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SCIA2587E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

13.

14. Main rear internal gear

15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24.

Main front internal gear

12. Main planetary carrier

Parking gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-392

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
“D”, “L” positions 3rd gear
A
Input shaft rotates clockwise.
Forward clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main rear internal gear.)
Main rear internal gear rotates clockwise.
B
Main rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
Main front large planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise for rear planetary pinion and one.
2nd brake and 2nd coast brake operates.
AT
One-way clutch No. 1 operates. (Lock rotation of main sun gear.)
Main planetary carrier revolves clockwise due to reaction force of front large planetary pinion gear.
Counter drive gear rotates clockwise for main planetary carrier and one.
D
Counter driven gear rotates counterclockwise.
U/D front internal gear rotates counterclockwise for counter driven gear and one.
E
U/D front planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise.
U/D brake operate. (Lock rotation of U/D sun gear.)
U/D front planetary carrier revolves counterclockwise due to reaction force of U/D front planetary pinion
F
gear.
15. U/D rear internal gear and output shaft rotates counterclockwise for U/D front planetary carrier and one.
16. Final gear clockwise.
G
●
During deceleration, driving force is connected to input shaft directly without one-way clutch. Therefore,
engine brake operates.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Revision: September 2005

AT-393

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SCIA2588E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

12. Main planetary carrier
15.

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21.

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

U/D sun gear
Counter drive gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-394

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
“D” positions 4th gear
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
●

A
Input shaft rotates clockwise.
Forward clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main rear internal gear.)
Main rear internal gear rotates clockwise.
B
Main rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
Main front large planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise for rear planetary pinion and one.
2nd brake and 2nd coast brake operates.
AT
One-way clutch No. 1 operates. (Lock rotation of main sun gear.)
Main planetary carrier revolves clockwise due to reaction force of front large planetary pinion gear.
Counter drive gear rotates clockwise for main planetary carrier and one.
D
Counter driven gear rotates counterclockwise.
U/D front internal gear rotates counterclockwise for counter driven gear and one.
E
U/D clutch operate. (Connect U/D sun gear to U/D front planetary carrier.)
U/D front planetary pinion gear cannot rotate itself, and U/D unit rotates counterclockwise as one.
Output shaft rotates counterclockwise for U/D unit and one.
F
Final gear clockwise.
During deceleration, driving force is connected to input shaft directly without one-way clutch. Therefore,
engine brake operates.
G

Revision: September 2005

AT-395

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SCIA2592E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

12. Main planetary carrier
15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-396

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
“D” positions 5th gear
A
Input shaft rotates clockwise.
Forward clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main rear internal gear.)
Direct clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main sun gear.)
B
Main rear planetary pinion gear cannot rotate itself, and main rear planetary unit rotates clockwise as one.
Main front large planetary pinion gear cannot rotate itself for main rear planetary pinion gear and one, and
main front planetary unit rotates clockwise as one.
AT
6. Counter drive gear rotates clockwise for main front planetary unit and one.
7. Counter driven gear rotates counterclockwise.
8. U/D front internal gear rotates counterclockwise for counter driven gear and one.
D
9. U/D clutch operate. (Connect U/D sun gear to U/D front planetary carrier.)
10. U/D front planetary pinion gear cannot rotate itself, and U/D unit rotates counterclockwise as one.
11. Output shaft rotates counterclockwise for U/D unit and one.
E
12. Final gear clockwise.
●
During deceleration, driving force is connected to input shaft directly without one-way clutch. Therefore,
engine brake operates.
F

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Revision: September 2005

AT-397

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SCIA2593E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

12. Main planetary carrier
15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-398

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
“R” position
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
●

A
Input shaft rotates clockwise.
Direct clutch operates. (Connect input shaft to main sun gear.)
Main sun gear rotates clockwise.
B
Main rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
Main front large planetary pinion gear rotates itself counterclockwise for rear planetary pinion gear and
one.
AT
Main front small planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
1st and reverse brake operates. (Lock rotation of main front internal gear.)
Main planetary carrier revolves counterclockwise due to reaction force of front small planetary pinion gear. D
Counter drive gear rotates counterclockwise for main planetary carrier and one.
Counter driven gear rotates clockwise.
U/D front internal gear rotates clockwise for counter driven gear and one.
E
U/D front planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
U/D sun gear rotates counterclockwise.
F
U/D rear planetary pinion gear rotates itself clockwise.
B5 brake operate. (Lock rotation of U/D rear planetary carrier.)
U/D rear internal gear rotates clockwise.
G
U/D front planetary carrier and output shaft rotates clockwise for U/D rear internal gear and one.
Final gear counterclockwise.
During deceleration, driving force is connected to input shaft directly without one-way clutch. Therefore, H
engine brake operates.
I

Revision: September 2005

AT-399

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SCIA2594E

Forward clutch

Direct clutch

U/D clutch

2nd coast brake

2nd brake

1st and reverse brake

U/D brake

B5 brake

One-way clutch No. 1

10. One-way clutch No. 2

11. Main sun gear

12. Main planetary carrier

13. Main front internal gear

14. Main rear internal gear

15. U/D sun gear

16. U/D front planetary carrier

17. U/D front internal gear

18. U/D rear planetary carrier

19. U/D rear internal gear

20. Input shaft

21. Counter drive gear

22. Counter driven gear

23. Output shaft

24. Parking gear

25. Parking pawl

Revision: September 2005

AT-400

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

TCM Function

UCS001E7

CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE
The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always AT
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNAL)
PNP switch
Throttle angle signal
Throttle position signal
Engine speed signal
Engine torque signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Turbine revolution sensor
Vehicle speed signal
Lever switch signal
Stop lamp switch signal

TCM

ACTUATORS

Shift control
Line pressure control
Lock-up control
Engine brake control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-II communication line
CAN communication line
On board diagnosis

Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Shift solenoid valve C
Shift solenoid valve D
Shift solenoid valve E
Pressure control solenoid valve A
Pressure control solenoid valve B
Pressure control solenoid valve C
O/D OFF indicator lamp

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H

WCIA0492E

Revision: September 2005

AT-401

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Input/Output Signal of TCM
Control item
Throttle angle signal(*5)
Throttle position signal(*5)
Revolution sensor
Turbine revolution sensor
(*1) (*5)

Vehicle speed signal MTR

UCS001E8

Line
pressure
control

Vehicle
speed
control

Shift
control

Lock-up
control

Engine
brake
control

Fail-safe
function
(*3)

Self-diagnostics
function

X(*2)

Engine speed signals(*5)
Input

X(*4)

Engine torque signals(*5)

PNP switch

X(*4)

Lever switch

Stop lamp switch signal(*5)

A/T fluid temperature sensor

Operation signal(*5)
Overdrive cancel signal(*5)

X(*4)
X

ASCD
TCM power supply voltage signal

Shift solenoid valve A/B/C/D/E
Pressure control solenoid valve A
Output

Pressure control solenoid valve B

Pressure control solenoid valve C

(*5)

Self-diagnostics table

*1: Spare for revolution sensor
*2: Spare for throttle angle signal
*3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function.
*4: Used as a condition for starting self-diagnostics; if self-diagnostics are not started, it is judged that there is some kind of error.
*5: CAN communications.

CAN Communication

UCS001E9

Revision: September 2005

AT-402

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Line Pressure Control
●

●

UCS001EA

The pressure control solenoid A controls linear line pressure by control signal from TCM and line pressure
for clutches and brakes to reduce shift shock.
This pressure control solenoid A controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts
the pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the
driving state.

G
SCIA2605E

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC
PATTERN
In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the TCM
controls the pressure control solenoid A current valve and thus controls the line pressure.

Shift Control

UCS001EB

The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the
clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes
possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change characteristic is attained.

SCIA3569E

Basically TCM programmed for economy mode, but TCM changes to several shift schedule automatically
according to specified condition.

Revision: September 2005

AT-403

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
SPECIAL SHIFT MODE
Upslope Mode
When TCM detects upslope from load of engine torque and decrease of acceleration, this mode changes shift
points in high-speed side according to the upslope degree and avoids busy shift of A/T.

Downslope Mode
When TCM detects downslope from increase of acceleration with accelerator full close, this mode operates
moderate engine brake by changing shift points in high-speed side.

Hot Mode Control
This control lowers ATF temperature by changing shift points when the temperature is extremely high.

Down Shift Permission Control
In order to avoid the over speed of the engine, down shift is done only at under a constant vehicle speed.

UP/DOWN SHIFT LEARNING CONTROL
This control learns the pressure to each clutch or brake in order to reduce shifting shock at each shifting (Up,
Down, Coast down).

N-D SHIFT CONTROL
This control improves the N-D shift quality due to controlling line pressure solenoid valve according to forward
clutch piston stroke learned in N-D shift learning control and applying best hydraulic pressure to forward clutch
at N-D shift (include L).

N-D SHIFT LEARNING CONTROL
This control learns the forward clutch hydraulic pressure due to monitoring a forward clutch engaging time and
a rotation change rate.

N-R SHIFT CONTROL
This control improves the N-R shift quality due to controlling shift pressure solenoid valve according to direct
clutch piston stroke learned in N-R shift learning control and applying best hydraulic pressure to direct clutch
at N-R shift.

N-R SHIFT LEARNING CONTROL
This control learns the direct clutch hydraulic pressure due to monitoring a direct clutch engaging time and a
rotation change rate.

TORQUE REDUCTION CONTROL
This control improves the shift quality due to sending torque reduction request signal from TCM to ECM and
cutting engine torque increase of shift at N-D shift, N-R shift and 1 ⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5.
If accelerator pedal is depressed rapidly, this control establishes the upper limit value of engine torque and
avoids engine flare at 2 ⇔ 3, 3 ⇔ 4 and 4 Þ 2 of clutch to clutch shift.

Revision: September 2005

AT-404

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Lock-Up Control

UCS001EC

The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency.
The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the pressure control solenoid valve C,
which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases
the torque converter clutch piston.
Lock-up Operation Condition Table
Selector lever

D position

Lever switch
(A/T indicator)

OFF
(D)

L position
ON
(4)

OFF
(3)

ON
(2)

Gear position

Lock-up

–

Slip lock-up

–

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Lock-up Control System Diagram

K
SCIA2612E

Lock-up Released
●

In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
pressure control solenoid valve C and the lock-up apply pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.

Lock-up Applied
●

In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the
pressure control solenoid valve C and lock-up apply pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.

Revision: September 2005

AT-405

2005 Quest

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL
When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the pressure
control solenoid valve C is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the
torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.

Half-Clutched State
●

The current output from the TCM to the pressure control solenoid valve C is varied to steadily increase the
pressure control solenoid valve C pressure.
In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put
into half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the coupling is completed smoothly.

Slip Lock-up Control
●

In the slip region, the pressure control solenoid valve C current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the
half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed.
This raises the fuel efficiency for 4th and 5th gears at both low speed and when the accelerator has a low
degree of opening.

Revision: September 2005

AT-406

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction

PFP:00028

A
UCS000TD

The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination B
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail, AT
refer to AT-442, "SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE" .

OBD-II Function for A/T System

UCS000TE

One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II

UCS000TF

TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC

When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — 1st Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — 2nd Trip
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.

OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

UCS000TG

HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
( with CONSULT-II or
GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown
on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed
in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven
after the last detection of a DTC.

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-407

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.

SAT015K

If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.

SAT016K

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to EC-57, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1

Items
Freeze frame data

2
3

Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)

1st trip freeze frame data

Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.

HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
●
If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
●
When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-52, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .
●
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
●
Freeze frame data
Revision: September 2005

AT-408

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
●
●
●

1st trip freeze frame data
System readiness test (SRT) codes
Test values

How to erase DTC (with CONSULT-II)
●

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
AT
Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
D
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
Touch “ENGINE”.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
E
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
F

SCIA5576E

How to erase DTC (with GST)
1.
2.
3.

If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
Erase DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-449, "ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS" . (The engine warm-up step can be
skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-146, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function" .

How to erase DTC (no tools)
The O/D OFF indicator lamp is located on the instrument panel.
Revision: September 2005

AT-409

2005 Quest

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]
1.
2.
3.

If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
Erase DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-449, "ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS" . (The engine warm-up step can be
skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
Erase DTC with ECM. Refer to EC-65, "How to Erase DTC" .

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

UCS000TH

DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned “ON” without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
●
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-22, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-743, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U

Revision: September 2005

AT-410

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DTC Inspection Priority Chart

PFP:00004

A
UCS000TI

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
B
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-450 .
AT
Priority

Detected items (DTC)

U1000 CAN communication line

Except above

Fail-Safe

UCS000TJ

The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is a malfunction in a main electronic control input/output signal circuit.
In fail-safe mode, a driving condition is selected according to the malfunctioning location, and line pressure is
set at the maximum. For this reason, the customer will be subjected to uncomfortable “slipping” or “poor acceleration” of the vehicle.
In that case, handle according to the “diagnostics flow” (Refer to AT-415 ).

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION

If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to make driving possible.
NOTE:
Line pressure is set at the maximum in fail-safe mode. Although gear position differs depending on
the type of fail-safe modes, CONSULT-II indicates “5th”.
DTC

Malfunction items

Fail-safe*

P0500

Vehicle speed signal

No learning control.

P0613

TCM processor

Fail-safe mode 4

P0705

PNP switch

Fail-safe mode 4

P0710

ATF temperature sensor circuit

Sets ATF temperature data at 111°C (232°F) after 15 minutes. Inhibits
lock-up control.

P0711

ATF temperature sensor function

Sets ATF temperature data at 111°C (232°F) after 15 minutes. Inhibits
lock-up control.

P0717

Turbine revolution sensor

Fail-safe mode 1

P0722

Revolution sensor

Uses vehicle speed signal from combination meter as a substitute. Inhibits learning control.

P0726

Engine speed signal input circuit performance

Fail-safe mode 1

P0731

1st gear function

No 1st gear, no control for N-D shift.

P0732

2nd gear function

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

P0733

3rd gear function

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

P0734

4th gear function

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

P0735

5th gear function

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

P0744

Lock-up function

Fail-safe mode 1

P0745

Pressure control solenoid valve A

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

Revision: September 2005

AT-411

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
DTC

Malfunction items

Fail-safe*
Any one of fail-safe modes

P0750

Shift solenoid valve A

●

Fail-safe mode 1

●

Fail-safe mode 7. Also, ECM restricts input torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

Any one of fail-safe modes
P0755

Shift solenoid valve B

●

Fail-safe mode 1

●

Fail-safe mode 8

Any one of fail-safe modes
P0760

P0762

Shift solenoid valve C

●

Fail-safe mode 2

●

Fail-safe mode 5

●

Fail-safe mode 9

Fail-safe mode 2. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

Shift solenoid valve C stuck ON

Any one of fail-safe modes
P0765

Shift solenoid valve D

●

Fail-safe mode 1

●

Fail-safe mode 10. Also, ECM restricts input torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

Any one of fail-safe modes
P0770

●

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

●

Fail-safe mode 6. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

Shift solenoid valve E

P0775

Pressure control solenoid valve B

Fail-safe mode 3

P0780

Shift function

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts input torque to prevent clutch slipping.

P0795

Pressure control solenoid valve C

Fail-safe mode 1

P0797

Pressure control solenoid valve C stuck ON

Fail-safe mode 1

P0825

Lever switch

No lever switch control.

P0882

TCM power input signal

Fail-safe mode 1

P1726

Electric throttle control

●

The accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according to a
pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible.

●

No lock-up, no learning control.

Any one of fail-safe modes

U1000

CAN communication circuit

●

Fail-safe mode 1

●

Fail-safe mode 1. Also, ECM restricts engine torque to prevent clutch
slipping.

●

No learning control.

●

No lock-up, no learning control, no special shift mode control.

*: For fail-safe modes 1 to 10, refer to AT-412, "Fail-safe mode list" .

Fail-safe mode list
Fail-safe mode

Selector lever
D position

Fail-safe mode 1

Fail-safe mode 2
(CONSULT-II displays “8”)

position*1
4th

Pressure control solenoid valve

Shift solenoid valve

Gear
A

OFF

L position

2nd

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

3rd

OFF

L position

2nd

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

Revision: September 2005

AT-412

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Fail-safe mode

Fail-safe mode 3

Fail-safe mode 4

Fail-safe mode 5

Fail-safe mode 6

Fail-safe mode 7

Selector lever

Fail-safe mode 9
(CONSULT-II displays “8”)
Fail-safe mode 10
(CONSULT-II displays “6”)

position*1

D position

4th

OFF

L position

2nd

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

4th

OFF

L position

4th

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

4th

OFF

L position

4th

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

4th

OFF

L position

2nd

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

4th

OFF

L position

2nd

OFF

R position
Fail-safe mode 8
(CONSULT-II displays “1”)

Pressure control solenoid valve

Shift solenoid valve

Gear

Reverse

D position

5th

OFF

L position

(2nd)*3

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

4th

OFF

L position

4th

OFF

R position

Reverse

OFF

D position

4th

OFF

L position

3rd

OFF

R position

Reverse

*1: CONSULT-II indicates “5th”.
*2: Reverse gear ratio difference (Gear ratio: 3.342)
*3: 3rd gear ratio difference (Gear ratio: 2.301)

How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and Accurate Repair

UCS000TK

INTRODUCTION
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed signal, ECM (throttle opening) or PNP switch and provides
shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc.
SAT631IB

Revision: September 2005

AT-413

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
It is much more difficult to diagnose an error that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused
by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful
checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of
good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the AT-415, "WORK FLOW" .

SAT632I

Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such errors, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” as shown on
the example (Refer to AT-416 ) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
SEF234G

Revision: September 2005

AT-414

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, “Information From Customer” (Refer to AT-416 ) and “Diagnostic
Worksheet” (Refer to AT-416 ), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.

Work Flow Chart
AT

SCIA0501E

*1.

AT-416

*2.

AT-416

*3.

AT-411

*4.

AT-421

*5.

AT-421, AT-423

*6.

AT-424

*7.

AT-441

*8.

AT-407

*9.

AT-410

*10. AT-450

*11. AT-575

*12.

AT-576

*13. AT-596

*14. AT-431

*15.

AT-408

*16. AT-450

*17. AT-575

*18.

EC-52

Revision: September 2005

AT-415

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information From Customer
KEY POINTS
●
WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
●
WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
●
WHERE..... Road conditions
●
HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Customer name

MR/MS

Model & Year

VIN

Trans. Model

Engine

Mileage

Incident Date

Manuf. Date

In Service Date

Frequency

❏ Continuous

Symptoms

❏ Vehicle does not move.
❏ No up-shift

❏ Intermittent (

(❏ Any position

(❏ 1st → 2nd

❏ No down-shift

times a day)
❏ 2nd → 3rd

(❏ 5th → 4th ❏ 4th → 3rd

❏ Particular position)
❏ 3rd → 4th ❏ 4th → 5th)
❏ 3rd → 2nd

❏ 2nd → 1st)

❏ Lock-up malfunction
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip

(❏ N → D

❏ Lock-up

❏ Any drive position)

❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kick down
❏ No pattern select
❏ Others
(
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

)

❏ Continuously lit

❏ Not lit

Diagnostic Worksheet Chart
1

❏ Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint.

AT-411

❏ A/T fluid inspection
2

❏ Leak (Repair leak location.)
❏ State
❏ Amount

AT-421

❏ Stall test, time lag test and line pressure test
❏ Stall test
❏ Engine
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch
❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Forward clutch
❏ Direct clutch
❏ 1st and reverse brake

❏ B5 brake
❏ One-way clutch No. 2
❏ Oil pump
❏ Oil strainer
❏ Oil leak for each range circuit

AT-421, AT423

❏ Time lag test
❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Forward clutch
❏ Direct clutch
❏ 1st and reverse brake
❏ One-way clutch No. 2

❏ Oil pump
❏ Oil strainer
❏ Oil leak for “D” position circuit
❏ Oil leak for “R” position circuit

❏ Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:

Revision: September 2005

AT-416

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
❏ Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items.

AT-424

Check before engine is started
❏ The O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on. AT-576 .
❏ Perform self-diagnostics. Enter checks for detected items.

AT-425

❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR. AT-453 .
❏ TCM processor. AT-455 .
❏ PNP switch. AT-457 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor circuit. AT-463 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor performance. AT-468 .
❏ Turbine revolution sensor circuit. AT-473 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) circuit. AT-477 .
❏ Engine speed input circuit performance. AT-481 .
❏ 1st gear function. AT-483 .
❏ 2nd gear function. AT-486 .
❏ 3rd gear function. AT-492 .
❏ 4th gear function. AT-498 .
❏ 5th gear function. AT-503 .
❏ Lock-up function. AT-509 .
❏ Shift function. AT-552 .
❏ Pressure control solenoid valve A. AT-512 .
❏ Pressure control solenoid valve B. AT-547 .
❏ Pressure control solenoid valve C. AT-556 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A. AT-517 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B. AT-522 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve C. AT-527 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve D. AT-537 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve E. AT-542 .
❏ Pressure control solenoid valve C stuck ON. AT-561 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve C stuck ON. AT-532 .
❏ Lever switch circuit. AT-566 .
❏ TCM power input signal. AT-570 .
❏ Electric throttle control system. AT-575 .
❏ CAN communication. AT-450 .
❏ Battery
❏ Other

4-1.

Idle inspection

4-2.

❏ Engine cannot be started in “P” and “N” position. AT-578 .
❏ In “ P” position, vehicle moves when pushed. AT-578 .
❏ In “N” position, vehicle moves. AT-579 .
❏ Large shock when shifted from “N” to “D” position. AT-580 .
❏ Vehicle does not creep backward in “R” position. AT-581 .
❏ Vehicle does not creep forward in “D” or “L” position. AT-582 .

K
AT-425

Driving tests

Part 1

4-3.

❏ Vehicle cannot be started from D1. AT-583 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D1 → D2. AT-583 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D2 → D3. AT-584 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D3 → D4. AT-585 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D4 → D5. AT-586 .
❏ A/T does not perform lock-up. AT-587
❏ A/T does not hold lock-up condition. AT-588 .
❏ Lock-up is not released. AT-589 .

Revision: September 2005

AT-417

AT-427

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Part 2
❏ Vehicle cannot be started from D1. AT-583 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D1 → D2. AT-583 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D2 → D3. AT-584 .
❏ A/T does not shift: D3 → D4. AT-585 .

AT-428

Part 3
❏ A/T does not shift: 5th gear → 4th gear, when lever switch “OFF” → “ON”. AT-590 .
❏ A/T does not shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear, when selector lever “D” → “L”. AT-591 .
❏ A/T does not shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear, when lever switch “OFF” → “ON”. AT-593 .
❏ A/T does not shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear, when release accelerator pedal. AT-594 .
❏ Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake. AT-595 .
❏ Perform self-diagnostics. Enter checks for detected items.

AT-429

4-3

❏ Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnostics and repair or replace the malfunction
parts.

❏ Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items.

AT-424

❏ For any remaining NG items, perform the “diagnostics procedure” and repair or replace the malfunction parts.
See the chart for diagnostics by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection procedures.)

AT-431

❏ Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from the TCM.

AT-449

Revision: September 2005

AT-418

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

A/T Electrical Parts Location

UCS000TL

WCIA0421E

Revision: September 2005

AT-419

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

Circuit Diagram

UCS000TM

BCWA0307E

Revision: September 2005

AT-420

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis

UCS000TN

A/T FLUID CHECK
Fluid leakage and fluid level check
Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to MA-21, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

●

Fluid condition check
Inspect the fluid condition.
Fluid status

Conceivable Cause

Required Operation

Varnished (viscous
varnish state)

Clutch, brake
scorched

Replace the A/T fluid and check the
A/T main unit and the vehicle for
malfunctions (wire harnesses,
cooler pipes, etc.)

Milky white or
cloudy

Water in the fluid

Replace the A/T fluid and check for
places where water is getting in.

Large amount of
metal powder mixed
in

Unusual wear of
sliding parts within
A/T

Replace the A/T fluid and check for
improper operation of the A/T.

SAT638A

STALL TEST
Stall test procedure
1.
2.

Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the
amount of A/T fluid. Replenish if necessary.
Switch of A/C and light etc. are off.

J
SAT647B

Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SCIA1224E

5.
6.
7.

8.
9.

Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.
While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds during this test.
Move the selector lever to the “N” position.
Cool down the A/T fluid.

Revision: September 2005

AT-421

SAT514G

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat step 5 through 9 with selector lever in “L” and “R” positions.
Stall speed:

2,430 - 2,730 rpm

Judgement stall test
Selector lever position
D, L

Stall rotation
L

Possible cause

●

Line pressure is low (pressure control solenoid valve A malfunction, primary regulator
valve malfunction)

●

Forward clutch (slipping)

●

One-way clutch No. 2

●

Line pressure is low (pressure control solenoid valve A malfunction, primary regulator
valve malfunction)

●

Direct clutch (slipping)

●

1st and reverse brake (slipping)

●

Engine or torque converter one-way clutch

●

Line pressure is low (pressure control solenoid valve A malfunction, primary regulator
valve malfunction)

●

B5 brake (slipping)

●

Oil pump

●

Oil strainer (clogging)

●

Oil leak for each range circuit

O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value
L: Stall speed lower than standard value

TIME LAG TEST
Time lag test procedure
1.
2.

Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Check the
amount of A/T fluid. Replenish if necessary.
Switch of A/C and light etc. are off.

SAT647B

4.
5.
6.

Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
Engine start, apply foot brake.
Measure time lag by using stopwatch from moment when shift
lever is shifted in “N” to “D” position and “N” to “R” position until
moment slightly shock can be felt.
CAUTION:
● Make sure to take 3 measurement and take the average
value.
● Make sure to keep interval for more than one minute
between time lag tests.
(That purpose is to remove clutch/brake pressure was
left unfinished.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-422

SCIA1224E

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Time lag:
“N” to “D” position:
“N” to “R” position:

Less than 0.7 sec.
Less than 1.2 sec.

Judgement time lag test
Result of time lag test

Longer than standards “N” to “D” position

Possible cause
●

Line pressure is low (pressure control solenoid valve A malfunction, primary regulator
valve malfunction)

●

Forward clutch (slipping)

●

One-way clutch No. 2

●

Longer than standards “N” to “R” position

Oil leak for “D” range circuit

●

Line pressure is low

●

Direct clutch (slipping)

●

1st and reverse brake (slipping)

●

Oil leak for “R” range circuit

●

Oil pump

●

Oil strainer (clogging)

LINE PRESSURE TEST
Line pressure test port

Location of line pressure test port is show in the figure.
H

J
SCIA2669E

Line pressure test procedure
1.
2.

3.
4.

Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the A/T fluid reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122
to 176°F), then inspect the amount of A/T fluid and replenish if necessary.
NOTE:
The automatic fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of
driving.
Switch of A/C and light etc. are off.
After warming up A/T, remove the oil pressure detection plug and install the oil pressure gauge [SST: (J34301-C)] and adapter [SST: (J-45542)].
CAUTION:
Make sure to check no oil leak after installing oil pressure gage.
Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SCIA1224E

Revision: September 2005

AT-423

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
6.

Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and
the stall speed.
CAUTION:
● Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
● When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed,
refer to AT-421, "STALL TEST" .
After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the specified torque.
:7.4 N·m (0.75 kg-m, 65 in-lb)

SAT493G

CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.

Line pressure
Line pressure

Engine speed

kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

D, L positions

R position

At idle speed

333 - 392 (3.4 - 4.0, 48 - 57)

500 - 608 (5.1 - 6.2, 73 - 88)

At stall speed

1,285 - 1,393 (13.1 - 14.2, 186 - 202)

1,706 - 1,981 (17.4 - 20.2, 247 - 287)

Judgement of line pressure test
Judgement
Higher than standards both “D”, “L” and “R” positions

Lower than standards both “D”, “L” and “R” positions

Lower than standards only “D” position

Lower than standards only “R” position

Possible cause
●

Pressure control solenoid valve A malfunction

●

Primary regulator valve malfunction

●

Pressure control solenoid valve A malfunction

●

Primary regulator valve malfunction

●

Oil pump malfunction

●

B5 bake malfunction

●

Oil leak for each range circuit malfunction

●

Oil leak for “D” range circuit malfunction

●

Forward clutch malfunction

●

Oil leak for “R” range circuit malfunction

●

Direct clutch malfunction

●

1st and reverse brake malfunction

ROAD TEST
Description
●
●

1.
2.
3.

The road test inspects overall performance of the A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes.
The road test is perform in the following three stages.
Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-425 .
Check at idle. Refer to AT-425 .
Cruise test
● Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-427 ,
AT-428 , AT-429 .

SAT786A

Revision: September 2005

AT-424

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
●

●

Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and
inspection items.
Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are complete.

AT
SAT496G

Check Before Engine is Started

UCS000TO

1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds?
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Perform the self-diagnostics and record all NG items on the diagnostics worksheet. Refer to AT447, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Go to AT-425, "Check at Idle" .
No
>> Stop the road test and go to AT-576, "O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .

Check at Idle

UCS000TP

1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
4. Turn ignition switch “START”.
Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop the road test and go to AT-578, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" .

2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Push and hold shift lock release button.
2. Move selector lever in “D”, “L” or “R” position.
3. Turn ignition switch “START”.
Does the engine start in either position?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-578, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" .
No
>> GO TO 3.

Revision: September 2005

AT-425

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Move selector lever to “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Push the vehicle forward or backward.
5. Engage the parking brake.
When you push the vehicle with disengaging the parking brake, does it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In P position, vehicle moves when pushed” on the diagnostics worksheet,
then continue the road test.
No
>> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Start the engine.
2. Move selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release the parking brake.
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In N position, vehicle moves” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
No
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to “D” position.
When the transaxle is shifted from “N” to “D”, is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “Large shock when shifted from N to D position” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.
No
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Disengage the brake for 4 to 5 seconds.
Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7.
No
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not creep backward in R position” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

7. CHECK “D” AND “L” POSITIONS FUNCTIONS
Inspect whether the vehicle moves forward when the transaxle is put into the “D” and “L” positions.
Does the vehicle move forward in the “D” and “L” positions?
YES >> Go to AT-427, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-428, "Cruise Test - Part 2" , and AT-429, "Cruise Test Part 3" .
No
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not creep forward in D or L position” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

Revision: September 2005

AT-426

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

Cruise Test - Part 1

UCS000TQ

1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and A/T fluid.
Appropriate temperature for the A/T fluid: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
Park the vehicle on a level surface.
Move selector lever to “P” position.
Start the engine.
Move selector lever to “D” position.
Press the accelerator pedal about half way down to accelerate the vehicle.

With CONSULT-II
Read off the gear positions.
Starts from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
No
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle cannot be started from D1” on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.

CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2

Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 → D2) at the appropriate speed.
●
Refer to AT-431 .

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
No
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D1 → D2” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3

Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 → D3) at the appropriate speed.
●
Refer to AT-431 .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
No
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D2 → D3” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 → D4) at the appropriate speed.
●
Refer to AT-431 .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D3 → D4” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

Revision: September 2005

AT-427

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 → D5
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 → D5) at the appropriate speed.
●
Refer to AT-431 .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D4 → D5 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D4 → D5” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

6. CHECK LOCK-UP
When releasing accelerator pedal from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U.
●
Refer to AT-431 .
With CONSULT-II
Read the lock-up status.
Does it lock-up?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not perform lock-up” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD
Check lock−up hold.
Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not hold lock-up condition” on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.

8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE
Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate.
With CONSULT-II
Read the lock-up status.
Does lock-up cancel?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-428 ).
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Lock-up is not released” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the
road test. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-428 ).

Cruise Test - Part 2

UCS000TR

1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1
1.
2.

Move selector lever the “D” position.
Accelerate at half throttle.

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Does it start from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle cannot be started from D1” on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.

Revision: September 2005

AT-428

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2

Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transaxle shifts up (D1 → D2) at
the correct speed.
●
Refer to AT-431 .

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, accelerator angle and vehicle speed.
AT
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D1 → D2” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
D
the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transaxle shifts up (D2 → D3) at
the correct speed.
●
Refer to AT-431 .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, accelerator angle and vehicle speed.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D2 → D3” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE
When the transaxle changes speed D2 → D3, return the accelerator pedal.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to Cruise test - Part 3 (Refer to AT-429 ).
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D3 → D4” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.

Cruise Test - Part 3

UCS000TS

1. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D5 TO D4)
L

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Confirm lever switch is in OFF position. (O/D OFF indicator lamp “OFF”.)
Confirm gear selector lever is in D position.
Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D5.
Release accelerator pedal.
Push lever switch while driving in D5. (O/D OFF indicator lamp “ON” and A/T indicator “4”.)

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does A/T shift from D5 to D4?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift: 5th gear → 4th gear, when lever switch OFF → ON”
on diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

Revision: September 2005

AT-429

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO L3)
1.
2.
3.

Driving in D4.
Move selector lever from D to L position while D4.
Release accelerator pedal.

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does A/T shift from D4 to L3?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear, when selector lever D → L
position” on diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (L3 TO L2)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Confirm lever switch is in OFF position. (A/T indicator “3”.)
Confirm gear selector lever is in L position.
Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to L3.
Release accelerator pedal.
Push lever switch while driving in L3. (A/T indicator “2”.)

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does A/T shift from L3 to L2?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear, when lever switch OFF →
ON” on diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (L2 TO L1)
Release accelerator pedal.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed.
Does A/T shift from L2 to L1?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear, when release accelerator
pedal” on diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.

5. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Depress and release accelerator pedal while driving in L1.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in L1 position?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Perform the self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-447, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NO
>> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue trouble diagnosis.

Revision: September 2005

AT-430

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]

Shift Schedule

UCS000TT

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) (Approx.)
Accelerator angle

D1 →D2

D2 →D3

D3 →D4

D4 →D5

D5 →D4

D4 →D3

D3 →D2

D2 →D1

100 %

67
(42)

105
(65)

170
(106)

241
(150)

230
(143)

160
(99)

92
(57)

45
(28)

90 %

67
(42)

105
(65)

170
(106)

241
(150)

230
(143)

160
(99)

92
(57)

45
(28)

80 %

65
(40)

100
(62)

152
(94)

227
(141)

178
(111)

142
(88)

86
(53)

45
(28)

70 %

53
(33)

80
(50)

125
(78)

185
(115)

147
(91)

137
(85)

68
(42)

38
(24)

60 %

46
(29)

71
(44)

106
(66)

156
(97)

108
(67)

78
(48)

46
(29)

22
(14)

50 %

43
(27)

67
(42)

97
(60)

145
(90)

98
(61)

68
(42)

40
(25)

18
(11)

40 %

38
(24)

60
(37)

89
(55)

130
(81)

89
(55)

56
(35)

30
(19)

13
(8)

30 %

33
(21)

50
(31)

70
(43)

108
(67)

68
(42)

45
(28)

25
(16)

12
(7)

20 %

23
(14)

35
(22)

49
(30)

77
(48)

49
(30)

32
(20)

22
(14)

8
(5)

10 %

17
(11)

29
(18)

39
(24)

58
(36)

44
(27)

32
(20)

22
(14)

8
(5)

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING COMPLETE LOCK-UP

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) (Approx.)

Accelerator angle
Lock-up “ON”

Lock-up “OFF”

50 %

190 (118)

137 (85)

15%

101 (63)

72 (45)

0-8%

73 (45)

70 (43)

●

Lock-up vehicle speed indicates the speed in D position.

●

Perform lock-up inspection after warming up engine.

●

Lock-up vehicle speed may vary depending on the driving conditions and circumstances.

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING SLIP LOCK-UP
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) (Approx.)
Accelerator angle

0 - 10 %

Gear position

Slip lock-up “ON”

Slip lock-up “OFF”

4th

45 (28)

42 (26)

5th

58 (36)

55 (34)

●

Slip lock-up vehicle speed indicates the speed in D position.

●

Perform slip lock-up inspection after warming up engine.

●

Slip lock-up vehicle speed may vary depending on the driving conditions and circumstances.

Symptom Chart

UCS002K4

Numbers are arranged in order of inspection.
Perform inspections starting with number one and work up.
CAUTION:
Do not remove or disassemble any RE5F22A model transaxle parts unless specified to do so in AT
section.

Revision: September 2005

AT-431

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Condition

Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Control cable and PNP switch adjustment

ON vehicle
With selector lever in D position, driving is
not possible.

OFF vehicle

4. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

5. Control valve assembly

AT-609

6. Torque converter

AT-611

7. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

8. B5 brake

AT-646

9. One-way clutch No.2

AT-619

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Time lag is large. (“N” →“ D” position)

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

AT-421
AT-608, AT606

3. TCM

AT-438

4. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

5. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

6. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

7. Control valve assembly

AT-609

8. Torque converter

AT-619

9. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

10. 1st and reverse brake

AT-619

11. B5 brake

AT-646

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Control cable and PNP switch adjustment

No shock at all or the clutch slips when
vehicle changes speed.

AT-608, AT606
AT-438

2. Control cable and PNP switch adjustment

With selector lever in R position, driving is
not possible.

AT-421

3. TCM

1. Fluid level and state

ON vehicle

Reference
page

AT-608, AT606

3. TCM

AT-438

4. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

5. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

6. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

7. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

8. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

9. Control valve assembly

AT-609

10. Accumulator

AT-619

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. TCM

AT-438

5. Control valve assembly

AT-609

6. Accumulator

AT-619

7. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

AT-432

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Condition

ON vehicle
Time lag is large. (“N” →“ R” position)

OFF vehicle

Engine does not start in “N”, “P” position.

Engine starts in positions other than “N” or
“P”.

Engine stalls when selector lever shifted “N”
→ “D”, “R”.

Engine stall when vehicle slow down.

Acceleration is extremely poor.

ON vehicle

Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. TCM

AT-438

5. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

6. Control valve assembly

AT-609

7. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

8. 1st and reverse brake

AT-619

1. Ignition switch and starter

PG-4, SC-10

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-608

3. PNP switch

AT-457

1. Ignition switch and starter

PG-4, SC-10

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-608

3. PNP switch

AT-457

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

4. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

5. Control valve assembly

AT-609

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

4. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

5. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

6. Control valve assembly

AT-609

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Control cable and PNP switch adjustment
3. Engine speed signal

ON vehicle

Gear does not change from D1 → D2 .

AT-575
AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

5. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

6. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

7. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537
AT-609
AT-638, AT644

10. 2nd brake

AT-638

11. One-way clutch No.1

AT-644

12. One-way clutch No.2

AT-619

AT-433

AT-481

4. Electric throttle control signal

9. 2nd coast brake

Revision: September 2005

AT-608, AT606

1. Fluid level and state

8. Control valve assembly

OFF vehicle

Reference
page

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Condition

ON vehicle
Gear does not change from D2 → D3 .

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Gear does not change from D3 → D4 .

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Gear does not change from D4 → D5 .

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle

In D range, does not downshift to 1st gear.

Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

7. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

8. Control valve assembly

AT-609

9. U/D brake

AT-619

10. B5 brake

AT-646

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

7. Control valve assembly

AT-609

8. U/D clutch

AT-619

9. U/D brake

AT-619

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Control valve assembly

AT-609

7. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

8. 2nd coast brake

Revision: September 2005

AT-638, AT644

9. One-way clutch No.1

AT-644

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

5. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

6. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

7. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

8. Control valve assembly

AT-609

9. 2nd coast brake
OFF vehicle

Reference
page

AT-638, AT644

10. 2nd brake

AT-638

11. One-way clutch No.1

AT-644

12. One-way clutch No.2

AT-619

AT-434

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Condition

ON vehicle
In D range, does not downshift to 2nd gear.

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
In D range, does not downshift to 3rd gear.

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
In D range, does not downshift to 4th gear.

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Does not lock-up or lock-up is not released.

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Diagnostic Item

Reference
page

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

7. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

8. Control valve assembly

AT-609

9. U/D brake

AT-619

10. B5 brake

AT-646

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

7. Control valve assembly

AT-609

8. U/D clutch

AT-619

9. U/D brake

AT-619

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Control valve assembly

AT-609

7. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

8. 2nd coast brake

AT-638, AT644

9. One-way clutch No.1

AT-644

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Stop lamp switch signal

AT-596

3. ATF temperature sensor

AT-463

4. TCM

AT-438

5. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

6. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

7. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

8. Control valve assembly

AT-609

9. Torque converter

AT-611

AT-435

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Condition

ON vehicle
Engine brake does not work.

Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. TCM

AT-438

3. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

4. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

5. Control valve assembly

AT-609

6. 2nd coast brake
OFF vehicle

Shift point is high or low.

AT-638, AT644

7. U/D brake

AT-619

8. B5 brake

AT-646

1. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

2. Engine speed signal

AT-481

3. Electric throttle control signal

AT-575

4. Revolution sensor

AT-477

5. TCM

AT-438

ON vehicle

ON vehicle
Large shock. (“N” →“ D” position)

OFF vehicle

ON vehicle
Large shock. (“N” →“ R” position)

OFF vehicle

Revision: September 2005

Reference
page

6. Control valve assembly

AT-609

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. ATF temperature sensor

AT-463

5. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

6. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

7. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

8. TCM

AT-438

9. Control valve assembly

AT-609

10. Accumulator

AT-619

11. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. ATF temperature sensor

AT-463

5. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

6. Pressure control solenoid valve B

AT-547

7. TCM

AT-438

8. Control valve assembly

AT-609

9. Forward and direct clutch assembly

AT-619

10. 1st and reverse brake

AT-619

AT-436

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Shock is too large when shift up.

Shock is too large for coast down.

Condition

ON vehicle

Diagnostic Item

Reference
page

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. ATF temperature sensor

AT-463

5. TCM power input signal

AT-570

6. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

7. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

8. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

9. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

10. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

11. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

12. Pressure control solenoid valve B

AT-547

13. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

14. TCM

AT-438

15. Control valve assembly

AT-609

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. ATF temperature sensor

AT-463

5. TCM power input signal

AT-570

6. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

7. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

8. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

9. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

10. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

11. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

12. Pressure control solenoid valve B

AT-547

13. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

14. TCM

AT-438

15. Control valve assembly

AT-609

Revision: September 2005

AT-437

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Symptom

Shock is too large for kick down.

Condition

ON vehicle

ON vehicle
Strange noise in “R”,“N” or“ D” position.
OFF vehicle

With selector lever in P position, vehicle
does not enter parking condition or, with
selector lever in another position, parking
condition is not cancelled.

Vehicle runs with transaxle in “ P” position.

ON vehicle

OFF vehicle

Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Actual engine torque signal

AT-481

3. Turbine revolution sensor

AT-473

4. ATF temperature sensor

AT-463

5. TCM power input signal

AT-570

6. Shift solenoid valve A

AT-517

7. Shift solenoid valve B

AT-522

8. Shift solenoid valve C

AT-527

9. Shift solenoid valve D

AT-537

10. Shift solenoid valve E

AT-542

11. Pressure control solenoid valve A

AT-512

12. Pressure control solenoid valve B

AT-547

13. Pressure control solenoid valve C

AT-556

14. TCM

AT-438

15. Control valve assembly

AT-609

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. Control valve assembly

AT-609

3. Torque convertor

AT-619

4. Parking component

AT-612

5. Gear system

AT-619

1. PNP switch

AT-457

2. Control cable adjustment

AT-608

3. Control valve assembly

AT-609

4. Parking component

AT-612

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. PNP switch

AT-457

ON vehicle
3. Control cable and PNP switch adjustment

Vehicle runs with transaxle in “N” position.

ON vehicle

Reference
page

AT-608, AT606

4. Line pressure test

AT-423

1. Fluid level and state

AT-421

2. PNP switch

AT-457

3. Control cable and PNP switch adjustment
4. Line pressure test

TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values

AT-608, AT606
AT-423
UCS000TX

TCM TERMINAL CONNECTOR LAYOUT

WCIA0406E

Revision: September 2005

AT-438

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Terminal
Item
Condition
color

A
Data (Approx.)

B
1

Y/W

When turning ignition switch ON.

0 - 1.5V

When turning ignition switch OFF.

A/T PV IGN relay

CAN H

–

CAN L

–

Ground

–

Lever switch: “ON” position

Lever switch: “OFF” position

Battery voltage

G/B

Lever switch
Pressure control
solenoid valve B
ground

F
When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

G
When turning ignition switch ON.
22

Battery voltage

Revolution sensor
power supply

H
When turning ignition switch OFF.

I
When turning ignition switch ON.
23

PNP switch A

G/R

Shift solenoid
valve B

Y/R

Battery voltage

Turbine revolution
sensor power supply

Shift solenoid
valve D

J
When turning ignition switch OFF.

Selector lever: “P”, “R” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

When shift solenoid valve D operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve D does not operate.

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch OFF.

Battery voltage

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

Power supply
(Memory back-up)

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
ground

Revision: September 2005

AT-439

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Terminal

Wire
color

Item

Revolution sensor

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear.

119Hz

Turbine revolution
sensor

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear.

371Hz

G/Y

Selector lever: “R”, “N”, “D” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

Selector lever: “D” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

Selector lever: “P” and “N” position

Battery voltage

Other than the above

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch OFF.

P/B

R/V

PNP switch B

PNP switch C

PNP switch PN

Condition

Data (Approx.)

Power supply

L/Y

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

W/L

Pressure control
solenoid valve B

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the
ignition switch.

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the
ignition switch.

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

When ATF temperature 0°C (32°F)

4.0V

When ATF temperature 20°C (68°F)

3.0V

When ATF temperature 80°C (176°F)

0.8V

When ATF temperature 100°C (212°F)

0.5V

R/B

Y/B

L/G

R/Y

Shift solenoid
valve C

Power supply
(A/T PV IGN relay)

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

Fluid temperature
sensor

LG/B

Fluid temperature
sensor ground

V/W

PNP switch PA

Revision: September 2005

–

Selector lever: “P”, “N” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

AT-440

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Terminal

Wire
color

O/B

47
48

W/G

BR/Y
B

Item

Condition

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
Shift solenoid
valve A

Shift solenoid
valve E

Data (Approx.)

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

When shift solenoid valve E operates.
(When driving in reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve E does not operate.

Ground

–

CONSULT-II Function (A/T)

0V
UCS000TY

CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
TCM diagnostic mode
WORK SUPPORT
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR

Displays TCM input/output data in real time.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

ACTIVE TEST

Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.

ECU PART NUMBER

Displays TCM self-diagnosis results.

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

FUNCTION TEST

Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or "NG".

TCM part number can be read.

CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
●
For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Manual”.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in driver instrument panel
(lower).
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.

BBIA0336E

Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

BCIA0029E

Revision: September 2005

AT-441

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
5.

Touch “A/T”.
If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-II Data Link
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.

BCIA0030E

WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work item
Work item

Condition

INITIALIZATION

Under the following conditions.
●

Ignition switch “ON”.

●

Selector lever “P” or “N” position.

●

Engine not running.

●

Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 MPH).

●

Ignition voltage is more than 10.5V.

●

Malfunction was not detected.

Usage
Use to initialize TCM in a case of replacing transaxle or TCM. Refer to AT-376, "Precautions for
A/T Assembly or TCM Replacement" .

SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE
After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC place check marks for results on the “Diagnostic Worksheet”, AT-416,
"DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provide following the items.

Operation procedure
1.
2.

Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-441, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
NOTE:
● The details for “TIME” are as follow:
– “CRNT”: Error currently detected with TCM.
– “PAST”: Error detected in the past and memorized with
TCM.
● Touch “F.F.DATA” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen to
display freeze frame data. Freeze frame data shows drivSCIA2741E
ing condition when malfunction is detected.
For freeze frame data items, refer to AT-445, "Display item list" .

Display item list
X: Applicable
TCM self-diagnosis

—: Not applicable
OBD-II (DTC)
MIL indicator

Items (CONSULT-II
screen terms)

Malfunction is detected when...

O/D OFF
indicator
lamp*3

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

“A/T” with
CONSULT-II

lamp*1 ,
“ENGINE” with
CONSULT-II or
GST

●

When a malfunction is detected in CAN communications

U1000*4

VEH SPD SE/CIRMTR

●

ECM detects a malfunction in vehicle speed sensor signal,
after that TCM inputs the result by CAN communication.

P0500

TCM PROCESSOR

●

TCM processor is malfunctioning.

—

P0613

—

PNP SW/CIRC

●

PNP switch signals input with impossible pattern

P0705

Revision: September 2005

AT-442

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
TCM self-diagnosis

OBD-II (DTC)
MIL indicator

Items (CONSULT-II
screen terms)

Malfunction is detected when...

O/D OFF
indicator

“A/T” with
CONSULT-II

lamp ,
“ENGINE” with
CONSULT-II or
GST

P0710

lamp*3
●

ATF TEMP SEN/
CIRC

Normal voltage is not applied to ATF temperature sensor
due to open, short, and so on.

●

During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage
is excessively high or low.

FLUID TEMP SEN

●

ATF temperature signal does not change.

—

P0711

P0711*2

●

Signal from turbine revolution sensor does not input due to
open, short, and so on.

P0717

●

Unexpected signal input during running.

●

Signal from revolution sensor does not input due to open,
short, and so on.

●

Unexpected signal input during running.

●

Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal, actual
engine torque signal or torque reduction signal that is output from ECM through CAN communication.

TURBINE SENSOR

VHCL SPEED
SEN-A/T
ENG SPD INP
PERFOR

P0722

P0726

G
X

P0731

A/T 2ND GR
FNCTN

●

A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

P0732

P0732*2

A/T 3RD GR
FNCTN

●

A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

P0733

P0733*2

A/T 4TH GR
FNCTN

●

A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

P0734

A/T 5TH GR
FNCTN

●

A/T cannot be shifted to the 5th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

P0735

P0735*2

A/T TCC S/V
FNCTN

●

A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is
good.

P0744

P0744*2

P0745

P0750

P0755

P0760

P0762

P0762*2

P0765

●

TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.

SHIFT SOL A
SHIFT SOL B
SHIFT SOL C
SFT SOL C STUCK
ON
SHIFT SOL D

●

P0770

P0775

No rotation change occurs between input (turbine revolution sensor) and output (revolution sensor) and shifting
time is long.

P0780

P0780*2

P0795

●

Shifting ends immediately.
Condition in malfunction engine revs up usually shifting.

●

Normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open,
short, and so on.

●

TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.

Revision: September 2005

AT-443

TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.

●

SHIFT

Normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open,
short, and so on.

●

PC SOL
C(TCC&SFT)

●

SHIFT SOL E
PC SOL B(SFT/
PRS)

Condition of shift solenoid valve C is different from monitor
value, and relation between gear position and actual gear
ratio is irregular.

A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open,
short, and so on.

P0722

●

A/T 1ST GR
FNCTN

PC SOL A(L/
PRESS)

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
TCM self-diagnosis

OBD-II (DTC)
MIL indicator

Items (CONSULT-II
screen terms)

Malfunction is detected when...

O/D OFF
indicator
lamp*3

TCM POWER INPT
SIG
ELEC TH CONTROL
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED.

lamp*1 ,
“ENGINE” with
CONSULT-II or
GST

Condition of pressure control solenoid valve C is different
from monitor value, and relation between gear position
and actual gear ratio or lock-up status is irregular.

P0797

P0797*2

●

Lever switch signal is incorrectly input due to open, short,
and so on.

—

P0825

—

●

Voltage supplied to TCM is too low.

—

P0882

●

The electric throttle control system for ECM is in a malfunction, after that TCM inputs the result by CAN commnication.

P1726

No NG item has been detected.

—

●

PC SOL C STC ON
GEAR LEVER
SWITCH

“A/T” with
CONSULT-II

●

*1: Refer to AT-410, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
*2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
*3: Indicate it when performing TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS). Refer to AT-448, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
*4: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to AT-450 .

CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR
Operation procedure
1.
2.

Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-441, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Touch “CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR”.

BCIA0031E

DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
–
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
–
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
–
Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
Revision: September 2005

AT-444

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Operation procedure
1.
2.

Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-441, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
NOTE:
When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-II performs REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.

Display item list
X: Standard

—: Not applicable

Monitor item selection
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS

MAIN SIGNALS

SELECTION FROM
MENU

VHCL/S SE-A/T (km/h)

VHCL/S SE-MTR* (km/h)

—

FLUID TEMP SE* (V)

—

FLUID TEMP* (°C)

—

Monitored item (Unit)

D
Remarks

Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM.

F
Displays status of engine coolant temperature.
Signal input with CAN communication
line.

COOLAN TEMP* (°C)

—

BATTERY VOLT* (V)

—

ENGINE SPEED* (rpm)

Signal input with CAN communication
line.

TURBINE REV* (rpm)

—

Turbine revolution computed from signal
of turbine revolution sensor is displayed.

OUTPUT REV* (rpm)

—

Output revolution computed from signal
of revolution sensor is displayed.

PNP SW A* (ON/OFF)

—

PNP SW B* (ON/OFF)

—

PNP SW C* (ON/OFF)

—

PNP SW PA* (ON/OFF)

—

PNP SW PN (ON/OFF)

—

MANU MODE SW* (ON/OFF)

—

NON M-MODE SW* (ON/OFF)

—

UP SW* (ON/OFF)

—

DOWN SW* (ON/OFF)

—

RANGE SLCT SW (ON/OFF)

—

This means lever switch.

BRAKE SW* (ON/OFF)

—

This means stop lamp switch signal via
CAN communication line.

CLSO THL POS (ON/OFF)

—

L
Not mounted but displayed.

—

ASCD OD OFF (ON/OFF)

—

ABS SIGNAL (ON/OFF)

—

TCS SIGNAL (ON/OFF)

—

TCS GEAR HOLD (ON/OFF)

—

TCS SFT CNG (ON/OFF)

—

Requests TCM for shift schedule
change.

LOCK-UP* (ON/OFF)

—

Always “ON” during lock-up, regardless
of types.

AT-445

ASCD SIGNAL (ON/OFF)

Revision: September 2005

Signal input with CAN communication
line.

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Monitor item selection
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS

MAIN SIGNALS

SELECTION FROM
MENU

SLCT LVR POSI*

—

Displays “##” when TCM can not judge
selector lever position.

MANU GR POSI

—

Always displays “##”.

Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

GEAR*

—

Indicates current gear position.
When setting in P or N position, indicate
by shift solenoid valves.
When setting in R position, displays “1”.
Displays “##” when TCM can not judge
gear position.

NEXT GR POSI

—

Displays “##” when TCM can not judge
gear position.

REDCT DEM SIG (ON/OFF)

—

Displays status of engine torque reduction demand signal.

TC SLIP RATIO

—

SLIP REV (rpm)

—

Difference between engine speed and
torque converter input shaft speed.
Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by the TCM.
For fail-safe operation, the specific value
used for control is displayed.

ACCELE ANGLE* (%)

PC SOL A OUT* (A)

—

PC SOL A MON* (A)

—

PC SOL B OUT* (A)

—

PC SOL B MON* (A)

—

PC SOL C OUT* (A)

—

PC SOL C MON* (A)

—

SFT SOL A OUT* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL B OUT* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL C OUT* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL D OUT* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL E OUT* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL A MON* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL B MON* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL C MON* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL D MON* (ON/OFF)

—

SFT SOL E MON* (ON/OFF)

—

G-RATE (G)

—

F-SAFE MODE (OK/1 to 10)

—

Numbers indicate types of fail-safe
modes. Refer to AT-412, "Fail-safe
mode list" .

VDC SIGNAL (ON/OFF)

—

Signal input with CAN communication
line.

Revision: September 2005

AT-446

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Monitor item selection
Monitored item (Unit)

ECU INPUT
SIGNALS

SHIFT SCHDULE

MAIN SIGNALS

—

SELECTION FROM
MENU

—

Voltage (V)

—

Frequency (Hz)

—

DUTY-HI (high) (%)

—

DUTY-LOW (low) (%)

—

PLS WIDTH-HI (ms)

—

PLS WIDTH-LOW (ms)

—

Remarks

The details for data of shift schedule are
as follow:
NOR: Normal mode
UP1: Upslope 1 mode
UP2: Upslope 2 mode (steeper then
“UP1”)
DOWN: Downslope mode
HOT1: Hot 1 mode
HOT2: Hot 2 mode (higher temperature
than “HOT1”)
Displays the value measured by the voltage probe.

The value measured by the pulse probe
is displayed.

*: Also, the items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data mode of self-diagnostic results only if DTC is detected. For details,
refer to AT-442, "SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE" .

ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test item
Test item

Condition

Description

Each shift solenoid operate ON/OFF by receiving the
drive signal.

SHIFT SOLENOID A
SHIFT SOLENOID B

Under the following conditions.

SHIFT SOLENOID C

●

Ignition switch “ON”

●

Selector lever “P” or “N” position

●

Engine not running

●

Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 MPH).

PRESSURE CONTROL SOL A

●

Ignition voltage is more than 10.5V.

PRESSURE CONTROL SOL B

●

Malfunction was not detected.*

SHIFT SOLENOID D
SHIFT SOLENOID E

K
Each pressure control solenoid is activated by receiving the drive signal.

PRESSURE CONTROL SOL C

*: Except when P0711, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, P0744, P0762, P0780 or P0797 is detected.
NOTE:
Approximately 10 seconds after the operation is begun, “TEST IS STOPPED” will be displayed.

Diagnostic Procedure

M
UCS000TZ

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
Refer to EC-133, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)" .

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)
Refer to EC-146, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" .

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
Refer to EC-67, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .

TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
Refer to AT-442, "SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-447

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
Description
As a method for locating the suspect system, when the self-diagnostics start signal is input, the memory for
the malfunction location is output and the O/D OFF indicator lamp flashes to display the corresponding DTC.

Diagnostic procedure

1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start the engine with selector lever in “P” position. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF” at least twice, then leave it in the “OFF” position.
3. Wait 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO AT-576, "O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .

2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE
NOTE:
After turning ignition switch “ON” (at step 6), perform within 2 seconds (while O/D OFF indicator lamp come
on.).
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Push shift lock release button.
3. Move selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
4. Release accelerator pedal. (Set the closed throttle position signal “ON”.)
5. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “ON”.)
6. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
7. Move the selector lever to the “N” position and release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “OFF”.)
8. Move the selector lever to “D” position and depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “ON”.)
9. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “OFF”.)
10. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp.
Refer to AT-449, "Judgement self-diagnosis code" .
If the system does not go into self-diagnostics, refer to AT-596, "TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate" .
>> DIAGNOSIS END

Revision: September 2005

AT-448

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[RE5F22A]
Judgement self-diagnosis code
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction route is indicated by longer illumination of the indicator lamp.

J
SCIA2758E

ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
●

●

In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is
stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how
many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF.
However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch “OFF” after executing self-diagnostics or by
erasing the memory using the CONSULT-II.

Revision: September 2005

AT-449

2005 Quest

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE5F22A]

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description

PFP:23710
UCS000U0

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS000U1

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or U1000 without CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units.

Possible Cause

UCS000U2

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000U3

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following condition for at least 6
seconds.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-452, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-450

2005 Quest

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN

UCS000U4

BCWA0308E

Revision: September 2005

AT-451

2005 Quest

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value.
Wire
Item
Terminal
color

Condition

Data (Approx.)

CAN H

–

CAN L

–

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000U5

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with in CONSULT-II.
3. The “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is detected.
Yes or No?
Yes
>> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .
No
>> INSPECTION END

SCIA2818E

Revision: September 2005

AT-452

2005 Quest

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
Description

PFP:24814

A
UCS0015A

The vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication
line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM
will then use the vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0015B

This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR” with CONSULT-II or 15th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input
by CAN communication) from combination meter.

Possible Cause
●

●
●
●

UCS0015C

Harness or connectors
(The signal circuit is open or shorted.)
Combination meter
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Wheel sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0015D

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more
ACCELE ANGLE: 10 % or less
If DTC is detected, go to AT-454, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

L
BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-453

2005 Quest

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE5F22A]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS0015E

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle, and then make sure that the values of “VHCL/S
SE-A/T” and “VHCL/S SE-MTR” are same.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
1.
2.
3.

SCIA2922E

2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (with TCS/ABS) or BRC-55, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (with
VDC/TCS/ABS).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> If NG, recheck pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

3. CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> If NG, recheck pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-453, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-454

2005 Quest

DTC P0613 TCM PROCESSOR
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0613 TCM PROCESSOR
Description

PFP:31036

A
UCS0011Q

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T.

D
SCIA2820E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0011R

This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “TCM PROCESSOR” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM processor is malfunctioning.

Possible Cause

UCS0011S

TCM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0011T

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-456, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-455

2005 Quest

DTC P0613 TCM PROCESSOR
[RE5F22A]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS0011U

1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-455, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the “TCM PROCESSOR” displayed again?
YES >> Replace TCM.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-456

BCIA0030E

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Description
●
●
●

PFP:32006

A
UCS000UC

The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission range switch.
The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
TCM judges the selector lever position by the park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
Selector lever

PNP switch A

PNP switch B

PNP switch C

PNP switch PA

PNP switch PN

OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

●

E
UCS000UD

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0705 without CONSULT-II is detected
when PNP switch signals input with impossible pattern.

Possible Cause
●

UCS000UE

Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure

H
UCS000UF

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Move selector lever to each position.
SLCT LVR POSI: “P”, “R”, “N”, “D” or “L” position
Wait for at least 5 consecutive seconds at each position.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-460, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

M
BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-457

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW

UCS000UG

BCWA0309E

Revision: September 2005

AT-458

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
24

G/Y

P/B

R/V

V/W

PNP switch A

PNP switch B

PNP switch C

PNP switch PN

PNP switch PA

Data (Approx.)

Selector lever: “P”, “R” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

Selector lever: “R”, “N”, “D” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

Selector lever: “D” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

Selector lever: “P” and “N” position

Battery voltage

Other than the above

Selector lever: “P”, “N” and “L” position

Other than the above

Battery voltage

Revision: September 2005

AT-459

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE5F22A]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000UH

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Move selector lever to “P”, “R”, “N”, “D” and “L” position and
check the value of “PNP SW A”, “PNP SW B”, “PNP SW C”,
“PNP SW PA” and “PNP SW PN”.

Selector
lever

“PNP SW
A”

“PNP SW
B”

“PNP SW
C”

“PNP SW
PA”

“PNP SW
PN”

OFF

SCIA2823E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Move selector lever to “P”, “R”, “N”, “D” and “L” position and
check voltage between the TCM connector terminals and
ground.
Connector No.
Selector
lever

E142
Terminal (Wire color)

24 (BR) Ground

31 (G/Y) Ground

32 (P/B) Ground

33 (P/V) Ground

43 (V/W) Ground

Battery
voltage

SCIA2826E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-460

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the PNP switch connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check the voltage between PNP switch connector terminal 1
and ground.

5.
6.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Voltage

F29

1 (G) - Ground

Battery voltage

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check voltage between PNP switch connector terminal 1 and
ground.

E
Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Voltage

F29

1 (G) - Ground

SCIA3576E

7. If OK, check harness for short-circuit to ground or power source.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch
● Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PNP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector and PNP switch connector.
Check continuity between TCM connector terminals 24, 31, 32,
43 and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire
color)
24 (BR) - Ground

Condition

Continuity

Selector lever: “P”, “R” and “L”
position

Yes

Other than the above

L
SCIA2827E

31 (G/Y) - Ground
E142
32 (P/B) - Ground

43 (V/W) - Ground

Selector lever: “R”, “N”, “D” and “L”
position

Yes

Other than the above

Selector lever: “D” and “L” position

Yes

Other than the above

Selector lever: “P”, “N” and “L”
position

Yes

Other than the above

If OK, check the following.
Harness for short-circuit to ground or power source.
–
Open or short-circuit in the harness between combination meter and TCM.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
–

Revision: September 2005

AT-461

2005 Quest

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE5F22A]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and PNP switch A, B, C, PA.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness for ground of PNP switch.
●
PNP switch. Refer to AT-462, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-457, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection

UCS000UI

PNP SWITCH
1.

Check continuity between PNP switch terminals while moving selector lever. Refer to the following table.

2.
3.
4.

If NG, check again with control cable disconnected. (Refer to step 1 above.)
If OK on step 2, adjust control cable. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
If NG on step 2, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch from A/T and check continuity of park/neutral
position (PNP) switch terminals. (Refer to step 1 above.)
If OK on step 4, adjust park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to AT-606, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP)
Switch Adjustment" .
If NG on step 4, replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

SCIA3577E

5.
6.

Revision: September 2005

AT-462

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description

PFP:31940

A
UCS000W4

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.
B

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS000W6

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0710 without CONSULT-II is AT
detected under the following conditions.
When normal voltage not applied to ATF temperature sensor due to open, short, and so on.
When during running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage is excessively high or low.
D

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS000W7

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A/T fluid temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000W8

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Warm up engine so that engine coolant temperature is more
than 50°C (122°F).
COOLAN TEMP: More than 50°C (122°F)
Maintain the following conditions for at least 16 minutes (Total).
(It is not necessary to drive vehicle.)
COOLAN TEMP: More than 50°C (122°F)
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-465, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

K
BCIA0030E

WITH GST

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
M

Revision: September 2005

AT-463

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS

UCS000W9

BCWA0340E

Revision: September 2005

AT-464

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
When ATF temperature 0°C (32°F)
41

When ATF temperature 20°C (68°F)

Fluid temperature
sensor

R/Y

LG/B

Data (Approx.)
4.0V

0.8V

When ATF temperature 100°C (212°F)

0.5V

–

Diagnostic Procedure

3.0V

When ATF temperature 80°C (176°F)

Fluid temperature
sensor ground

0V
UCS002LE

1. CHECK FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Item name

Fluid temperature sensor

Condition

Display value (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

4.0V

20°C (68°F)

3.0V

80°C (176°F)

0.8V

100°C (212°F)

0.5V

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals 41 and 42
while warming up A/T. Refer to AT-464, "Wiring Diagram — AT
— FTS" .

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

41 (R/Y) - 42 (LG/B) (ground)

Temperature

Voltage (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

4.0V

20°C (68°F)

3.0V

80°C (176°F)

0.8V

100°C (212°F)

0.5V

3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
4. Disconnect the TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

SCIA2870E

Connector

AT-465

M
SCIA2871E

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between terminals 41 and 42.

Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

41 (R/Y) - 42 (LG/B) (ground)

Temperature

Resistance
(Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

9.8 kΩ

20°C (68°F)

4.2 kΩ

80°C (176°F)

0.54 kΩ

100°C (212°F)

0.31 kΩ

Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and
ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SCIA2872E

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 4 and 8.
Connector

F30

Terminal

4-8

Temperature

Resistance (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

9.8 kΩ

20°C (68°F)

4.2 kΩ

80°C (176°F)

0.54 kΩ

100°C (212°F)

0.31 kΩ

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2873E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-466

2005 Quest

DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor.
Check resistance between terminals 4 and 8.

Connector

Terminal

F30

4-8

Temperature

Resistance

10°C (°F)

5.80 - 7.09kΩ

110°C (°F)

0.23 - 0.26kΩ

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609,
"Transmission wire" .

SCIA4323E

6. CHECK DTC
F

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-463, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK TCM

1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection

UCS002LF

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor.
Check resistance between terminals 4 and 8.

Connector

Terminal

F30

4-8

Temperature

Resistance

10°C (°F)

5.80 - 7.09kΩ

110°C (°F)

0.23 - 0.26kΩ

If NG, repair and replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609,
"Transmission wire" .

SCIA4323E

Revision: September 2005

AT-467

2005 Quest

DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
Description

PFP:31940
UCS0011V

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0011W

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “FLUID TEMP SEN” with CONSULT-II or P0711 without CONSULT-II is detected
when ATF temperature signal does not change.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS0011X

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A/T fluid temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0011Y

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
15 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
VHCL SPEED SE-A/T: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-470, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-468

2005 Quest

DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — FTSP

UCS0011Z

BCWA0341E

Revision: September 2005

AT-469

2005 Quest

DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
When ATF temperature 0°C (32°F)
41

Fluid temperature
sensor

R/Y

LG/B

Data (Approx.)
4.0V

When ATF temperature 20°C (68°F)

3.0V

When ATF temperature 80°C (176°F)

0.8V

When ATF temperature 100°C (212°F)

0.5V

Fluid temperature
sensor ground

–

Diagnostic Procedure

0V
UCS002LG

1. CHECK FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Item name

Fluid temperature sensor

Condition

Display value (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

4.0V

20°C (68°F)

3.0V

80°C (176°F)

0.8V

100°C (212°F)

0.5V

SCIA2870E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals 41 and 42
while warming up A/T. Refer to AT-469, "Wiring Diagram — AT
— FTSP" .
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

41 (R/Y) - 42 (LG/B) (ground)

Temperature

Voltage (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

4.0V

20°C (68°F)

3.0V

80°C (176°F)

0.8V

100°C (212°F)

0.5V

3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
4. Disconnect the TCM connector.
5. Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-470

SCIA2871E

2005 Quest

DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between terminals 41 and 42.

Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

41 (R/Y) - 42 (LG/B) (ground)

Temperature

Resistance
(Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

9.8 kΩ

20°C (68°F)

4.2 kΩ

80°C (176°F)

0.54 kΩ

100°C (212°F)

0.31 kΩ

Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and
ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SCIA2872E

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
G

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 4 and 8.
Connector

F30

Terminal

4-8

Temperature

Resistance (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

9.8 kΩ

20°C (68°F)

4.2 kΩ

80°C (176°F)

0.54 kΩ

100°C (212°F)

0.31 kΩ

4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2873E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-471

2005 Quest

DTC P0711 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]

5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor.
Check resistance between terminals 4 and 8.

Connector

Terminal)

F30

4-8

Temperature

Resistance

10°C (°F)

5.80 - 7.09kΩ

110°C (°F)

0.23 - 0.26kΩ

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609,
"Transmission wire" .
SCIA4323E

6. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-468, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection

UCS002LH

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor.
Check resistance between terminals 4 and 8.

Connector

Terminal)

F30

4-8

Temperature

Resistance

10°C (°F)

5.80 - 7.09kΩ

110°C (°F)

0.23 - 0.26kΩ

If NG, repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609,
"Transmission wire" .

SCIA4323E

Revision: September 2005

AT-472

2005 Quest

DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description
●

●

PFP:31935

A
UCS000WB

The turbine revolution sensor detects forward clutch drum rpm
(revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of the
automatic transaxle. The revolution sensor is located on the output side of the automatic transaxle. With the two sensors, input
and output rpms are accurately detected. The result is optimal
shift timing during deceleration and improved shifting.
Hall IC is installed in turbine revolution sensor, it itself handles in
pulse of rectangular wave signal and transmits it to TCM due to
hall effect. TCM recognizes the pulse with input rpm speed. Size
of output doesn't depend on a rotation number and is fixed.

D
SCIA2830E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS000WC

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “TURBINE SENSOR” with CONSULT-II or P0717 without CONSULT-II is
detected under the following conditions.
When signal from turbine revolution sensor does not input due to open, short, and so on.
When unexpected signal input during running.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS000WD

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Turbine revolution sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000WE

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
consecutive minute.
FLUID TEMP: More than 20°C (68°F)
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: Except 1st position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-475, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-473

2005 Quest

DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSC

UCS000WF

BCWA0342E

Revision: September 2005

AT-474

2005 Quest

DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch OFF.

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear.

371Hz

Turbine revolution
sensor power supply

Turbine revolution
sensor

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000WG

1. CHECK TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “TURBINE REV”.
Monitor item

TURBINE REV

Condition
During driving (lock-up ON)

Specification
Approximately matches the
engine speed.

J
SCIA2924E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Check pulse between TCM connector terminals 23 and 30.

Data
(Approx.)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

E142

23 (G) - 30 (R) (ground)

When moving at 20 km/h (12
MPH) in 1st gear.

371 Hz

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SCIA2925E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and turbine revolution sensor.
●
Turbine revolution sensor. Refer to AT-476, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-475

2005 Quest

DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-473, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection

UCS0015F

TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Remove turbine revolution sensor.
Connect 12V power supply and 100 Ω resistance to the terminal. (Do not mistake polarity)
Inspect the voltage of HIGH and LOW signal by shaking magnetic body from side to side at turbine revolution sensor tip [gap
is within 5 mm (0.20 in)].
CAUTION:
Make sure to shake direction from bolt hole to sensor-self
when shaking magnetic body. If not, voltage value cannot
change.
Signal

Voltage (Approx.)

HIGH

1.2 - 1.6V

LOW

0.4 - 0.8V

SCIA3578E

If NG, replace turbine revolution sensor.

Revision: September 2005

AT-476

2005 Quest

DTC P0722 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0722 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) CIRCUIT
PFP:31935

Description
●

●

UCS000UJ

The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear
parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
Hall IC is installed in revolution sensor, it itself handles in pulse
of rectangular wave signal and transmits it to TCM due to hall
effect. TCM recognizes the pulse with vehicle speed. Size of
output doesn't depend on a rotation number and is fixed.

SCIA2830E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS000UK

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “VHCL SPEED SEN-A/T” with CONSULT-II or P0722 without CONSULT-II is
detected under the following conditions.
When signal from revolution sensor does not input due to open, short, and so on.
When unexpected signal input during running.

Possible Cause
●

●

I
UCS000UM

WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE-A/T”
value in response to “VHCL/S SE-MTR” value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-479, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive minutes.
FLUID TEMP: More than 20°C (68°F)
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
If the check result is NG, go to AT-479, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Revolution sensor

CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

UCS000UL

DTC Confirmation Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.

AT-477

2005 Quest

DTC P0722 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSATC

UCS000UN

BCWA0399E

Revision: September 2005

AT-478

2005 Quest

DTC P0722 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch OFF.

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear.

119Hz

Revolution sensor
power supply

D
29

Revolution sensor

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000UO

1. CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VHCL/S SE-AT”.
Monitor item

VHCL/S SE-AT

Condition

Specification
Approximately matches the
speedometer reading.

During driving

J
SCIA2922E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Check pulse between TCM connector terminals 22 and 29.
Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

E142

22 (L) - 29 (R) (ground)

Condition
When moving at 20 km/h
(12 MPH) in 1st gear.

Data
(Approx.)

119 Hz

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SCIA2928E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and revolution sensor.
●
Revolution sensor. Refer to AT-480, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-479

2005 Quest

DTC P0722 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-477, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

Component Inspection

UCS0015G

REVOLUTION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Remove revolution sensor.
Connect 12V power supply and 100 Ω resistance to the terminal. (Do not mistake polarity)
Inspect the voltage of HIGH and LOW signal by shaking magnetic body from side to side at revolution sensor tip [gap is within
5mm (0.20 in)].
CAUTION:
Make sure to shake direction from bolt hole to sensor-self
when shaking magnetic body. If not, voltage value cannot
change.
Signal

Voltage (Approx.)

HIGH

1.2 - 1.6V

LOW

0.4 - 0.8V

SCIA3578E

If NG, replace revolution sensor.

Revision: September 2005

AT-480

2005 Quest

DTC P0726 ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0726 ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
Description

PFP:31036

A
UCS000UP

The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
B

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS000UQ

This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “ENG SPD INP PERFOR” with CONSULT-II or 14th judgement flicker without AT
CONSULT-II is detected when malfunction is detected in engine speed signal, actual engine torque signal
or torque reduction signal that is output from ECM through CAN communication.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS000UR

Harness or connectors
(The signal circuit is open or shorted.)
ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000US

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE ANGLE: More than 10 %
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-481, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

K
BCIA0030E

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000UT

1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-133, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the DTC detected item, go to EC-9, "INDEX FOR
DTC" .
● If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-450,
"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-481

2005 Quest

DTC P0726 ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
While monitoring “ENGINE SPEED”, check for engine speed
change corresponding to “ACCELE ANGLE”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the ignition signal circuit.
● Refer to EC-686, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
1.
2.
3.

SCIA2929E

3. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-481, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

Revision: September 2005

AT-482

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940

A
UCS00121

1st

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS00122

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 1ST GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0731 without CONSULT-II is
detected when A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause
●

●
●
●
●
●

UCS002LP

Shift solenoid valve A
(Off stick.)
2nd brake
2nd coast brake
One-way clutch No.1
One-way clutch No.2
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS00124

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that ATF temperature is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP: More than 20°C (68°F)
If out of range, drive the vehicle to warm up the fluid.
Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions for at
least 12 consecutive seconds.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 1st position
[Vehicle speed and accelerator angle: 1st gear position
BCIA0030E
retainable condition. (Refer to AT-680, "VEHICLE SPEED
WHEN SHIFTING GEARS" .)]
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-485, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: September 2005

AT-483

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 1STSIG

UCS00125

BCWA0344E

Revision: September 2005

AT-484

2005 Quest

DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

W/G

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve A

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LI

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT

Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0750. Refer to AT-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassembly A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following item:
–
2nd brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" .
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.2. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.
3.

3. CHECK DTC

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-483, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-485

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS0024A

2nd

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0024B

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 2ND GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0732 without CONSULT-II is
detected when A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause
●

●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●

UCS002LQ

Shift solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve B
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve C
(Off stick.)
Shift solenoid valve D
(On stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve C
(On stick.)
U/D brake
2nd coast brake
2nd brake
One-way clutch No.1
One-way clutch No.2
B5 brake
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0024D

Revision: September 2005

AT-486

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

A
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that ATF temperature is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP: More than 20°C (68°F)
B
If out of range, drive the vehicle to warm up the fluid.
Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions for at
least 12 consecutive seconds.
AT
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 2nd position
[Vehicle speed and accelerator angle: 2nd gear position
D
BCIA0030E
retainable condition. (Refer to AT-680, "VEHICLE SPEED
WHEN SHIFTING GEARS" .)]
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
E
If DTC is detected, go to AT-490, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-487

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 2NDSIG

UCS0024E

BCWA0310E

Revision: September 2005

AT-488

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
A

BCWA0311E

Revision: September 2005

AT-489

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
25

G/R

Shift solenoid
valve B

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

When shift solenoid valve D operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

Shift solenoid
valve D

When shift solenoid valve D does not operate.

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

L/Y

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

R/B

Shift solenoid
valve C

L/G

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

O/B

Pressure control
solenoid valve C

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

W/G

Shift solenoid
valve A

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LJ

1. CHECK EACH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
●
“DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A” (Refer to AT-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B” (Refer to AT-524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C” (Refer to AT-529, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D” (Refer to AT-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK EACH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
“DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A” (Refer to AT-514, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C” (Refer to AT-558, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●

Revision: September 2005

AT-490

2005 Quest

DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

A
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassembly A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
B
Check the following item:
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
AT
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
2nd brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
D
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.2. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F

1.
2.
3.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-486, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-491

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS0012D

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into third gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Shift solenoid valve
Gear position

3rd

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0012E

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 3RD GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0733 without CONSULT-II is
detected when A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause
●

●

●
●
●
●

UCS002LR

Shift solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve B
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve C
(Off stick.)
Shift solenoid valve D
(Off stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
B5 brake
U/D clutch
U/D brake
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014O

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-492

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

[Vehicle speed and accelerator angle: 3rd gear position retainable condition. (Refer to AT-680,
"VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS" .)]
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-496, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT

Revision: September 2005

AT-493

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RDSIG

UCS0012H

BCWA0312E

Revision: September 2005

AT-494

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
A

BCWA0313E

Revision: September 2005

AT-495

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
25

G/R

L/Y

R/B

L/G

W/G

Shift solenoid
valve B

Shift solenoid
valve D

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

When shift solenoid valve D operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve D does not operate.

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve C

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

Shift solenoid
valve A

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LK

1. CHECK EACH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
“DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A” (Refer to AT-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B” (Refer to AT-524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C” (Refer to AT-529, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D” (Refer to AT-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●

2. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0745. Refer to AT-514, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-496

2005 Quest

DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1.
2.
3.

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassembly A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following item:
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
–
U/D clutch. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-492, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-497

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS0012J

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position as instructed by the
TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction
such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Shift solenoid valve
Gear position
4th

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0012K

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 4TH GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0734 without CONSULT-II is
detected when A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause
●

●

●
●
●
●
●
●

UCS002LS

Shift solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve B
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve C
(On stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
Forward and direct clutch assembly
U/D clutch
U/D brake
2nd coast brake
One-way clutch No.1
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014P

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

AT-498

BCIA0030E

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-501, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-499

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 4THSIG

UCS0012N

BCWA0345E

Revision: September 2005

AT-500

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

G/R

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve B

AT
35

L/Y

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

R/B

L/G

W/G

Shift solenoid
valve C

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve A

Diagnostic Procedure

H
UCS002LL

1. CHECK EACH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
●
“DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A” (Refer to AT-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B” (Refer to AT-524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C” (Refer to AT-529, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-501

2005 Quest

DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
3.

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassembly A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following item:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
U/D clutch. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-498, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-502

2005 Quest

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●

●

PFP:31940

A
UCS0012P

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fifth gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
AT
Shift solenoid valve
Gear position
5th

OFF (Open)

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0012Q

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 5TH GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0735 without CONSULT-II is
detected when A/T cannot be shifted to the 5th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.

●

●
●
●
●
●

UCS002LT

Shift solenoid valve B
(Off stick.)
Shift solenoid valve C
(On stick.)
Shift solenoid valve E
(On stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve A
(On stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve B
(On stick.)
Forward and direct clutch assembly
Direct clutch
2no coast brake
One-way clutch No.1
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014Q

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Revision: September 2005

Possible Cause
●

AT-503

2005 Quest

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

[Vehicle speed and accelerator angle: 5th gear position retainable condition. (Refer to AT-680,
"VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS" .)]
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-507, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-504

2005 Quest

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — 5THSIG

UCS0012T

BCWA0346E

Revision: September 2005

AT-505

2005 Quest

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

BCWA0347E

Revision: September 2005

AT-506

2005 Quest

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
21

G/B

G/R

Pressure control
solenoid valve B
ground

Data (Approx.)

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve B

D
35

L/Y

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

W/L

Pressure control
solenoid valve B

R/B

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve C

G
40

L/G

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

When shift solenoid valve E operates.
(When driving in reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve E does not operate.

H
47

BR/Y

Shift solenoid
valve E

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LM

1. CHECK EACH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
●
“DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B” (Refer to AT-524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C” (Refer to AT-529, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E” (Refer to AT-544, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK EACH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
●
“DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A” (Refer to AT-514, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B” (Refer to AT-549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-507

2005 Quest

DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
3.

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassembly A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following item:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
2nd brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-503, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-508

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Description
●

●

UCS000V2

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0744 without CONSULT-II is
detected when A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.

Possible Cause
●

●

●
●

A
UCS000V1

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This malfunction is detected when the torque converter clutch does not lock up as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter AT
clutch, etc.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●

PFP:31940

UCS000V3

Shift solenoid valve D
(Off stick.)
Pressure control solenoid valve C
(Off stick.)
Torque converter clutch
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000V4

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that ATF temperature is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP: More than 20°C (68°F)
If out of range, drive the vehicle to warm up the fluid.
Accelerate vehicle to more than 100 km/h (62 MPH) and maintain the following conditions for at least 12 consecutive seconds.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 5th position
SLIP REV: Less than 100 rpm
BCIA0030E
ACCELE ANGLE: More than 5 %
LOCK-UP: ON (Refer to AT-681, "VEHICLE SPEED WHEN
PERFORMING AND RELEASING COMPLETE LOCK-UP" .)
[Vehicle speed: Constant speed of more than 100 km/h (62 MPH).]
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-511, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-509

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG

UCS000V5

BCWA0348E

Revision: September 2005

AT-510

2005 Quest

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

O/B

Pressure control
solenoid valve C

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

Diagnostic Procedure

AT
UCS002LN

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D CIRCUIT

Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0765. Refer to AT-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT

Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0795. Refer to AT-558, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassembly A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following item:
–
Torque converter clutch. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.
3.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-509, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-511

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)
PFP:31940

Description
●

●

UCS000V7

The pressure control solenoid valve A is normally high, 3-port
linear pressure control solenoid.
The pressure control solenoid valve A regulates the oil pump
discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a
signal sent from the TCM.

SCIA2831E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS000V8

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “PC SOL A(L/PRESS)” with CONSULT-II or P0745 without CONSULT-II is
detected under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS000V9

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Pressure control solenoid valve A

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000VA

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Run engine for at least 13 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-514, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-512

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/A

UCS000VB

BCWA0349E

Revision: September 2005

AT-513

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

L/Y

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

L/G

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LU

1. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT-II
After warming up the engine and transaxle, turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “PC SOL A OUT” and “PC SOL A MON”.
Monitor item

●

PC SOL A OUT

●

PC SOL A MON

Display value
(Approx.)

Condition
When releasing accelerator pedal with setting selector lever to “P” position.

1.00 A

When depressing accelerator pedal fully setting selector lever to “P” position.

0.32 A

SCIA2907E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Start the engine.
Check pulse between TCM connector terminals 35 and 40.

Connector

Terminal (Wire
color)

Condition

Data
(Approx.)

E142

35 (L/Y) - 40 (L/G)

When engine is running with idle
speed and setting selector lever to
“P” position.

300 Hz

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2908E

2. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminals 35 and 40.

Connector

Terminal (Wire
color)

E142

35 (L/Y) - 40 (L/G)

Condition
Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

Resistance
(Approx.)
5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2909E

Revision: September 2005

AT-514

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F62

3-6

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2910E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
F

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve A harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

F72

1-2

Condition
Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

Resistance (Approx.)
5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

L
SCIA4326E

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and pressure control solenoid valve
A.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-512, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-515

2005 Quest

DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection

UCS002LV

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve A harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

F72

1-2

Condition
Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

Resistance (Approx.)
5.0 - 5.6 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

SCIA4326E

Revision: September 2005

AT-516

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Description

PFP:31940

A
UCS00131

Shift solenoid valves are installed directly in control valve body. The shift solenoid valves operates of ON
and OFF by the control signal from TCM. Combinations of 5 shift solenoid valves, A, B, C, D and E, shifts
gear positions.
The shift solenoid valve A is a normally open, ON-OFF type solenoid.

●

Gear position
Shift solenoid valve A

D 1 , L1

D2 , L 2

D 3 , L3

Reverse

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS00132

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SHIFT SOL A” with CONSULT-II or P0750 without CONSULT-II is detected
under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS00133

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Shift solenoid valve A

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS00134

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and allow the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 1st Þ 2nd position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-517

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A

UCS00135

BCWA0350E

Revision: September 2005

AT-518

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

W/G

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve A

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LW

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “SFT SOL A OUT” and
“SFT SOL A MON”.

F
Monitor item
●

SFT SOL A OUT

●

SFT SOL A MON

Condition

Indication

When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.

OFF

H
SCIA2874E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

46 (W/G) - Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Condition
When shift solenoid valve A
operates.
(When driving in 1st gear.)

Battery
voltage

When shift solenoid valve A
does not operate.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2875E

2. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal 46 and
ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

46 (W/G) - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2877E

Revision: September 2005

AT-519

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 2 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F30

2 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2878E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve A harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F67

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .
SCIA4334E

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Check the following.
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and shift solenoid valve A.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .
●

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer toAT-517, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-520

2005 Quest

DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE5F22A]

8. CHECK TCM

Component Inspection

UCS002LX

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve A harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F67

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

G
SCIA4334E

Revision: September 2005

AT-521

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Description

PFP:31940
UCS0013D

●

Gear position
Shift solenoid valve B

D1 , L 1

D 2 , L2

D3 , L 3

Reverse

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS0013E

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SHIFT SOL B” with CONSULT-II or P0755 without CONSULT-II is detected
under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS0013F

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Shift solenoid valve B

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014R

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and allow the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 1st Þ 2nd and 4th Þ 5th position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-522

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B

UCS0013H

BCWA0351E

Revision: September 2005

AT-523

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

G/R

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve B

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002LY

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “SFT SOL B OUT” and
“SFT SOL B MON”.
Monitor item

●

SFT SOL B OUT

●

SFT SOL B MON

Condition

Indication

When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.

OFF

SCIA2879E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Voltage
(Approx.)

25 (G/R) - Ground

When shift solenoid valve B
operates.
(When driving in 1st or 5th gear.)

Battery
voltage

When shift solenoid valve B does
not operate.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2880E

2. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal 25 and
ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

E142

25 (G/R) - Ground

Resistance
(Approx.)

Condition
Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2881E

Revision: September 2005

AT-524

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F62

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2882E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
F

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve B harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F68

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

L
SCIA4335E

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and shift solenoid valve B.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-522, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-525

2005 Quest

DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE5F22A]

Component Inspection

UCS002LZ

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve B harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F68

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

SCIA4335E

Revision: September 2005

AT-526

2005 Quest

DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
Description

PFP:31940

A
UCS0013J

●

Gear position
Shift solenoid valve C

D 1 , L1

D2 , L 2

D 3 , L3

Reverse

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS0013K

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SHIFT SOL C” with CONSULT-II or P0760 without CONSULT-II is detected
under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS0013L

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Shift solenoid valve C

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014S

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and allow the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 3rd Þ 4th position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-529, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-527

2005 Quest

DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/C

UCS0013N

BCWA0352E

Revision: September 2005

AT-528

2005 Quest

DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

R/B

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve C

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002M0

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “SFT SOL C OUT” and
“SFT SOL C MON”.

F
Monitor item

Condition

Indication

●

SFT SOL C OUT

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

●

SFT SOL C MON

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

OFF

H
SCIA2883E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

37 (R/B) - Ground

Condition
When shift solenoid valve C
operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd
or reverse gear.)
When shift solenoid valve C
does not operate.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

Voltage
(Approx.)

K
Battery
voltage

L
0V
SCIA2884E

AT-529

2005 Quest

DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal 37 and
ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

37 (R/B) - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2885E

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F62

4 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2886E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
Check the following.
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●

5. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F69

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .
SCIA4338E

Revision: September 2005

AT-530

2005 Quest

DTC P0760 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
[RE5F22A]

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and shift solenoid valve C.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire.

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-527, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Component Inspection

UCS002M1

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F69

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

L
SCIA4338E

Revision: September 2005

AT-531

2005 Quest

DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
Description

PFP:31940
UCS00141

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Shift solenoid valves are installed directly in control valve body. The shift solenoid valves operates of ON
and OFF by the control signal from TCM. Combinations of 5 shift solenoid valves, A, B, C, D and E, shifts
gear positions.
The shift solenoid valve C is a normally closed, ON-OFF type solenoid.

●

Gear position
Shift solenoid valve C

D1 , L 1

D 2 , L2

D 3 , L3

Reverse

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS00142

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SFT SOL C STUCK ON” with CONSULT-II or P0762 without CONSULT-II is
detected when condition of shift solenoid valve C is different from monitor value, and relation between
gear position and actual gear ratio is irregular.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS00143

Shift solenoid valve C
(On stick.)
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014V

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and allow the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 3rd Þ 4th position
ACCELE ANGLE: More than 10 %
If DTC is detected, go to AT-534, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-532

2005 Quest

DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/CS

UCS00145

BCWA0353E

Revision: September 2005

AT-533

2005 Quest

DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

R/B

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve C

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002M2

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “SFT SOL C OUT” and
“SFT SOL C MON”.
Monitor item

Condition

Indication

●

SFT SOL C OUT

When shift solenoid valve C operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd or reverse gear.)

●

SFT SOL C MON

When shift solenoid valve C does not operate.

OFF

SCIA2883E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

37 (R/B) - Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Condition
When shift solenoid valve C
operates.
(When driving in 1st, 2nd, 3rd
or reverse gear.)
When shift solenoid valve C
does not operate.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

Battery
voltage

0V
SCIA2884E

AT-534

2005 Quest

DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal 37 and
ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

37 (R/B) - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

SCIA2885E

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F62

4 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2886E

5. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C

1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F69

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .
SCIA4338E

Revision: September 2005

AT-535

2005 Quest

DTC P0762 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and shift solenoid valve C.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire.

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-532, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Component Inspection

UCS002M3

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F69

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

SCIA4338E

Revision: September 2005

AT-536

2005 Quest

DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
Description

PFP:31940

A
UCS0013P

●

Gear position
Shift solenoid valve D

D 1 , L1

D2 , L 2

D 3 , L3

Reverse

OFF (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Open)

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS0013Q

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SHIFT SOL D” with CONSULT-II or P0765 without CONSULT-II is detected
under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS0013R

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Shift solenoid valve D

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014T

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle and allow the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 2nd Þ 3rd position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-537

2005 Quest

DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/D

UCS0013T

BCWA0354E

Revision: September 2005

AT-538

2005 Quest

DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve D operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve D does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve D

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002M4

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “SFT SOL D OUT” and
“SFT SOL D MON”.

F
Monitor item

Condition

●

SFT SOL D OUT

●

SFT SOL D MON

Indication

When shift solenoid valve D operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear.)

When shift solenoid valve D does not operate.

OFF

H
SCIA2888E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Voltage
(Approx.)
Battery
voltage

26 (G) - Ground

When shift solenoid valve D
operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th
gear.)
When shift solenoid valve D
does not operate.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: September 2005

L
0V
SCIA2889E

AT-539

2005 Quest

DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
[RE5F22A]

2. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal 26 and
ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

26 (G) - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2890E

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F30

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2891E

5. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve D harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F70

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .
SCIA4339E

Revision: September 2005

AT-540

2005 Quest

DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
[RE5F22A]

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and shift solenoid valve D.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-537, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Component Inspection

UCS002M5

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve D harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F70

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

L
SCIA4339E

Revision: September 2005

AT-541

2005 Quest

DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
Description

PFP:31940
UCS00137

●

Gear position
Shift solenoid valve E

D 1 , L1

D 2 , L2

D3 , L 3

Reverse

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

NOTE:
The condition of shift solenoid valve E is ON (Open) with shifting D2 ⇔ D3 (L2 ⇔ L3 ) and D3 ⇔ D4 .

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS00138

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SHIFT SOL E” with CONSULT-II or P0770 without CONSULT-II is detected
under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS00139

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Shift solenoid valve E

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014U

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Move selector lever between “N” and “R”.
SLCT LVR POSI: “N” ⇔ “R” position
If DTC is detected, go to AT-544, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-542

2005 Quest

DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/E

UCS0013B

BCWA0355E

Revision: September 2005

AT-543

2005 Quest

DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

BR/Y

Data (Approx.)

When shift solenoid valve E operates.
(When driving in reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve E does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve E

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002M6

1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and read out the value of “SFT SOL E OUT” and
“SFT SOL E MON”.
Monitor item

●

SFT SOL E OUT

●

SFT SOL E MON

Condition

Indication

When shift solenoid valve E operates.
(When driving in reverse gear.)

When shift solenoid valve E does not operate.

OFF

SCIA2895E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
Connector

E142

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Voltage
(Approx.)

47 (BR/Y) - Ground

When shift solenoid valve E
operates.
(When driving in reverse gear.)

Battery
voltage

When shift solenoid valve E
does not operate.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2896E

2. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminal 47 and
ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

47 (BR/Y) - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2897E

Revision: September 2005

AT-544

2005 Quest

DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 5 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F30

5 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2898E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
F

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover"
Disconnect shift solenoid valve E harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F71

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

L
SCIA4340E

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and shift solenoid valve E.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-542, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-545

2005 Quest

DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
[RE5F22A]

Component Inspection

UCS002M7

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect shift solenoid valve E harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F71

1 - Ground

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

11 - 16 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

SCIA4340E

Revision: September 2005

AT-546

2005 Quest

DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE)
PFP:31940

Description
●

●

UCS0012V

The pressure control solenoid valve B is normally high, 3-port
linear pressure control solenoid.
The pressure control solenoid valve B controls linear shift pressure by control signal from TCM and controls 2nd coast brake
directly under 2nd, 3rd, 4th and direct clutch directly under 5th
and reverse.

SCIA2831E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS0012W

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “PC SOL B(SFT/PRS)” with CONSULT-II or P0775 without CONSULT-II is
detected under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Pressure control solenoid valve B

I
UCS0012Y

WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Run engine for at least 13 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

UCS0012X

DTC Confirmation Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

AT-547

2005 Quest

DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/B

UCS0012Z

BCWA0356E

Revision: September 2005

AT-548

2005 Quest

DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

G/B

Pressure control
solenoid valve B
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

W/L

Pressure control
solenoid valve B

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

Diagnostic Procedure

AT
UCS002M8

1. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Display value
(Approx.)

Condition

●

PC SOL B OUT

Selector lever: Manual shift gate position

1.00 A

●

PC SOL B MON

Other than the above.

0.30 A

SCIA2907E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Start the engine.
Check pulse between TCM connector terminals 21 and 36.

Connector

E142

Data
(Approx.)

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

36 (W/L) - 21 (G/B)
(Ground)

When engine is running with idle
speed and setting selector lever
to “P” position.

300 Hz

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2911E

2. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminals 21 and 36.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

36 (W/L) - 21 (G/B)
(Ground)

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2912E

Revision: September 2005

AT-549

2005 Quest

DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 7.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F30

3-7

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2913E

5. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve B harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

F73

1-2

Condition
Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

Resistance (Approx.)
5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .
SCIA4341E

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and pressure control solenoid valve
B.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-547, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-550

2005 Quest

DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SHIFT PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

8. CHECK TCM

Component Inspection

UCS002M9

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve B harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

F73

1-2

Condition
Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

Resistance (Approx.)
5.0 - 5.6 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

G
SCIA4341E

Revision: September 2005

AT-551

2005 Quest

DTC P0780 SHIFT
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0780 SHIFT
Description
●

●

PFP:31940
UCS0014D

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by
electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–

–
–

UCS0014E

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “SHIFT” with CONSULT-II or P0780 without CONSULT-II is detected under the
following conditions.
When no rotation change occurs between input (turbine revolution sensor) and output (revolution sensor)
and shifting time is long.
When shifting ends immediately.
When engine revs up unusually during shifting.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS0014F

Shift solenoid valve D
(Off error.)
Shift solenoid valve E
(Off error.)
Pressure control solenoid valve A
(On/Off error.)
Pressure control solenoid valve B
(On/Off error.)
Pressure control solenoid valve C
(On/Off error.)
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014W

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that ATF temperature is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP: More than 60°C (140°F)
If out of range, drive the vehicle to warm up the fluid.
Drive vehicle and allow the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: 1st Þ 2nd Þ 3rd Þ 4th Þ 5th position
(Vehicle speed: Refer to AT-680, "VEHICLE SPEED WHEN
SHIFTING GEARS" .)
If DTC is detected, go to AT-555, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-552

2005 Quest

DTC P0780 SHIFT
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SFTFNC

UCS0014H

BCWA0314E

Revision: September 2005

AT-553

2005 Quest

DTC P0780 SHIFT
[RE5F22A]

BCWA0315E

Revision: September 2005

AT-554

2005 Quest

DTC P0780 SHIFT
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
21

G/B

Pressure control
solenoid valve B
ground

Data (Approx.)

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

When shift solenoid valve D operates.
(When driving in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve D does not operate.

Shift solenoid
valve D

D
28

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
ground

L/Y

Pressure control
solenoid valve A

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

W/L

Pressure control
solenoid valve B

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

L/G

Pressure control
solenoid valve A
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

Pressure control
solenoid valve C

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

When shift solenoid valve E operates.
(When driving in reverse gear.)

Battery voltage

When shift solenoid valve E does not operate.

O/B

BR/Y

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

Shift solenoid
valve E

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS0014I

1. CHECK EACH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
●
“DTC P0765 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D” (Refer to AT-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E” (Refer to AT-544, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK EACH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for the following DTCs.
●
“DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A” (Refer to AT-514, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B” (Refer to AT-549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
●
“DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C” (Refer to AT-558, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-552, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace transmission wire or control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" or AT609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Revision: September 2005

AT-555

2005 Quest

DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT
PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT PRESSURE)
PFP:31940
Description

UCS000UU

●

The pressure control solenoid valve C is normally low, 3-port linear pressure control solenoid.
The pressure control solenoid valve C is activated to control the
apply and release of the 2nd brake and 1st and reverse brake,
and torque converter clutch.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1/8) in lockup condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If
there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
SCIA2833E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

–
–

UCS000UW

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “PC SOL C(TCC&SFT)” with CONSULT-II or P0795 without CONSULT-II is
detected under the following conditions.
When normal voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open, short, and so on.
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS000UX

Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Pressure control solenoid valve C

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS000UY

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-556

2005 Quest

DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT
PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/C

UCS000UZ

BCWA0357E

Revision: September 2005

AT-557

2005 Quest

DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT
PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

O/B

Pressure control
solenoid valve C

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS002MD

1. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT-II
After warming up the engine and transaxle, turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “PC SOL C OUT” and “PC SOL C MON”.
Monitor item

Display value
(Approx.)

Condition

●

PC SOL C OUT

Selector lever: Manual shift gate position

1.00 A

●

PC SOL C MON

Other than the above.

0.20 A

SCIA2907E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Start the engine.
Check pulse between TCM connector terminals 28 and 45.
Data
(Approx.)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

E142

45 (O/B) - 28 (W)
(Ground)

When engine is running with idle
speed and setting selector lever
to “P” position.

300 Hz

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2914E

2. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminals 28 and 45.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

45 (O/B) - 28 (W)
(Ground)

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2915E

Revision: September 2005

AT-558

2005 Quest

DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT
PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 2 and 5.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F62

2-5

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2916E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
F

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F74

1-2

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

L
SCIA4342E

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between terminal cord assembly and pressure control solenoid valve
C.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace transmission wire. Refer to AT-609, "Transmission wire" .

7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-556, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.

Revision: September 2005

AT-559

2005 Quest

DTC P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C (TCC AND SHIFT
PRESSURE)
[RE5F22A]

Component Inspection

UCS002MA

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F74

1-2

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

SCIA4342E

Revision: September 2005

AT-560

2005 Quest

DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
Description
●

●

UCS00148

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “PC SOL C STC ON” with CONSULT-II or P0797 without CONSULT-II is detected
when condition of pressure control solenoid valve C is different from monitor value, and relation between
gear position and actual gear ratio or lock-up status is irregular.

Possible Cause
●

●

A
UCS00147

This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
The pressure control solenoid valve C is normally low, 3-port linAT
ear pressure control solenoid.
The pressure control solenoid valve C is activated to control the
apply and release of the 2nd brake and 1st and reverse brake,
D
and torque converter clutch.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
E
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1/8) in lockup condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If
there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
SCIA2833E
F

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●

PFP:31940

UCS00149

Pressure control solenoid valve C
(On stick.)
Hydraulic control circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014A

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Run engine for at least 4 consecutive minutes at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-563, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.

Revision: September 2005

AT-561

2005 Quest

DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PC/CS

UCS0014B

BCWA0358E

Revision: September 2005

AT-562

2005 Quest

DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Data (Approx.)

Pressure control
solenoid valve C
ground

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

O/B

Pressure control
solenoid valve C

When engine is running with idle speed and setting selector lever to “P” position.

300Hz

Diagnostic Procedure

AT
UCS002MB

1. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Display value
(Approx.)

Condition

●

PC SOL C OUT

Selector lever: Manual shift gate position

1.00 A

●

PC SOL C MON

Other than the above.

0.20 A

SCIA2907E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Start the engine.
Check pulse between TCM connector terminals 28 and 45.

Connector

E142

Data
(Approx.)

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

45 (O/B) - 28 (W)
(Ground)

When engine is running with idle
speed and setting selector lever
to “P” position.

300 Hz

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA2914E

2. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM connector terminals 28 and 45.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Resistance
(Approx.)

E142

45 (O/B) - 28 (W)
(Ground)

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA2915E

Revision: September 2005

AT-563

2005 Quest

DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 2 and 5.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F62

2-5

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

SCIA2916E

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND

TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and terminal cord assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F74

1-2

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .
SCIA4342E

7. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: September 2005

AT-564

2005 Quest

DTC P0797 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON
[RE5F22A]

8. CHECK DTC

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer toAT-561, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .

Component Inspection

UCS002MC

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect pressure control solenoid valve C harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Resistance (Approx.)

F74

1-2

Temperature: 20°C (68°F)

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

If NG, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609,
"Control Valve Assembly" .

G
SCIA4342E

Revision: September 2005

AT-565

2005 Quest

DTC P0825 LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0825 LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT
Description

PFP:25130
UCS0010X

Lever switch is installed in A/T device. It sends lever switch position (ON or OFF) signals to TCM.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS0010Z

This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “GEAR LEVER SWITCH” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM monitors lever
switch signal, and judges as irregular when impossible input pattern occurs.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS00110

Harness or connectors
(Lever switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Lever switch (built into A/T device)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS00111

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position.
Wait for at least 30 consecutive seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-568, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-566

2005 Quest

DTC P0825 LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — LVRSW

UCS00112

BCWA0524E

Revision: September 2005

AT-567

2005 Quest

DTC P0825 LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminal and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color
16

Lever switch

Data (Approx.)

Lever switch: “ON” position

Lever switch: “OFF” position

Battery voltage

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS00113

1. CHECK LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “RANGE SLCT SW”.

SCIA3579E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between the TCM connector terminal and
ground.

Connector
No.

Terminal (Wire
color)

E143

16 (O) Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Condition
Lever switch: “ON” position

Lever switch: “OFF” position

Battery
voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

SCIA3580E

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T DEVICE (LEVER SWITCH)
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Check the continuity between TCM connector terminal 16 and
ground.

Connector
No.

Terminal (Wire
color)

E143

16 (O) Ground

Condition

Continuity

Lever switch: “ON” position

Yes

Lever switch: “OFF” position

4. If OK, check harness for short-circuit to ground or power source.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

Revision: September 2005

AT-568

SCIA3581E

2005 Quest

DTC P0825 LEVER SWITCH CIRCUIT
[RE5F22A]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and A/T device (lever switch).
●
Open or short-circuit in the harness for ground of lever switch.
●
Lever switch. Refer to AT-569, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-566, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM

1. Check TCM input/output signal.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection

H
UCS00114

LEVER SWITCH

Check continuity between A/T device (lever switch) harness connector M34 terminals 1 and 2.
Switch position

Continuity

Yes

OFF

L
SCIA3582E

Revision: September 2005

AT-569

2005 Quest

DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL
[RE5F22A]

DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL
Description

PFP:31036
UCS000VD

When the power supply to the TCM is cut “OFF”, for example because the battery is removed, and the selfdiagnostics memory function stops, malfunction is detected.

On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●

UCS000VE

This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “TCM POWER INPT SIG” with CONSULT-II or P0882 without CONSULT-II is
detected when voltage supplied to TCM is too low.

Possible Cause
●

●

UCS000VF

Harness or connectors
(Battery or ignition switch and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
A/T PV IGN relay

DTC Confirmation Procedure

UCS0014X

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Depress accelerator pedal or drive vehicle and maintain the following condition for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
TURBINE REV: More than 800 rpm
If DTC is detected, go to AT-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0030E

Revision: September 2005

AT-570

2005 Quest

DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — PWR/IN

UCS000VH

BCWA0317E

Revision: September 2005

AT-571

2005 Quest

DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL
[RE5F22A]
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Item
Condition
Terminal
color

Y/W

Y/R

Y/B

Data (Approx.)

When turning ignition switch ON.

0 - 1.5V

When turning ignition switch OFF.

A/T PV IGN relay

Ground

–

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch OFF.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

When turning ignition switch OFF.

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the
ignition switch.

When turning ignition switch ON.

Battery voltage

Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the
ignition switch.

Power supply
(Memory back-up)

Power supply

Power supply
(A/T PV IGN relay)

Ground

Revision: September 2005

–

AT-572

2005 Quest

DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL
[RE5F22A]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS000VI

1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals and ground.
Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Voltage (Approx.)

E143

1 (Y/W) - Ground

0 - 1.5V

27 (Y/R) - Ground
34 (P) - Ground

E142

Battery voltage

38 (Y/B) - Ground
39 (Y/B) - Ground

3.
4.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check voltage between TCM terminals and ground.
Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Voltage (Approx.)

E143

1 (Y/W) - Ground

27 (Y/R) - Ground

Battery voltage

34 (P) - Ground

38 (Y/B) - Ground

39 (Y/B) - Ground

E142

SCIA2930E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
●
Harness for short or open between battery and TCM terminal 27
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 1, 34, 38 and 39
●
10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B) or No. 48, located in the IPDM E/R]
●
Ignition switch. Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
●
A/T PV IGN relay. Refer to AT-574, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM terminals 14 (B), 48 (B) and
ground.
Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SCIA2933E

Revision: September 2005

AT-573

2005 Quest

DTC P0882 TCM POWER INPUT SIGNAL
[RE5F22A]

4. CHECK DTC
Check again. Refer to AT-570, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.

Component Inspection

UCS000VJ

A/T PV IGN RELAY
1.
2.

Apply 12V direct current between A/T PV IGN relay terminals 1
and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition

Continuity

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

Yes

OFF

If NG, replace A/T PV IGN relay.
SCIA1245E

Revision: September 2005

AT-574

2005 Quest

DTC P1726 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

DTC P1726 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM
Description

PFP:23710

A
UCS000VZ

This DTC is displayed with other DTCs regarding ECM. Perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTCs displayed. Refer to EC-100, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
When this DTC is detected, lock-up operation and learning control are canceled.

Revision: September 2005

AT-575

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On

PFP:00007
UCS002LO

SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to “ON”.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check the CAN communication line. Refer to AT-450, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" .
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground.
Refer to AT-571, "Wiring Diagram — AT — PWR/IN" .
Connector
E143

Terminal (Wire color)

Voltage (Approx.)

1 (Y/W) - Ground

0 - 1.5V

27 (Y/R) - Ground
34 (P) - Ground

E142

Battery voltage

38 (Y/B) - Ground
39 (Y/B) - Ground

3.
4.

SCIA2930E

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. Refer to AT-571, "Wiring Diagram — AT —
PWR/IN" .
Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Voltage (Approx.)

E143

1 (Y/W) - Ground

27 (Y/R) - Ground

Battery voltage

34 (P) - Ground

38 (Y/B) - Ground

39 (Y/B) - Ground

E142

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following:
●
Harness for short or open between battery and TCM terminal 27
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 1, 34, 38 and 39
●
10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B) or No. 48, located in the IPDM E/R]
●
Ignition switch. Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
●
A/T PV IGN relay. Refer to AT-574, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-576

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM terminals 14 (B), 48 (B) and
ground. Refer to AT-571, "Wiring Diagram — AT — PWR/IN" .

Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short-circuit to ground or the power
source.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

SCIA2933E

5. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.

6. SYMPTOM CHECK
I

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK TCM
K

1. Check TCM input/output signal.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-577

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position

UCS002K6

SYMPTOM:
●
●

Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “L” or “R” position.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
●
Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-457, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO
>> INSPECTION END

In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed

UCS002K7

SYMPTOM:
Even though the selector lever is set in the “P” position, the parking mechanism is not actuated,
allowing the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-457, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
●
Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .

3. SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: September 2005

AT-578

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves

UCS002K8

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-457, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check the control cable.
●
Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .

4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

5. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signal. Refer to AT-438, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-579

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position)

UCS002K9

SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when the selector lever is shifted from the “N” to “D” position.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Accumulator. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-580

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position

UCS002KA

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not creep in the “R” position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE AND PNP SWITCH POSITION
Check the control cable and PNP switch position.
●
Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable and PNP switch position. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" or AT606, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" .

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
1st and reverse brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
–
Torque convertor. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.
3.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-581

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” or “L” Position

UCS002KB

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” or “L” position.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate pressure control solenoid valve A?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-512, "DTC P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE)" .
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
One-way clutch No.2. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
–
Torque convertor. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: September 2005

AT-582

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1

UCS002KC

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on cruise test - Part 1.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in “R” position.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refer to AT-581, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
E

Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
G

Check the line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-423, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to AT-424, "Judgement of line pressure test" .

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
One-way clutch No.2. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK TCM
M

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2

UCS002KD

SYMPTOM:

The vehicle does not shift-up from the D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed.
Revision: September 2005

AT-583

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” or “L” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refer to AT-582, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” or “L” Position" , AT-583, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.2. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
2nd brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3

UCS002KE

SYMPTOM:

The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed.
Revision: September 2005

AT-584

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A

1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” or “L” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refer to AT-582, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” or “L” Position" ,AT-583, "Vehicle CanAT
not Be Started From D1" .

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
D

Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK TCM
L

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4

UCS002KF

SYMPTOM:
●
●

The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear unless A/T is warmed up.

Revision: September 2005

AT-585

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
U/D clutch. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5

UCS002KG

SYMPTOM:
●
●

The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed.
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.

Revision: September 2005

AT-586

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A

1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
D

Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up

UCS002KH

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.

Revision: September 2005

AT-587

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check the stop lamp switch circuit. Refer to BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (with TCS/ABS) or BRC-55,
"TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (with VDC/TCS/ABS).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition

UCS002KI

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds.

Revision: September 2005

AT-588

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK TCM

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Lock-up Is Not Released

UCS002KJ

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing the accelerator pedal.

Revision: September 2005

AT-589

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear, When Lever Switch “OFF” → “ON”

UCS002KL

SYMPTOM:

A/T does not shift from D5 to D4 , when pushed lever switch to “ON” position. (O/D OFF indicator lamp
“ON” and A/T indicator “4”.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-590

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
Forward and direct clutch assembly. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

4. CHECK TCM

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
M

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear, When Selector Lever “D” → “L” Position

UCS002KM

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D4 to L3 , when changed selector lever from “D” to “L” position. (A/T indicator
“3”.)

Revision: September 2005

AT-591

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
U/D clutch. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-592

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear, When Lever Switch “OFF” → “ON”
UCS002KN

SYMPTOM:

A/T does not shift from L3 to L2 , when pushed lever switch to “ON” position. (A/T indicator “2”.)
B

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
AT

Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
E

Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

5. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-593

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear, When Release Accelerator Pedal

UCS002KO

SYMPTOM:

A/T does not shift from L2 to L1 , when releasing accelerator pedal.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
2nd brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" .
–
One-way clutch No.1. Refer to AT-644, "One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake
Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
One-way clutch No.2. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-594

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake

UCS002KP

SYMPTOM:
No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 2nd to 1st gear in “L” position.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-421, "A/T FLUID CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate shift solenoid valve E, electric throttle control system?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-542, "DTC P0770 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E" ,
AT-575, "DTC P1726 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM" .
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-609, "Control Valve Assembly" .
Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Check the following items:
–
2nd coast brake. Refer to AT-638, "Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake" , AT-644, "One-Way Clutch
Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way Clutch No.1" .
–
U/D brake. Refer to AT-619, "DISASSEMBLY" .
–
B5 brake. Refer to AT-646, "Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: September 2005

AT-595

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate

UCS002KQ

SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is
good.

DESCRIPTION
●

●

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
The park/neutral (PNP) switch assembly includes a transmission range switch. The transmission range
switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
Stop lamp switch signal
Detects the brake pedal state (stop lamp switch is ON or OFF) and sends a signal via CAN communication line to the TCM.
Closed throttle position signal
ECM judges throttle opening based on a signal from accelerator pedal position sensor, and sends the signal via CAN communication line to TCM.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. CHECK PARK/ NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer to AT-457, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis for ECM. Refer to EC-52, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DATA MONITOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “A/T” with “DATA MONITOR” mode in CONSULT-II.
Depress or release accelerator pedal and read out ON/OFF signaling action of the “CLSD THL POS”.
4. Depress or release brake pedal and read out ON/OFF signaling
action of the “BRAKE SW”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.
3.

SCIA2946E

Revision: September 2005

AT-596

2005 Quest

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE5F22A]

5. CHECK TCM

6. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Check the CAN communication line. Refer to AT-450, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace the TCM.

Revision: September 2005

AT-597

2005 Quest

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Removal and Installation

PFP:34901
UCS0024H

CONTROL DEVICE

BCIA0021E

SELECTOR KNOB
REMOVAL
1.
2.

Slide the selector knob cover downwards with fingers to reveal
the selector knob latch.
Gently pry the selector knob latch outward to release then lift the
selector knob up to remove.

WCIA0235E

INSTALLATION
Set the selector knob in place on the selector lever and push downward until the selector knob latch engages.

Revision: September 2005

AT-598

2005 Quest

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Control Cable

UCS0024I

BCIA0023E

Revision: September 2005

AT-599

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
●

●

PFP:34950
UCS001ED

The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”.
The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.

Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location

UCS001EE

BCIA0017E

Revision: September 2005

AT-600

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT

UCS001EF

BCWA0221E

Revision: September 2005

AT-601

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

Diagnostic Procedure

UCS001EG

SYMPTOM 1:
●
Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
●
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position.
●
Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P”.

1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check the key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-604, "KEY INTERLOCK CABLE" .

2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
Check the selector lever position for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .

3. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.

Connect A/T device harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Selector lever is set in “P” position.
Check operation sound.
Condition

When ignition switch is turned
to “ON” position and selector
lever is set in “P” position.

Brake pedal

Operation sound

Depressed

Yes

Released

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK POWER SOURCE
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check the voltage between A/T device harness connector M34
terminal 5 (R) and ground.
Condition

Brake pedal

Data (Approx.)

When ignition switch is turned to
“ON” position.

Depressed

Battery voltage

Released

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SCIA3437E

Revision: September 2005

AT-602

2005 Quest

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE5F22A]

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector
E38 terminals 3 and 4.
Condition

Continuity

When brake pedal is depressed

Yes

When brake pedal is released

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to
BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

SCIA2126E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
●
10A fuse [No.1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and stop lamp switch harness connector E38 terminal 3
(R/W)
●
Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector E38 terminal 4 (L) and diode-4
harness connector E149 terminal 2 (L).
●
Harness for short or open between diode-4 harness connector E149 terminal 1 (R) and A/T device harness connector M34 terminal 5 (R).
●
Diode-4
●
Ignition switch (Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
Check continuity between A/T device harness connector M34
terminal 6 (B) and ground.

Continuity should exist.
4. Connect A/T device harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SCIA3438E

Revision: September 2005

AT-603

2005 Quest

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE5F22A]

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components

PFP:34908
UCS001EN

WCIA0231E

Removal
1.
2.

UCS001EO

Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder.
Remove casing cap from bracket of control device and remove
interlock rod from cable.

WCIA0232E

Revision: September 2005

AT-604

2005 Quest

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE5F22A]
3.

Remove holder from key cylinder and remove key interlock
cable.

AT
WCIA0233E

Installation
1.
2.
3.

UCS001EP

Set key interlock cable to key cylinder and install holder.
Turn ignition key to lock position.
Set selector lever to P position.

G
WCIA0233E

4.
5.
6.

Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
Install casing cap to bracket.
Move slider in order to fix adjuster holder to interlock rod.

K
WCIA0234E

Revision: September 2005

AT-605

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE5F22A]

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revolution Sensor Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.

PFP:00000
UCS002KR

Remove intake air duct.
Disconnect electrical connector.
Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
Reinstall any part removed.
● Do not reuse seal bolt.

BBIA0272E

Turbine Revolution Sensor Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.

UCS002KS

Remove battery and bracket.
Disconnect electrical connector.
Remove bolt, and turbine revolution sensor from A/T.
Reinstall any part removed.
● Do not reuse seal bolt.

BBIA0273E

Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

UCS002KT

Remove battery and bracket.
Remove cable from range lever.
Set range lever in neutral position.
Remove range lever and install alignment tool (J-45404).
Loosen park/neutral position (PNP) switch fixing bolts.
Adjust park/neutral position (PNP) switch so that alignment tool
(J-45404) pointer aligns with neutral base line on park/neutral
position (PNP) switch body.

SCIA5374E

7.
8.
9.

Tighten park/neutral position (PNP) switch fixing bolts.
Reinstall range lever and cable.
Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-608, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
10. Reinstall battery and bracket.
11. Check continuity of park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to
AT-462, "Component Inspection" .

BBIA0274E

Revision: September 2005

AT-606

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE5F22A]

ATF Cooler

UCS002KU

REMOVAL

1.
2.
3.
4.

Drain ATF.
Drain engine coolant, refer to MA-14, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
Remove hose clamps and hoses from ATF cooler.
Remove bolt from ATF cooler and remove ATF cooler.

INSTALLATION

Installation is the reverse order of removal.
●
Do not reuse sealing parts.
D

F
BBIA0275E

ATF Cooler Valve

UCS002KV

Refer to the figure for ATF cooler valve and hoses removal and installation information.

SCIA2975E

ATF cooler valve assembly

Hose clamp

Heater hose

Heater pipe

Outlet water hose

Hose clip

ATF cooler assembly

Transaxle assembly

Control cable bracket

10. Inlet water hose

Revision: September 2005

AT-607

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE5F22A]
COMPONENT INSPECTION
1.

Make sure that ATF cooler valve is fully opened at room temperature.
Dimension “A”:
More than 72.0 mm (2.835 in)
A: Distance between ATF cooler valve port end face
and valve shaft end face.

SCIA2711J

Submerge ATF cooler valve in a water-filled container, and then
heat it up with temperature of over 82°C (180°F) for 10 minutes
more.

SCIA2993E

Make sure that ATF cooler valve is fully closed.
Dimension “A”:
Less than 66.5 mm (2.618 in)
A: Distance between ATF cooler valve port end face
and valve shaft end face.

SCIA2711J

Control Cable Adjustment

UCS002KW

Move selector lever from the P position to the D position. You should
be able to feel the detent in each position. If the detent cannot be felt
or the pointer indicating the position is improperly aligned, the control
cable needs adjustment.
1. Place selector lever in the P position.
CAUTION:
Turn wheels more than 1/4 turn and apply the parking brake.
2. Loosen control cable lock nut.
3. Using the specified force, push control cable in the direction of
the arrow shown in the illustration.
Specified force
4.
5.

BBIA0279E

: 9.8 N (1.0 kg, 2.2 lb)

Tighten control cable lock nut.
Move selector lever from P to D position. Make sure that selector lever moves smoothly.
● Make sure that the starter operates when the selector lever is placed in the N or P position.
● Make sure that the transmission is locked properly when the selector lever is placed in the P
position.

Revision: September 2005

AT-608

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE5F22A]

Side cover

UCS002KX

REMOVAL

1.
2.
3.

Remove engine under cover.
Drain ATF. Refer to MA-23, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
Remove side cover bolts and side cover.

E
SCIA4144E

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .

Control Valve Assembly

F
UCS002KY

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .
Disconnect solenoid valve connectors.
Disconnect control valve assembly bolts and remove control
valve assembly.

SCIA4151E

INSTALLATION
L

Installation is the reverse order of removal.
●
Install bolts in sequence as shown. Refer to AT-612, "Components" for specified torque.

M
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

55 (2.17)

50 (1.97)

16 (0.63)

SCIA4152E

Transmission wire

UCS002KZ

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove PNP switch. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
Remove side cover. Refer to AT-609, "Side cover" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-609

2005 Quest

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE5F22A]
3.
4.

Disconnect solenoid valve connectors.
Remove transmission wire.

WCIA0238E

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Revision: September 2005

AT-610

2005 Quest

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE5F22A]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal

PFP:00000

A
UCS0015P

Remove the engine and transaxle assembly from the vehicle. Refer to EM-134, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
B

Inspection After Removal
●

UCS001E1

Drive plate runout
CAUTION:
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring
gear teeth.

Maximum allowable runout:
Refer to EM-167, "DRIVE PLATE" .
●

If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate and ring
gear.

E
SAT977H

●

When connecting torque converter to transaxle, measure distance “A” to be certain that they are correctly assembled.
Distance “A”

: 14 mm (0.55 in) or more

I
SAT044A

Installation
●
●

●

UCS0015Q

Install in the reverse order of removal.
When replacing the A/T assembly, initialize TCM. Refer to AT-376, "Precautions for A/T Assembly or TCM
Replacement" .
Perform road test. Refer to AT-424, "ROAD TEST" .

Revision: September 2005

AT-611

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]

OVERHAUL
Components

PFP:00000
UCS002L0

SCIA5433E

Revision: September 2005

AT-612

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]
1.

Adjust shim

O-ring

Differential gear assembly

O-ring

Tapered roller bearing

Outer race

Compression spring

O-ring

10. U/D brake piston assembly

11.

U/D brake damper assembly

12. Snap ring

13. U/D brake band assembly

14.

U/D clutch assembly

15. U/D gear assembly

16. Thrust needle roller bearing

17.

Thrust bearing race

18. Seal ring

19. Transaxle case

20.

B5 brake cushion plate

21. B5 brake disc

22. Snap ring

23.

Thrust bearing race

24. U/D RR planetary ring gear
sub assembly

25. Thrust bearing race

26.

U/D RR planetary carrier assembly

27. Thrust needle roller bearing

28. Adjust shim

29.

B5 brake flange

30. B5 brake plate
33. Return spring

31. O-ring

32.

Snap ring

34. B5 brake piston

35.

Transaxle case cover

Revision: September 2005

AT-613

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]

SCIA5434E

Snap ring

2nd brake plate

Return spring

O-ring

Oil pump assembly

Oil seal

2nd brake piston

2nd brake sleeve

Snap ring

Revision: September 2005

AT-614

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]
10. 2nd brake disc

11.

13. 2nd coast brake hub

14. Snap ring

2nd brake flange

12. One-way clutch No.1

15. 2nd coast brake plate

16. Snap ring

17. O-ring

18. 2nd coast brake piston

19. Return spring

20. 2nd coast brake disc

21. 2nd coast brake flange

22. Thrust washer

23. Thrust washer

24. Return spring

25. 1st and reverse brake piston

26. Thrust bearing race

27. Counter drive gear sub assembly

28. One-way clutch outer race sub assem- 29. Thrust washer
bly

30. Snap ring

31. Thrust bearing

32. O-ring

33. Snap ring

34. Planetary gear assembly

35. FR planetary ring gear assembly

36. Snap ring

37. 1st and reverse brake disc

38. 1st and reverse brake flange

39. 1st and reverse brake plate

40. 1st and reverse brake flange

41. One-way clutch No.2

42. Thrust bearing

43. Thrust bearing race

44. Thrust needle roller bearing

45. Seal ring

46. Forward and direct clutch assembly

47. Planetary sun gear sub assembly 48. Thrust bearing race

49. Thrust needle roller bearing

50. RR planetary ring gear assembly

51. Thrust needle roller bearing

52. Thrust bearing race

Revision: September 2005

AT-615

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]

SCIA5435E

Transaxle case cover

Seal ring

Forward clutch accumulator piston

Compression spring

Accumulator cover

O-ring

Seal ring

Range lever

Washer plate

Revision: September 2005

AT-616

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]
10. PNP switch

11. Lock washer

12. Parking lock pawl

13. Torsion spring No.1

14. Parking lock pawl shaft

15. Spring guide sleeve

16. Torsion spring No.2

17. Parking lockpin sub assembly

18. U/D brake apply tube sub assembly

19. Tube clamp

20. Oil reservoir plate

21. Oil cleaner magnet

22. Tube clamp

23. Differential gear lube apply tube

24. Seal ring

25. Thrust roller bearing

26. Straight screw plug

27. O-ring

28. Straight screw plug

29. Differential side oil seal

30. Torque converter

31. Transaxle housing

32. O-ring

33. O-ring

34. Spring washer

35. Hexagon bolt

36. Washer

37. ATF cooler assembly

38. gasket

39. Drain plug

40. Air breather hose

41. O-ring

42. A/T fluid charging pipe

43. A/T fluid level gauge

44. Manual valve lever sub assembly

45. Parking lock rod sub assembly

46. Control valve assembly

47. Suction cover gasket

48. Suction cover

49. Side cover

50. Seal bolt

51. Governor apply gasket

52. Sensor clamp

53. Transmission wire

54. Transaxle lube apply tube

55. Tube clamp

56. Tube clamp

57. U/D clutch apply tube sub assembly

58. Bearing race

59. Seal ring

60. Seal bolt

61. Turbine revolution sensor

62. Differential side oil seal

63. Manual valve oil seal

64. O-ring

65. Anchor bolt

66. Revolution sensor

67. Seal bolt

68. Governor apply gasket

69. Transaxle case

70. Oil reservoir plate

71. Oil strainer sub assembly

72. Manual detent spring sub assembly

73. Parking lock pawl bracket

74. Governor apply gasket

75. Copper washer

76. Fluid cooler tube

Revision: September 2005

AT-617

2005 Quest

OVERHAUL
[RE5F22A]

Locations of Needle Bearings, Bearing Races and Thrust Washers

UCS002L1

SCIA5436E

Revision: September 2005

AT-618

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

DISASSEMBLY
Disassembly
1.
2.

PFP:31020

A
UCS002L2

Drain ATF through drain plug.
Remove torque converter by transaxle case it firmly and turning
while pulling straight out.

SCIA4134E

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Remove A/T fluid level gauge.
Remove A/T fluid charging pipe.
Remove O-ring from A/T fluid charging pipe.
Remove air breather hose.
Remove fluid cooler tube.

H
SCIA4135E

Remove turbine revolution sensor.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the turbine revolution sensor and
transaxle case.

L
SCIA4137E

Remove revolution sensor.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the revolution sensor and transaxle case.

SCIA4136E

Revision: September 2005

AT-619

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
10. Remove nut and range lever.

SCIA4138E

11. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, pry off the lock washer.

SCIA4139E

12. Loosen nut and remove lock washer.
13. Remove washer plate.

SCIA4140E

14. Remove PNP switch from transaxle case.
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

20 (0.79)

33 (1.30)

SCIA4141E

Revision: September 2005

AT-620

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
15. Remove hexagon bolt.
16. Remove ATF cooler assembly, washer and spring washer.
17. Remove O-rings from the ATF cooler assembly.

AT
SCIA4142E

18. Remove side cover.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage side cover and transaxle case.

G
SCIA4143E

SCIA4144E

19. Disconnect solenoid connectors.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA4146E

Revision: September 2005

AT-621

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
20. Remove sensor clamp tightening bolt.

SCIA4148E

21. Remove sensor clamp and A/T fluid temperature sensor.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage A/T fluid temperature sensor.

SCIA4147E

22. Remove suction cover tightening bolts.

SCIA4150E

23. Remove suction cover and suction cover gasket.

SCIA4149E

24. Remove control valve assembly tightening bolts from transaxle
case.
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

55 (2.17)

50 (1.97)

16 (0.63)

SCIA4152E

Revision: September 2005

AT-622

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
25. While holding control valve assembly, disconnect parking lock
rod sub assembly from manual valve lever sub assembly and
remove control valve assembly.
NOTE:
Shift position is “N”.

SCIA4153E

26. Remove governor apply gaskets.
E

G
SCIA4154E

27. Remove transmission wire.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage solenoid connectors and A/T fluid
temperature sensor.

K
SCIA4155E

28. Remove oil pump assembly tightening bolts from transaxle
case.

SCIA4156E

Revision: September 2005

AT-623

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

SCIA4157E

29. Remove oil pump assembly.

SCIA5359E

30. Remove oil seal from oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch oil pump assembly.

SCIA4396E

31. Remove one-way clutch outer race sub assembly.
32. Remove thrust washer.

SCIA4159E

33. Remove transaxle housing bolts from transaxle case.

SCIA4160E

Revision: September 2005

AT-624

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
A
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

30 (1.18)

35 (1.38)

45 (1.77)

—

*:Torx bolt
SCIA5495E

34. Remove transaxle housing using a soft hammer.
E

G
SCIA4162E

35. Remove governor apply gasket.
36. Remove seal ring.

K
SCIA4163E

37. Remove tube clamp.

SCIA4164E

Revision: September 2005

AT-625

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
38. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove differential gear
lube apply tube.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to bend or damage differential gear lube
apply tube.
● Be careful not to damage transaxle housing.

SCIA4165E

39. Remove oil reservoir plate.

SCIA4166E

40. Remove oil cleaner magnets from oil reservoir plate.

SCIA4167E

41. Remove differential gear assembly.

SCIA4168E

42. Remove oil strainer sub assembly.

SCIA4169E

Revision: September 2005

AT-626

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
43. Remove oil reservoir plate.
A

SCIA4170E

44. Remove tube clamp.
E

G
SCIA4171E

45. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove U/D brake apply
tube sub assembly.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to bend or damage U/D brake apply tube
sub assembly.
● Be careful not to damage transaxle case.

SCIA4172E

46. Disconnect manual detent spring sub assembly from manual
valve lever sub assembly.

SCIA4174E

47. Remove manual valve lever sub assembly from parking lock rod
sub assembly.

SCIA4175E

Revision: September 2005

AT-627

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
48. Remove parking lock rod sub assembly.

SCIA4176E

49. Remove tightening bolts for manual detent spring sub assembly.
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

16.7 (0.657)

14.0 (0.551)

SCIA4177E

50. Remove manual detent spring sub assembly.

SCIA4178E

51. Remove parking lock pawl shaft and torsion spring No.1.

SCIA4179E

52. Remove parking lock pawl bracket and parking lock pawl.

WCIA0420E

Revision: September 2005

AT-628

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
53. Remove parking lockpin sub assembly.
A

SCIA4181E

54. Remove spring guide sleeve and torsion spring No.2.
E

G
SCIA4182E

55. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove manual valve oil
seal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage transaxle case.

SCIA4183E

56. Remove thrust needle roller bearing and thrust bearing race
from U/D gear assembly.

WCIA0338E

57. Remove U/D gear assembly.
58. Remove seal rings from U/D gear assembly.

SCIA4185E

Revision: September 2005

AT-629

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
59. Remove U/D clutch assembly.

SCIA4186E

60. Remove anchor bolt.

SCIA4193E

61. Remove U/D brake band assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage transaxle case.

SCIA4187E

62. Remove U/D RR planetary carrier assembly and thrust bearing
races.
63. Remove U/D RR planetary ring gear sub assembly.

SCIA5505E

64. Remove thrust needle roller bearing, adjust shim and thrust
bearing race from U/D RR planetary ring gear sub assembly.

WCIA0339E

Revision: September 2005

AT-630

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
65. Using a snap ring pliers and remove snap ring.
A

SCIA4190E

66. Remove U/D brake damper assembly.
67. Remove O-rings from U/D brake damper assembly.
E

G
SCIA4191E

68. Remove U/D brake piston assembly and compression spring.
69. Remove O-ring from U/D brake piston assembly.

SCIA4192E

70. Remove transaxle case cover bolts from transaxle case.
L

SCIA4194E

Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

30 (1.18)

45 (1.77)

48 (1.89)

—

*:Stud bolt
SCIA5413E

Revision: September 2005

AT-631

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
71. Tap transaxle case cover using a soft hammer.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage transaxle case cover.

SCIA4196E

72. Remove transaxle case cover.

SCIA4197E

73. Remove governor apply gaskets from transaxle case.

SCIA4198E

74. Remove tube clamp.

SCIA4199E

75. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove transaxle lube apply
tube.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to bend or damage transaxle lube apply
tube.
● Be careful not to damage transaxle case.

SCIA4200E

Revision: September 2005

AT-632

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
76. Remove forward and direct clutch assembly.
77. Remove thrust bearing race, thrust needle roller bearing and
seal ring from forward and direct clutch assembly.

SCIA5421E

78. Remove planetary sun gear sub assembly and thrust needle
roller bearings.
E

G
SCIA5499E

79. Using a bore gauge, measure the inner diameter of planetary
sun gear sub assembly bushing.
CAUTION:
Measure at different places and take an average. If it is
greater than the maximum, replace it with a new planetary
sun gear sub assembly.
Standard
Allowable limit

:22.200 - 22.226mm (0.8740 - 0.8750in)
:22.276 (0.8770in)

SCIA4255E

SCIA4256E

80. Remove RR planetary ring gear assembly.
81. Remove thrust needle roller bearing and thrust bearing race
from RR planetary ring gear assembly.

SCIA4203E

Revision: September 2005

AT-633

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
82. Remove planetary gear assembly.
83. Remove thrust bearing race from planetary gear assembly.

SCIA4204E

84. Using a bore gauge, measure the inner diameter of planetary
gear assembly bushing.
CAUTION:
Measure at different places and take an average. If it is
greater than the maximum, replace it with a new planetary
gear assembly.
Standard
Allowable limit

:30.056 - 30.082mm (1.1833 - 1.1843in)
:30.132 (1.1863in)
SCIA4254E

85. Remove thrust bearing.

SCIA4205E

86. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove snap ring.

SCIA4206E

87. Remove 1st and reverse brake flanges, 1st and reverse brake
discs and 1st and reverse brake plates.
● INSPECTION
– Check that the sliding surface of discs are not worn and burnt.
If necessary, replace them.
CAUTION:
Replace new discs by soaking them at least 2 hours in A/T
fluid.
SCIA4207E

Revision: September 2005

AT-634

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
88. Remove FR planetary ring gear assembly with one-way clutch
No.2.

SCIA4208E

89. Make sure that the FR planetary ring gear assembly turns freely
counterclockwise and locks clockwise.
E

G
SCIA4414E

90. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove snap ring.

SCIA4209E

91. Remove return spring.
L

SCIA4210E

92. While pushing the piston by hand, apply compressed air (4Kg/
cm2 ) into the oil passage of transaxle case as shown in the figure and remove 1st and reverse brake piston.

SCIA4211E

Revision: September 2005

AT-635

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
93. Remove O-rings from 1st and reverse brake piston.

SCIA4212E

94. Remove thrust bearing and thrust bearing race from counter
drive gear sub assembly.

SCIA4213E

95. Using a snap ring pliers and remove snap ring.

SCIA4214E

96. Remove counter drive gear sub assembly.

SCIA4215E

97. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver remove differential side oil seal
from transaxle case and transaxle housing.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transaxle case and transaxle
housing.

SCIA4216E

Revision: September 2005

AT-636

2005 Quest

DISASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
A

AT
SCIA4217E

98. Remove outer race and adjust shim from transaxle case.

G
SCIA5360E

99. Remove thrust roller bearing from transaxle housing.
H

J
SCIA5361E

Revision: September 2005

AT-637

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump, 2nd Coast Brake & 2nd Brake

PFP:00000
UCS002L3

COMPONENTS

SCIA4384E

Return spring

Snap ring

O-ring

Oil seal

Oil pump assembly

2nd brake piston

2nd brake sleeve

O-ring

2nd brake flange

10. 2nd brake plate

11. 2nd brake disc

12. Snap ring

13. 2nd coast brake piston

14. Return spring

15. Thrust washer

16. 2nd coast brake flange

17. 2nd coast brake plate

18. Snap ring

19. 2nd coast brake disc

20. Snap ring

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove oil seal from oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch oil pump assembly.

SCIA4396E

Revision: September 2005

AT-638

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
2.

Remove thrust washer from oil pump assembly.
A

AT
SCIA4218E

Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove snap ring.
E

G
SCIA4219E

Remove 2nd coast brake flange, 2nd coast brake discs and 2nd
coast brake plates.

SCIA4220E

5.
6.

Place clutch spring compressor on return spring, and compress
return spring with a press.
Using a snap ring pliers and remove snap ring.

SCIA5362E

Remove return spring.

SCIA4222E

Revision: September 2005

AT-639

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
8.

While pushing the 2nd coast brake piston by hand, apply compressed air (4kg/cm2 ) into the oil passage as shown in the figure and remove 2nd coast brake piston.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the O-ring and 2nd coast brake
piston.
Remove O-rings from 2nd coast brake piston.

SCIA4223E

10. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove snap ring.

SCIA4224E

11. Remove 2nd brake flange, 2nd brake discs and 2nd brake
plates.

SCIA4225E

12. Remove return spring.

SCIA4226E

13. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and remove snap ring.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage oil pump assembly and 2nd brake
piston.

SCIA4227E

Revision: September 2005

AT-640

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
14. While pushing the 2nd brake piston by hand, apply compressed
air (4kg/cm2 ) into the oil passage as shown in the figure and
remove 2nd brake piston (With 2nd brake sleeve).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage 2nd brake piston and 2nd brake
sleeve.
15. Remove O-rings from 2nd brake piston and 2nd brake sleeve.

SCIA4228E

INSPECTION
●

Check that the sliding surface of discs and plates is not worn or burnt. If the discs or plates is worn or
burnt, replace it
CAUTION:
Replace new clutch discs by soaking them at least 2 hours in ATF.

ASSEMBLY
1.

2.
3.

Install O-rings in 2nd brake sleeve and 2nd brake piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
Coat the inner surfaces of oil pump assembly with ATF.
Press 2nd brake piston and 2nd brake sleeve into oil pump
assembly.

I
SCIA4229E

Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage oil pump assembly.

M
SCIA4227E

Place return spring on 2nd brake piston with the spring side up.

SCIA4226E

Revision: September 2005

AT-641

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
6.

Install 2nd brake flange, 2nd brake discs and 2nd brake plates.

SCIA4225E

Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and install snap ring.

SCIA4224E

Install O-rings in 2nd coast brake piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
9. Coat the inner surfaces of oil pump assembly with ATF.
10. Press 2nd coast brake piston into oil pump assembly.

SCIA4230E

11. Install return spring.

SCIA4222E

12. Place clutch spring compressor on return spring, and compress
return spring with a press.
13. Using a snap ring pliers and install snap ring.

SCIA5362E

Revision: September 2005

AT-642

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
14. Install 2nd coast brake flange, 2nd coast brake discs and 2nd
coast brake plates.

SCIA4220E

15. Place clutch spring compressor on 2nd coast brake flange, and
compress return spring with a press.
16. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and install snap ring.

G
SCIA5363E

17. Set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.

18. When applying compressed air (4Kg/cm ) into the oil passage
as shown, measure 2nd brake piston stroke and check 2nd
brake piston moves smoothly.
Piston stroke

:1.10 - 1.50mm (0.0433 - 0.0591in)

If 2nd brake piston stroke is out standards, select another
flange. Refer to AT-682, "2ND BRAKE" .

SCIA5500E

19. Set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.
20. When applying compressed air (4Kg/cm2 ) into the oil passage
as shown, measure 2nd coast brake piston stroke and check
2nd coast brake piston moves smoothly.
Piston stroke

:0.76 - 1.44mm (0.0299 - 0.0567in)

SCIA5501E

21. Install thrust washer facing the flat surface up.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

SCIA4218E

Revision: September 2005

AT-643

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
22. Install oil seal into oil pump assembly until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil seal.
● Apply ATF to oil seal.

SCIA5364E

One-Way Clutch Outer Race Sub Assembly & 2nd Coast Brake Hub & One-Way
Clutch No.1

UCS002L4

COMPONENTS

SCIA4234E

Thrust washer

One-way clutch outer race sub assembly

Thrust washer

2nd coast brake hub

One-way clutch No.1

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove thrust washer from one-way clutch outer race sub
assembly.

SCIA4235E

Revision: September 2005

AT-644

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
2.
3.

Remove 2nd coast brake hub from one-way clutch outer race
sub assembly.
Remove thrust washer from 2nd coast brake hub.

SCIA4236E

Remove one-way clutch No.1 from one-way clutch outer race
sub assembly.
E

G
SCIA4237E

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install one-way clutch No.1 into the one-way clutch outer race
sub assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not mistake the direction of one-way clutch No.1.

K
SCIA4238E

Install thrust washer into 2nd coast brake hub.
CAUTION:
Coat the thrust washer with petroleum jelly. Align the tab of
the washer with the hollow of the 2nd coast brake hub.
Install 2nd coast brake hub into one-way clutch outer race sub
assembly.
CAUTION:
While turning the 2nd coast brake hub, slide it into one-way
clutch outer race sub assembly.

SCIA4236E

Revision: September 2005

AT-645

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
4.

Coat the thrust washer with petroleum jelly. Align the tab of the
washer with the hollow of the one-way clutch outer race sub
assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

SCIA4235E

INSPECTION
●

Hold one-way clutch outer race sub assembly, and check that
2nd coast brake hub turns freely clockwise and locks counterclockwise.

SCIA4239E

Transaxle Case Cover & B5 Brake

UCS002L5

COMPONENTS

SCIA5441E

Revision: September 2005

AT-646

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
1.

Transaxle case cover

Seal ring

O-ring

Return spring

Snap ring

B5 brake piston

Seal ring

Bearing race

U/D clutch apply tube sub assembly

10. Tube clamp

11. Forward clutch accumulator piston

12. Compression spring

13. Accumulator cover

14. O-ring

15. Seal ring

16. B5 brake cushion plate

17. B5 brake plate

18. B5 brake flange

19. Snap ring

20. B5 brake disc

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove tube clamps.

SCIA5502E

Remove the U/D clutch apply tube sub assembly, using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the U/D clutch apply tube sub
assembly and transaxle case cover.

J
SCIA4241E

Remove bearing race and seal rings from transaxle case cover.

WCIA0386E

4.
5.
6.

Remove accumulator cover, compression spring and forward
clutch accumulator piston.
Remove O-ring from the accumulator cover.
Remove seal ring from the forward clutch accumulator piston.

SCIA4243E

Revision: September 2005

AT-647

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
7.

Remove snap ring, using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA4244E

Remove B5 brake flange, B5 brake discs, B5 brake plates and
B5 brake cushion plate.

SCIA4245E

Place clutch spring compressor on return spring, and compress
return spring with a press.
CAUTION:
Do not press return spring too much to avoid deformation.
10. Remove snap ring, using suitable tool.

SCIA5365E

11. Remove return spring.

SCIA4247E

12. While pushing B5 brake piston by hand, apply compressed air
(4Kg/cm2 ) into the oil passage as shown in the figure and
remove B5 brake piston.

SCIA4248E

Revision: September 2005

AT-648

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
13. Remove O-rings from B5 brake piston.
14. Remove seal ring from transaxle case cover.

SCIA4249E

INSPECTION
●

Check that the sliding surface of discs and plates are not worn or burnt. If the discs or plates are worn or
burnt, replace them.
CAUTION:
Soak new clutch discs at least 2 hours in ATF.

ASSEMBLY
1.

3.
4.

Install seal ring in transaxle case cover.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal ring.
● Apply ATF to seal ring.
Install O-rings in B5 brake piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
Coat the inner surface of transaxle case cover with ATF.
Press B5 brake piston into the transaxle case cover.

Place return spring on B5 brake piston.

I
SCIA4249E

M
SCIA4247E

Place clutch spring compressor on return spring, and compress
return spring with a press.
CAUTION:
Do not press return spring too much to avoid deformation.
Install snap ring, using suitable tool.

SCIA5365E

Revision: September 2005

AT-649

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
8.

Install B5 brake cushion plate.
CAUTION:
Be sure direction of B5 brake cushion plate.
Install B5 brake flange, B5 brake plates and B5 brake discs as
shown in the figure.

SCIA4245E

10. Install snap ring, using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA4244E

11. Install O-ring in accumulator cover.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
12. Install seal ring in forward clutch accumulator piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal ring.
● Apply ATF to seal ring.
13. Install forward clutch accumulator piston, compression spring
and accumulator cover in transaxle case cover.
14. Tighten accumulator cover torx bolts to specified torque. Refer
to AT-646, "COMPONENTS" .

SCIA4243E

15. Install seal rings and bearing race in transaxle case cover.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.
● Apply ATF to seal rings.
● Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
● Assemble the selected bearing race in the correct order.
Refer to AT-655, "ASSEMBLY" .

WCIA0386E

Revision: September 2005

AT-650

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
16. Install the U/D clutch apply tube sub assembly, using a soft
hammer.

AT
SCIA4252E

17. Tighten tube clamp bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT-646,
"COMPONENTS" .
E

G
SCIA5502E

18. Set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.

19. When applying compressed air (4Kg/cm2 ) into the oil passage
as shown, measure the B5 brake piston stroke and check the B5
brake piston moves smoothly.
Piston stroke

:2.34 - 2.70mm (0.0921 - 0.1063in)

If the B5 brake piston stroke is out standards, select another
flange. Refer to AT-683, "B5 BRAKE" .

SCIA5503E

Revision: September 2005

AT-651

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]

Differential Gear Assembly

UCS002L6

COMPONENTS

SCIA4407E

O-ring

Tapered roller bearing

O-ring

Differential gear assembly

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove O-rings from differential gear assembly.

SCIA4408E

Revision: September 2005

AT-652

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
2.

Remove tapered roller bearings, using a puller.
A

G
SCIA5366E

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install tapered roller bearings in differential gear assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse tapered roller bearings.

SCIA5368E

Revision: September 2005

AT-653

2005 Quest

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE5F22A]
2.

Install O-rings in differential gear assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.

SCIA4408E

Revision: September 2005

AT-654

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
1.

PFP:00000

A
UCS002L7

Install the differential side oil seal into transaxle case, using a
drift.
Distance

: 3.0 - 4.0 mm (0.118 - 0.157 in)

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
● Apply ATF to differential side oil seal.

D
SCIA5369E

H
SCIA4473E

Install counter drive gear sub assembly.
I

K
SCIA4215E

Using a snap ring pliers and install snap ring.

SCIA4214E

Revision: September 2005

AT-655

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
4.

5.
6.

Install O-rings in 1st and reverse brake piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
Coat the inner surface of transaxle case with ATF.
Install 1st and reverse brake piston in transaxle case.

SCIA4212E

Put return spring on 1st and reverse brake piston.

SCIA4210E

While compressing the return spring by hand, install the snap
ring into groove with a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA4209E

Put thrust bearing race and thrust bearing on counter drive gear
sub assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing and thrust bearing
race.

SCIA4213E

10. Install FR planetary ring gear assembly with one-way clutch
No.2.

SCIA4208E

Revision: September 2005

AT-656

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
11. Install 1st and reverse brake flanges, 1st and reverse brake
discs and 1st and reverse brake plates.

SCIA4207E

12. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and install snap ring.
E

G
SCIA4206E

13. Set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.

14. Applying compressed air (4Kg/cm ) and measure the 1st and
reverse brake piston stroke.
Piston stroke

: 1.39 - 2.21 mm (0.0547 - 0.0870 in)

In a case that is out of reference, check the following items:
● Oil pressure leak
● Damage of O-ring
● Wear damage of discs

SCIA4258E

15. Install thrust bearing.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing.

SCIA4205E

16. Install planetary gear assembly.
17. Install thrust bearing race in planetary gear assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing race.

SCIA4204E

Revision: September 2005

AT-657

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
18. Install thrust needle roller bearing and thrust bearing race in RR
planetary ring gear assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle roller bearing and
thrust bearing race.
19. Install RR planetary ring gear assembly.

SCIA4203E

20. Install planetary sun gear sub assembly and thrust needle roller
bearings.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle roller bearings.

SCIA5499E

21. Install forward and direct clutch assembly.
22. Install thrust bearing race, thrust needle roller bearing and seal
ring in forward and direct clutch assembly.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle roller bearing and
thrust bearing race.
● Apply ATF to seal ring.
● Do not reuse seal ring.

SCIA5412E

23. Check the distance of “A”.
“A”

: 50.850 - 51.825 mm (2.0020 - 2.0404 in)

CAUTION:
If the distance is out of standards, adjust with in standards
again.

SCIA4259E

Revision: September 2005

AT-658

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
24. Using a soft hammer and install transaxle lube apply tube.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to bend and damage transaxle lube apply
tube.

AT
SCIA4260E

25. Tighten tube clamp fixing bolt to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .
E

G
SCIA4199E

26. Install governor apply gaskets in transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse governor apply gaskets.
● Apply petroleum jelly to governor apply gaskets.

SCIA4198E

27. Install transaxle case cover in transaxle case.
L

SCIA4197E

28. Tighten transaxle case cover bolts to specified torque. Refer to
AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Use old seal bolts when checking and adjusting the end
play because of re-installing transaxle case cover.

SCIA4194E

Revision: September 2005

AT-659

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

30 (1.18)

45 (1.77)

48 (1.89)

—

*:Stud bolt
SCIA5413E

29. Tighten anchor bolt to specified torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA4193E

30. Install O-ring in U/D brake piston assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
31. Coat the inner surface of transaxle case with ATF.
32. Install compression spring and U/D brake piston assembly.

SCIA4192E

33. Install O-rings in U/D brake damper assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
34. Install U/D brake damper assembly.

SCIA4191E

35. Using a snap ring pliers and install snap ring.
CAUTION:
If the snap ring is deformed, replace it.

SCIA4190E

Revision: September 2005

AT-660

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
36. Install thrust needle roller bearing, adjust shim and thrust bearing race in U/D RR planetary ring gear sub assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to adjust shim, thrust needle roller
bearing and thrust bearing race.
37. Install U/D RR planetary ring gear sub assembly.

SCIA5414E

38. Install U/D RR planetary carrier assembly and thrust bearing
races.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing races.

G
SCIA5505E

39. Install U/D brake band assembly.

SCIA4187E

40. Install U/D clutch assembly.
L

SCIA4186E

41. Measure the U/D brake piston stroke applying and releasing the
compressed air (4Kg/cm2 ) as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Measure U/D brake piston stroke after assembling U/D
clutch assembly.
Piston Stroke

: 5.76 - 6.76 mm (0.2268 - 0.2661 in)

SCIA4263E

Revision: September 2005

AT-661

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

SCIA4625E

42. If the piston stroke is out of standards, select another U/D brake
piston. Refer to AT-683, "U/D BRAKE" .

SCIA4264E

Revision: September 2005

AT-662

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

Adjustment

UCS002L8

ADJUST PRELOAD OF TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
1.

Install adjust shim and outer race in transaxle case.
B

D
SCIA5370E

2.
3.

Install differential gear assembly in transaxle case.
Install transaxle housing into transaxle case.

SCIA4265E

Tighten transaxle housing and transaxle case bolts to specified
torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Use old seal bolts when checking and adjusting and preload because of re-installing transaxle housing.
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

30 (1.18)

35 (1.38)

45 (1.77)

—

K
SCIA4267E

*:Torx bolt

SCIA5495E

Revision: September 2005

AT-663

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
5.
6.

Insert Tool and measure turning torque of differential gear
assembly.
Turn differential gear assembly in both directions several times
to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque
(New bearing)

: 0.7 - 1.2 N·m
(0.08 - 0.12kg-m, 7 - 10 in-lb)

If the preload is not within specification, remove differential gear
assembly from transaxle case. Re-select adjust shim. Refer to
AT-684, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS"
.

Revision: September 2005

AT-664

SCIA5371E

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

Assembly (2)
1.
2.

UCS002L9

Remove transaxle housing and differential gear assembly from transaxle case.
Install seal rings in U/D gear assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.
● Apply ATF to seal rings.
Install U/D gear assembly.

D
SCIA4185E

4.
a.

Install thrust needle roller bearing and thrust bearing race in U/D
gear assembly.
Perform the following procedure for adjustment.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle roller bearing and
thrust bearing race.

SCIA5415E

Make sure that measurement “E” is within the specifications.
Specification E

: 1.269 - 1.645 mm (0.0500 - 0.0648 in)

NOTE:
J

K
SCIA5452E

“E” is the height between the edge of transaxle case and the
roller part of thrust needle roller bearing.

SCIA5459E

Revision: September 2005

AT-665

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
c.

If measurement “E” is outside the specifications, replace “T” with
a one that has applicable thickness. Refer to AT-684, "U/D
GEAR ASSEMBLY" .
CAUTION:
When adjusting “T”, use “S” of thickness 0.81mm (0.032in).
If all of “T” do not fit “E” within the specifications, replace “S” with
a one that has applicable thickness. Refer to AT-684, "U/D RR
PLANETARY RING GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY" .
CAUTION:
When adjusting “S”, use “T” of thickness 0.80mm (0.031in).

SCIA5488E

Make sure that measurement “E” is within the specifications.

SCIA5452E

Install manual valve oil seal into transaxle case until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse manual valve oil seal.
● Apply ATF to manual valve oil seal.

SCIA5486E

6.
7.

Install spring guide sleeve and torsion spring No.2 in transaxle
case.
Tighten spring guide sleeve and torsion spring No.2 fixing torx
bolt to specified torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4182E

Revision: September 2005

AT-666

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
8.

Install parking lockpin sub assembly.
A

AT
SCIA4181E

Install parking lock pawl bracket and parking lock pawl.
E

G
WCIA0420E

10. Install parking lock pawl shaft and torsion spring No.1.

SCIA4179E

11. Install manual detent spring sub assembly.
L

SCIA4178E

12. Temporary tightening the bolts.
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

16.7 (0.657)

14.0 (0.551)

SCIA4177E

Revision: September 2005

AT-667

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
13. Install parking lock rod sub assembly.

SCIA4176E

14. Install manual valve lever sub assembly connect parking lock
rod sub assembly to it.

SCIA4175E

15. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and connect manual detent
spring sub assembly to manual valve lever sub assembly.

SCIA4174E

16. Tighten manual detent spring sub assembly fixing bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4550E

17. Using a soft hammer and install U/D brake apply tube sub
assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage U/D brake apply tube sub assembly.

SCIA4270E

Revision: September 2005

AT-668

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
18. Tighten tube clamp fixing bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .

SCIA4171E

19. Install oil reservoir plate in transaxle case.
20. Tighten oil reservoir plate fixing bolts to specified torque. Refer
to AT-612, "Components" .

G
SCIA4170E

21. Install oil strainer sub assembly in transaxle case.
22. Tighten oil strainer sub assembly fixing bolt to specified torque.
Refer to AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4169E

23. Install differential gear assembly.
L

SCIA4168E

24. Use a drift to drive differential side oil seal into transaxle housing.
Distance

: 14.8 - 15.8 mm (0.583 - 0.622 in)

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
● Apply ATF to differential side oil seal.

SCIA5372E

Revision: September 2005

AT-669

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]

SCIA4474E

25. Install thrust roller bearing in transaxle housing.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse thrust roller bearing.

SCIA5373E

26. Install oil cleaner magnets on oil reservoir plate.

SCIA4167E

27. Install oil reservoir plate in transaxle housing.
28. Tighten oil reservoir plate fixing bolts to specified torque. Refer
to AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4166E

29. Using a soft hammer and install differential gear lube apply tube.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to bend or damage differential gear lube
apply tube.

SCIA4272E

Revision: September 2005

AT-670

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
30. Tighten tube clamp fixing bolt to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .

AT
SCIA4164E

31. Install governor apply gasket.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse governor apply gasket.
● Apply petroleum jelly to governor apply gasket.
32. Install seal ring.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal ring.
● Apply ATF to seal ring.

G
SCIA4163E

33. Apply silicone RTV to transaxle housing as shown in illustration.
Refer to GI-43, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
CAUTION:
Complete remove all moisture, oil and sealant, etc. From
transaxle housing and transaxle case.

SCIA5506E

34. Install transaxle housing in transaxle case.
35. Tighten transaxle housing and transaxle case bolts to specified
torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse seal bolts.

SCIA4267E

Revision: September 2005

AT-671

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

30 (1.18)

35 (1.38)

45 (1.77)

—

*:Torx bolt
SCIA5495E

36. Install oil seal into oil pump assembly until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil seal.
● Apply ATF to oil seal.

SCIA5364E

37. Install thrust washer and one- way clutch outer race sub assembly in oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

SCIA4274E

38. Check the distance of “B”.
“B”

: 51.09 - 51.71 mm (2.0114 - 2.0358 in)

CAUTION:
If the distance is out of standards, adjust within standards
again.

SCIA4275E

39. Place oil pump assembly through the input shaft in horizontal
position, and align the bolt holes of the oil pump assembly with
transaxle case. Lightly press oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to drop one-way clutch outer race sub
assembly.

SCIA4276E

Revision: September 2005

AT-672

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
40. Tighten oil pump assembly bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .

SCIA4156E

G
SCIA4157E

41. Set a dial indicator as shown in the figure, move the input shaft
and measure the end play.
End play

: 0.188 - 0.570 mm (0.0074 - 0.0224 in)
I

SCIA4277E

If the end play is out of standards, select another thrust bearing
race. Refer to AT-683, "FORWARD AND DIRECT CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY" .

SCIA5417E

Revision: September 2005

AT-673

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
42. Remove transaxle case cover.
43. Apply silicone RTV to transaxle case cover as shown in illustration. Refer to GI-43, "Recommended Chemical Products and
Sealants" .
CAUTION:
Complete remove all moisture, oil and sealant, etc. From
transaxle case cover and transaxle.

SCIA5507E

44. Install transaxle case cover in transaxle case.

SCIA4197E

45. Tighten transaxle case cover bolts to specified torque. Refer to
AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse seal bolts.

SCIA4194E

Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

30 (1.18)

45 (1.77)

48 (1.89)

—

*:Stud bolt
SCIA5413E

46. Install governor apply gaskets.
CAUTION:
● Apply petroleum jelly to governor apply gaskets.
● Do not reuse governor apply gaskets.

SCIA4154E

Revision: September 2005

AT-674

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
47. Install transmission wire.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to break the solenoid connector and A/T
fluid temperature sensor.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA4155E

48. While holding control valve assembly, connect the parking lock
rod sub assembly to manual valve lever sub assembly.
NOTE:
Shift position is “N”.

G
SCIA4153E

49. Tighten control valve assembly fixing bolts to specified torque.
Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

55 (2.17)

50 (1.97)

16 (0.63)

SCIA4152E

50. Install suction cover and suction cover gasket in control valve
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse suction cover gasket.

SCIA4149E

51. Tighten suction cover gasket and suction cover fixing bolts to
specified torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4150E

Revision: September 2005

AT-675

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
52. Install sensor clamp and A/T fluid temperature sensor in control
valve assembly.

SCIA4147E

53. Tighten sensor clamp fixing bolt to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .

SCIA4148E

54. Connect the solenoid connectors.

SCIA4146E

55. Apply silicone RTV to side cover as shown in illustration. Refer
to GI-43, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and sealant, etc. From
side cover and transaxle case.

SCIA5508E

Revision: September 2005

AT-676

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
56. Install side cover in transaxle case.
A

SCIA4143E

57. Tighten side cover fixing torx bolts to specified torque. Refer to
AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse seal bolts.

G
SCIA4144E

58. Install O-rings in ATF cooler assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
59. Install ATF cooler assembly, washer and spring washer.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse spring washer.
60. Tighten hexagon bolt to specified torque. Refer to AT-612,
"Components" .

SCIA4142E

61. Install PNP switch to manual valve lever sub assembly.
62. Temporary tightening the bolts.
Bolt symbol

Length mm (in)

Number of bolts

20 (0.79)

33 (1.30)

SCIA4141E

63. Install washer plate and lock washer.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse washer plate and lock washer.
64. Tighten nut specified torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4140E

Revision: September 2005

AT-677

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
65. Install alignment tool.
66. Adjust PNP switch so that alignment tool pointer aligns with neutral base line on PNP switch body.

SCIA5374E

67. Tighten PNP switch fixing torx bolts to specified torque. Refer to
AT-612, "Components" .

SCIA4434E

68. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver and bend the lock washer.

SCIA4139E

69. Install range lever in manual valve lever sub assembly.
70. Tighten range lever fixing nut to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .

SCIA4138E

71. Install turbine revolution sensor in transaxle case.
72. Tighten turbine revolution sensor fixing bolt to specified torque.
Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal bolt.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA4137E

Revision: September 2005

AT-678

2005 Quest

ASSEMBLY
[RE5F22A]
73. Install revolution sensor in transaxle case.
74. Tighten revolution sensor fixing bolt to specified torque. Refer to
AT-612, "Components" .
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal bolt.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA4136E

75. Install O-ring in A/T fluid charging pipe.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
76. Install A/T fluid charging pipe in transaxle housing.
77. Install fluid cooler tube.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse copper washer.
78. Tighten fluid cooler tube union to specified torque. Refer to AT612, "Components" .
79. Install air breather hose.
80. Install A/T fluid level gauge.

G
SCIA4135E

81. Install drain plug in transaxle housing.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
82. Tighten drain plug to specified torque. Refer to AT-612, "Components" .
83. Install torque converter.

SCIA4134E

84. Check the distance of “C”.
“C”

: 14.0 mm (0.551 in)

CAUTION:
If the distance is out of standards, adjust within standards
again.

SCIA4279E

Revision: September 2005

AT-679

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications

PFP:00030
UCS0010I

Engine

VQ35DE

Automatic transaxle model

RE5F22A

Automatic transaxle model code number

CK710

Stall torque ratio

1.8: 1

Transaxle gear ratio

1st

4.657

2nd

3.032

3rd

1.982

4th

1.341

5th

1.018

Reverse

5.114

Final drive

2.269

Recommended fluid

Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF *

Fluid capacity

7.4

(7-7/8 US qt, 6-1/2 Imp qt)

CAUTION:
● Use only Genuine Nissan Matic K ATF. Do not mix with other fluid.
●

Using automatic transaxle fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic K ATF will deteriorate in driveability and automatic transaxle durability, and may damage the automatic transaxle, which is not covered by the warranty.

*: Refer to MA-10, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .

Shift Schedule

UCS0010T

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS
Accelerator angle

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) (Approx.)
D1 →D2

D2 →D3

D3 →D4

D4 →D5

D5 →D4

D4 →D3

D3 →D2

D2 →D1

100 %

67
(42)

105
(65)

170
(106)

241
(150)

230
(143)

160
(99)

92
(57)

45
(28)

90 %

67
(42)

105
(65)

170
(106)

241
(150)

230
(143)

160
(99)

92
(57)

45
(28)

80 %

65
(40)

100
(62)

152
(94)

227
(141)

178
(111)

142
(88)

86
(53)

45
(28)

70 %

53
(33)

80
(50)

125
(78)

185
(115)

147
(91)

137
(85)

68
(42)

38
(24)

60 %

46
(29)

71
(44)

106
(66)

156
(97)

108
(67)

78
(48)

46
(29)

22
(14)

50 %

43
(27)

67
(42)

97
(60)

145
(90)

98
(61)

68
(42)

40
(25)

18
(11)

40 %

38
(24)

60
(37)

89
(55)

130
(81)

89
(55)

56
(35)

30
(19)

13
(8)

30 %

33
(21)

50
(31)

70
(43)

108
(67)

68
(42)

45
(28)

25
(16)

12
(7)

20 %

23
(14)

35
(22)

49
(30)

77
(48)

49
(30)

32
(20)

22
(14)

8
(5)

10 %

17
(11)

29
(18)

39
(24)

58
(36)

44
(27)

32
(20)

22
(14)

8
(5)

Revision: September 2005

AT-680

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING COMPLETE LOCK-UP
A

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) (Approx.)

Accelerator angle
Lock-up “ON”

Lock-up “OFF”

50 %

190 (118)

137 (85)

15%

101 (63)

72 (45)

0-8%

73 (45)

70 (43)

●

Lock-up vehicle speed indicates the speed in D position.

●

Perform lock-up inspection after warming up engine.

●

Lock-up vehicle speed may vary depending on the driving conditions and circumstances.

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING SLIP LOCK-UP
Accelerator angle

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) (Approx.)

Gear position

0 - 10 %

Slip lock-up “ON”

Slip lock-up “OFF”

4th

45 (28)

42 (26)

5th

58 (36)

55 (34)

●

Slip lock-up vehicle speed indicates the speed in D position.

●

Perform slip lock-up inspection after warming up engine.

●

Slip lock-up vehicle speed may vary depending on the driving conditions and circumstances.

Stall Speed

UCS0010M

Stall speed

2,430 - 2,730 rpm

Line Pressure

UCS0010N

Line pressure

Engine speed

kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

D, L positions

R position

At idle speed

333 - 392 (3.4 - 4.0, 48 - 57)

500 - 608 (5.1 - 6.2, 73 - 88)

At stall speed

1,285 - 1,393 (13.1 - 14.2, 186 - 202)

1,706 - 1,981 (17.4 - 20.2, 247 - 287)

Time Lag

J
UCS0010U

K
Selector lever

Time

N to D position

Less than 0.7 sec.

N to R position

Less than 1.2 sec.

Shift Solenoid Valves

UCS0010V

Shift solenoid valve

Shift position
A

Remarks
D

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

PARK POSITION

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

ON (Open)

REVERSE POSITION

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

NEUTRAL POSITION

1st

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

1⇔2

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

2nd

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

2⇔3

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

3rd

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

3⇔4

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

4th

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

4⇔5

OFF (Open)

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

5th

OFF (Open)

ON (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

Revision: September 2005

AT-681

Automatic shift
1⇔2⇔3⇔4⇔5

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]
Shift solenoid valve

Shift position

Remarks

1st

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

1⇔2

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

2nd

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

2⇔3

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

ON (Closed)

ON (Open)

3rd

OFF (Open)

OFF (Closed)

ON (Open)

ON (Closed)

OFF (Closed)

Automatic shift
1⇔2⇔3

NOTE:
When shifting D to L position or lever switch sets in “ON” position (indicated O/D OFF indicator lamp), down shift permission control is
activated. Refer to AT-404, "Down Shift Permission Control" .

Solenoid Valves
Solenoid valves

UCS0010O

Connector (Color)

Terminal

Shift solenoid valve A

F30 (BR)

Shift solenoid valve B

F62(GR)

Shift solenoid valve D

F30 (BR)

Shift solenoid valve E

F30 (BR)

Pressure control solenoid valve A

F62(GR)

3-6

F30 (BR)

3-7

F62(GR)

2-5

Shift solenoid valve C

Pressure control solenoid valve B

Resistance (Approx.)

11 - 16 Ω

5.0 - 5.6 Ω

Pressure control solenoid valve C
Specified resistance at 20°C (68°F).

Clutch, Gear and Brakes

UCS002LC

2ND BRAKE
Number of 2nd brake plates

Number of 2nd brake discs

Number of 2nd brake flange

Piston stroke

mm (in)

1.10 - 1.50 (0.0433 - 0.0591)
Thickness

mm (in)

Part number*

3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)

Thickness of 2nd brake flanges

31537 8Y011
31537 8Y012
31537 8Y013

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

2ND COAST BRAKE
Number of 2nd coast brake plates

Number of 2nd coast brake discs

Number of 2nd coast brake flange
Piston stroke

mm (in)

Revision: September 2005

0.76 - 1.44 (0.0299 - 0.0567)

AT-682

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]
B5 BRAKE
Number of B5 brake plates

Number of B5 brake discs

Number of B5 brake flange

Number of B5 brake cushion plate

Piston stroke

mm (in)

2.34 - 2.70 (0.0921 - 0.1063)
Thickness

mm (in)

5.0 (0.197)
5.1 (0.202)
5.2 (0.205)
5.3 (0.209)
5.5 (0.217)

Thickness of B5 brake flanges

Part number*

31667 8Y016
31667 8Y017
31667 8Y018
31667 8Y019
31667 8Y020

* : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

1ST AND REVERSE BRAKE
Number of 1st and reverse brake plates

Number of 1st and reverse brake discs

Number of 1st and reverse brake flanges

Piston stroke

mm (in)

1.39 - 2.21 (0.0547 - 0.0870)

mm (in)

FORWARD AND DIRECT CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
Thickness

0.81 (0.0319)
0.90 (0.0350)
1.00 (0.0400)
1.10 (0.0430)
1.20 (0.0470)
1.30 (0.0510)
1.40 (0.0550)
1.50 (0.0590)

Thickness of thrust washer races

End play

Part number*

mm (in)

31435 8Y060
31435 8Y061
31435 8Y062
31435 8Y063
31435 8Y064
31435 8Y065
31435 8Y066
31435 8Y067

0.188 - 0.570 mm (0.0074 - 0.0224)

* : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

U/D BRAKE
Piston type

Mark

—

63.7 (2.508)

31615 8Y005

64.2 (2.528)

31615 8Y004

64.7 (2.547)

31615 8Y003

65.2 (2.567)

31615 8Y002

65.7 (2.587)

31615 8Y001

Piston stroke

Piston length

mm (in)

Part number*

5.76 - 6.76 mm (0.2268 - 0.2661)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: September 2005

AT-683

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]
U/D RR PLANETARY RING GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY
Thickness

mm (in)

0.81 (0.0319)
0.90 (0.0350)
1.00 (0.0400)
1.10 (0.0430)
1.20 (0.0470)
1.30 (0.0510)
1.40 (0.0550)
1.50 (0.0590)
1.60 (0.0630)

Thickness of adjust shims

Part number*
31435 8Y100
31435 8Y101
31435 8Y102
31435 8Y103
31435 8Y104
31435 8Y105
31435 8Y106
31435 8Y107
31435 8Y108

* : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

U/D GEAR ASSEMBLY
Thickness

mm (in)

0.80 (0.0310)
0.90 (0.0350)
1.00 (0.0400)
1.10 (0.0430)
1.20 (0.0470)
1.30 (0.0510)
1.40 (0.0550)
1.50 (0.0590)

Thickness of thrust washer races

Part number*
31435 8Y021
31435 8Y068
31435 8Y069
31435 8Y070
31435 8Y071
31435 8Y072
31435 8Y073
31435 8Y074

* : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

PLANETARY SUN GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY
Inner diameter of planetary sun
gear sub assembly bushing
mm (in)

Standard

22.200 - 22.226 (0.8740 - 0.8750)

Allowable limit

22.276 (0.8770)

PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
Inner diameter of planetary
gear assembly bushing mm (in)

Standard

30.056 - 30.082 (1.1833 - 1.1843)

Allowable limit

30.132 (1.1863)

Final Drive

UCS002LD

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness

mm (in)

1.00 (0.0394)
1.05 (0.0413)
1.10 (0.0433)
1.15 (0.0453)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.25 (0.0492)
1.30 (0.0512)
1.33 (0.0524)
1.36 (0.0535)
1.39 (0.0547)
1.42 (0.0559)
1.45 (0.0571)

Part number*

Thickness

31438 8Y001
31438 8Y002
31438 8Y003
31438 8Y004
31438 8Y005
31438 8Y006
31438 8Y007
31438 8Y008
31438 8Y009
31438 8Y010
31438 8Y011
31438 8Y012

mm (in)

1.48 (0.0583)
1.51 (0.0594)
1.54 (0.0606)
1.57 (0.0618)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.65 (0.0650)
1.70 (0.0669)
1.75 (0.0689)
1.80 (0.0709)
1.85 (0.0728)
1.90 (0.0748)

Part number*
31438 8Y013
31438 8Y014
31438 8Y015
31438 8Y016
31438 8Y017
31438 8Y018
31438 8Y019
31438 8Y020
31438 8Y021
31438 8Y022
31438 8Y023

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of final drive assembly

Revision: September 2005

0.7 - 1.2 N·m (0.08 - 0.12kg-m, 7 - 10 in-lb)

AT-684

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]

A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor

UCS0010P

A
Condition

ATF temperature

Voltage (Approx.)

Resistance (Approx.)

0°C (32°F)

4.0V

9.8 kΩ

20°C (68°F)

3.0V

4.2 kΩ

80°C (176°F)

0.8V

0.54 kΩ

100°C (212°F)

0.5V

0.31 kΩ

Turbine Revolution Sensor

AT
UCS0010Q

Condition
Connect 12V power supply and 100 Ω resistance, and then shake magnetic body.

Signal

Voltage* (Approx.)

HIGH

1.2 - 1.6V

LOW

0.4 - 0.8V

*: Voltage with both end of 100 Ω resistance.

Revolution Sensor

UCS0010R

Condition

Signal

Connect 12V power supply and 100 Ω resistance, and then shake magnetic body.

Voltage* (Approx.)

HIGH

1.2 - 1.6V

LOW

0.4 - 0.8V

*: Voltage with both end of 100 Ω resistance.

Revision: September 2005

AT-685

2005 Quest

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE5F22A]

Revision: September 2005

AT-686

2005 Quest

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2005:08:26 10:34:25Z
Creator                         : FrameMaker+SGML 5.5.6p145
Modify Date                     : 2005:09:07 17:10:59-04:00
Page Count                      : 686
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Creation Date                   : 2005:08:26 10:34:25Z
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows
Mod Date                        : 2005:08:30 13:57:39-03:00
Metadata Date                   : 2005:08:30 13:57:39-03:00
Title                           : AT.fm
Page Layout                     : OneColumn

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Product Detail Manual AT

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation